Advanced Media Product Guide 2012 by Advanced Media Trading

2012 Second Edition

Founded in Dubai in 2002, AMT continues to serve highly specialised professional segments in the media industry and is dedicated to providing the finest video and photography products available in the market today. With deep roots in turn-key project implementation, AMT offers the best value added solutions, catering for both public and private sectors in TV broadcasting, film production, studios, museums, expeditions, journalism and sports.

‫ادﻓﺎﻧﺴﺪ ﻣﯿﺪﯾﺎ ﻫﯽ اﻟﴩﮐﻪ اﻟﺮاﺋﺪه و اﻻﮐرث ﺷﻬﺮه ﺑﺎﻟﴩق اﻻوﺳﻂ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﺣﻠﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﯾﻮﻧﯿﻪ‬ ‫و ﴍﮐﺎت اﻻﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﯾﻮﻧﯽ و ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﳌﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠﯿﻦ مبﻌﺪات اﻟﺼﻮت و اﻟﺼﻮره مبﺎ ﯾﺤﻘﻖ ﺻﻮره اﮐرث اﺣﱰاﻓﯿﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل اﻻدوات اﳌﺒﺘﮑﺮه‬ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و راه اﻧﺪازی ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات و ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ و‬- ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ‬- ‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ و داﻧﺶ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﯽ در ﻣﺸﺎوره‬ ‫ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮑﯽ از ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺗﺮﯾﻦ و‬Advanced Media ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻠﻮﯾﺰﯾﻮﻧﯽ و ﺗﺼﻮﯾﺮ و ﺻﺪای ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ای‬ .‫ﺑﺰرﮔﱰﯾﻦ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ای اﯾﻦ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ در ﺧﺎورﻣﯿﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﯾﻞ منﻮده اﺳﺖ‬

Contents Contents

Broadcast & Professional Video Camcorders Player / Recorder Hard Disk Recorder Battery / Charger On Camera Lighting Camera Case Optics Monitors Tripods Camera Support System Chroma-key Switchers Underwater-housing Teleprompter Lighting Lighting Support Professional Audio Interfaces Media storage NLE On-Air Archiving Wireless camera Up-Link

4 14 16 19 19 20 21 33 35 43 51 53 56 58 59 65 68 80 83 85 88 93 94 96

Photography Digital Camera Optics Lighting & Studio Lighting Accessories Tripods Monopods Heads Phtography Support Accessories Camera Cases Studio Accessories Professional Camera Support Under Water Housing Printer

98 106 113 117 121 124 125 128 132 133 150 152 171 172

Contacts

174

Professional Video

F65 Digital Cinematography Camera 4K resolution

The F65 is a top-end motion picture camera. It features a true step-change in sensor technology, using a 20.4 Mega pixel CMOS sensor and a unique Double Bayer pixel orientation for full green resolution. The F65 runs up to 120Fps, creates HD/2K or genuine 4K resolution (4 times HD) images with a wide colour gamut, excellent dynamic range, and high sensitivity. A dockable SRMemory recorder attaches to the camera to record directly on to an SRMemory card of 256 GB, 512 GB or 1TB capacity with data security at 5 Gbps. Features: Super 35mm CMOS sensor with 20.4 Mega pixels. The F65 features superb image quality in HD/2K and True 4K. A unique Double Bayer pixel orientation with double the number of green pixels to red or blue pixels makes the camera especially sensitive and ideal for visual effects and green screen work. There is a choice of format composition as required, including 1.85:1, 1.78:1, 1.66:1, 1.33:1, 2.35 spherical, 1.3x anamorphic, or 2x anamorphic cropped. The F65 has a wider dynamic range, better S/N ratio and higher sensitivity than the F35 camera. It offers filmic colour reproduction with a wide colour gamut. Compact and light-weight Records on to SRMemory with dockable SR-R4 SRMASTER Portable Recorder

The SR-R4 is a 4K recording system specifically designed for Sony's new top-of-the-line F65 cinematography camera. It takes full advantage of the ultra high-speed SRMemory platform to record super-rich RAW data from the F65 at speeds as fast as 5 Gbps. SRMemory is unique nothing can match its combination of capacity, sustained data throughput, security and portability. It opens up completely new ways for end-users to work. With huge transfer speeds up to 5 Gbps, SRMemory media also has massive capacity up to 1TB for long recording times. Wide range of interfaces for on-set workflow The F65 provides 16bit RAW output (19Gbps) compressed to 5Gbps for recording onto SRMemory in the dockable SR-R4. Other interfaces include HD-SDI and HD viewfinder output with LUT, camera remote connector, LAN connecter and ARRI Lens IF. Rotary shutter The rotary shutter eliminates the rolling-shutter effect common to CMOS sensors. Built-in ND Filters

HDW-F900R

For 2006 Sony has developed the HDW-F900R, the successor model to the HDW-F900. This new camcorder represents the flagship model within the HDCAM line-up, and has been designed for productions such as drama, commercials and feature films where a prestige 24P look is required The HDW-F900R combines the imaging performance of the original HDW-F900 in a smaller, lighter chassis. Power consumption has been reduced, new features have been added and the new camcorder meets the latest EU environmental legislation The HDW-F900R features 12-bit A/D conversion, can record four channels of digital audio and provides HD-SDI output as standard. It joins the HDW-730S, HDW-750P and HDW-750PC camcorders within the HDCAM line-up Features HAD sensor technology / 12 bit ADSP / Choice of Multiple frame rates / TruEye Processing / Multi Matrix / Auto Trace White Creative control with User Gamma / Long record duration onto HDCAM cassettes / Dual optical filter wheel / Optional HD to SD down conversion / Slow Shutter and Image Inversion / Picture Cache Recording / Time Lapse / More choices for signal output Same optical axis as the original HDW-F900 / Great audio / performance / Slot-in wireless receiver / Rugged and ergonomic design

Professional Video

HXC-100

SYSTEM CAMERAS

Opening a New World of HD Production Sony's standard-definition (SD) and high-definition (HD) production cameras have been widely accepted by a great number of video professionals around the world, due to their excellent picture performance and system versatility. The HXC-100 is equipped with a newly developed three 2/3-inch type 2.2-megapixel HD CCD. Based on Sony HAD sensor technology and the latest on-chip lens structure, this new CCD offers a high sensitivity of F11 at 2000 lx. In addition to this performance, a wide variety of capturing modes including 1080/50i and 720/50P. Power HAD FX CCD for high sensitivity 14-bit A/D (Analog to Digital) conversion Digital triax operation Newly developed Focus Assist Functions Simple System Configuration Robust Design

HSC-300

SYSTEM CAMERAS

Sony is now proud to introduce the new HSC-300 HD/SD System Camera equipped with newly developed digital triax technology, which allows systems to be configured with conventional triax. The HSC-300 camera supports versatile applications for HD with a high-quality SD output. It uses the latest 14-bit A/D conversion circuit as well as the superb 2/3-inch Power HADâ„¢ FX CCDs to bring out high picture quality. Power HAD FX CCD for high sensitivity 14-bit A/D (Analog to Digital) conversion Digital triax operation Newly developed Focus Assist Functions System Compatibility Low profile chassis design and Large lens operation.

HDW-650P

The HDW-650P incorporates the latest developments in acquisition technology to capture breathtaking HD images. It can record pictures in 1080/50i and 59.94i interlace mode, as well as in 1080/25P where a natural 'film look' is required. / The camcorder features three newly developed 2/3-inch type Power HAD FX CCDs, a 14-bit A/D converter, and a state-of-the-art DSP LSI signal processing. This provides extremely wide tonal reproduction, as well as a high sensitivity of F12 at 50 Hz. A signal-to-noise ratio of up to 59dB is realised using a newly developed noise-suppression function.

Features

Choice of HD Recording Formats, including both interlaced and progressive / Three 2/3-inch HD Power HAD FX CCDs / Superb Signal-to-noise Ratio / 14-bit A/D Conversion / 3.5-inch* LCD / New Audio Capability: Digital Wireless Microphone Receiver / Well-balanced Compact Body / Down-conversion Capability / Picture Cache Recording / Slow Shutter* Other Features Provided as Standard

PMW-350K

Available in two versions: PMW-350K (with Lens) and PMW-350L (without Lens) Key features: Shoulder Mount XDCAM EX Camcorder Three 2/3-inch type Exmor-CMOS Sensors 1920 x 1080 HD Recording Using the "MPEG-2 Long GOP" Codec Selectable Recording Modes including DVCAM Recording New Nonlinear Recording Media, "SxS PRO" - For Greater Efficiency, Operability, and Reliability 23.98P Native Recording Cache Recording Function

Professional Video

PMW-320K

PMW-TD300 Professional 3D Camcorder

Sony is pleased to announce the introduction of the new PMW-320 XDCAM EX Camcorder. This new ½” shoulder mount camcorder joins the award-winning XDCAM EX product family of professional Solid State Recording acquisition tools. This new camcorder inherits all of the advanced creative recording features of the successful PMW-EX1, PMW-EX1R, PMW-EX3 and the PMW-350 camcorders, and also offers several enhancements such as improved low light capability as well as SD recording as a standard feature. Similar to the PMW-350, the PMW-320 supports multiple frame rate recording such as 59.94i, 50i, and native 23.98P and 25P as well as being 1080i/720P switchable. There is also a choice of a 35Mb/s High Quality mode, 25Mb/s HDV 1080i compatible mode, as well as 25Mb/s Standard Definition DVCAM recording. Twin memory card slots support up to 280 minutes HD recording time using two 32GB SxS memory cards. The PMW-320K is supplied with a Fujinon 16x zoom lens and has a standard ½”-type double hot shoe bayonet lens mount, allowing the user to install any of the various compatible ½” HD lenses available from their choice of suppliers.

PMW-500K

The PMW-500 is the first Sony 2/3" PowerHAD FX CCD based shoulder mount memory which records our high quality 50 MPEG HD422 video as MXF files on SxS memory cards. These field proven CCD sensors, each with an effective pixel count of 1920 (H) x 1080 (V), give the camcorder an excellent sensitivity of F11 and a remarkable signal-to-noise ratio of 59 dB. Additionally, the large 2/3 inch–type sensors can capture images with a shallower depth of field, giving users more freedom of creative expression. The PMW-500 is studio-configurable, with timecode in/out, genlock in, HD/SD SDI, and also features a SD recording and playback option. Designed to be compact and ergonomically well-balanced, the PMW-500, with a main body weight of just over seven pounds, provides a high level of mobility and comfort in a wide variety of shooting situations. In addition, it has a low center of gravity, ensuring outstanding stability on the shoulder; and the PMW-500 has a long operating time of approximately 170 minutes on a BP-GL95 battery thanks to its low power consumption of just 33 watts (while recording with HDVF-20A viewfinder, LCD on, lens, shotgun mic and one (1) SxS card). The PMW-500 rounds out Sony's XDCAM memory camcorder line-up and provides the photographer with stunning HD picture quality, choice of imaging technologies and workflow styles with a product ready to adapt to any type of HD video production. Note: Pricing is for the camera body only and the CBK-HD02 option pre-installed. Does not include viewfinder, microphone, or lens.

The PMW-TD300 is a professional 3D camcorder with a compact, shoulder-mount design that helps provide a comfortable, stable shooting platform - crucial to creating good 3D images. Affordable and fully integrated, the TD300 reduces the burden of complicated user adjustments before shooting, such as left- and right-lens alignment. Dual 3-chip 1/2-inch Exmor Full HD CMOS Sensors provide high quality 3D recordings at 1920 x 1080 resolution. Lens

Dual lens system (fixed)

Imaging Device

Dual 3-chip 1/2-inch type Exmor Full HD CMOS

Recording Format

Video : MPEG2 HD (4:2:0), HQ mode : 35 Mb/s

SP mode : 25 Mb/s, Audio : Linear PCM (4-ch, 16 bit, 48 kHz)

Card Slot

SxS card (L/R x 2)

Max. Recording Time

Max. 400 min (HQ mode, using 64 GB card x 4)

Recording Mode

3D/2D

IAD (Inter-Axial Distance)

Approx. 45 mm (fixed)

Convergence Control

Manual (1.2 m to ∞)

Zoom Control

Manual & Servo (T/W)

Focus / Iris Control

Manual & Auto

Viewfinder

3.5-inch type colour LCD monitor

HD-SDI Output

BNC (x2, L/R)

HDMI Output

A-type (x1, 3D/2D)

Genlock Input

BNC (x1)

TC Input / Output

BNC (x1) / BNC (x1)

PDW-F800

Professional Video

The Sony PDW-F800 XDCAM HD422 Camcorder provides the durability and reliability professionals have become accustomed to with their full line of ENG camcorders, while adding many new features. The PDW-F800 is an international camcorder that can shoot a large number of formats, including interlace and progressive. The PDW-F800 has multi-format recording flexibility, from 1080i, 25P, 23.98P, 720, 4:2:2, 4:2:0, IMX at 50, 40 or 30Mb/s, DVCAM quality SD, or PAL and NTSC 4:3 or 16:9. “It allows you to record everything from PAL or NTSC SD all the way up to 1080i and film style 24P or 25P,” says Brooking. “It is a multi-format recording device, all as standard.” Support for Standard Definition might seem surprising on such a high-end camcorder, but the advantage of this is, if you are using the camcorder for a non-broadcast application, you can essentially double the record time on each Professional Disc. If you record in SD, you have 190 minutes on every Professional Disc. So, the cost per minute of recording is small. It makes SD really cost effective and this kind of flexibility really appeals to many customers.

PMW-F3K

PDW-F335L / PDW-F355L The PMW-F3K is part of the CineAlta 24P family of digital cinematography products and its support for multiple frame rates includes a filmic 23.98P as well as S-Log workflows. Sony’s Exmor™ Super35 CMOS sensor was designed with the benefit of two decades experience in Digital Cinematography, pioneering digital HD acquisition for feature films and broadcast TV through the legendary CineAlta product range. It brings a true ‘film look’ and superior image quality into reach for independent movies, pop promos, commercials and other applications, as well as making the PMW-F3K an ideal Bcamera for high-end feature film production. The PMW-F3K is supplied with three high quality Sony lenses and an industry standard PL Mount adaptor providing compatibility with industry standard 35mm lenses. (Also available is the lens-less PMW-F3L.) Exceptional flexibility is a key feature of the PMW-F3K along with with multiple workflow options. XDCAM EX’s prove high-speed, intuitive workflow offers seamless integration with leading nonlinear editing software - as standard. In addition, a 10bit 4:2:2 HDSDI output opens up hybrid recording possibilities with a variety of external recording devices. And from April 2011, a Dual Link HD-SDI option will enable 10bit RGB uncompressed signal output - ideal for the high-end film production.

Providing a stunning array of features, the PDW-F355 is designed to get the best out of every shoot. This Sony professional camcorder has been designed to provide the very best features at the very best price - there's no need to compromise on quality, functionality or results! - HD-native 16:9/4:3 Switchable CCDs Even when recording in MPEG HD, XDCAM HD camcorders output a real-time SD signal via SD-SDI, i.LINK DV out and composite out, further enhancing versatility and operational compatibility - Quick and Slow Motion The PDW-F355 can record any frame rate between 4P to 50P for 25P playback mode, or, 4P to 60P for 24P/30P playback mode and content can be reviewed instantly. - The XDCAM HD Camcorder has a built-in optical Neutral Density (ND) filter wheel with four positions and a slow shutter - supporting up to 64-frame accumulations. - HD 1080 Recording at Selectable Frame & Bit Rates - XDCAM HD products can record video signals in 1080/59.94i, 50i, 29.97P, 25P and native 23.98P - using a "MPEG HD" codec with industry standard MPEG-2 MP@HL compression. - DVCAM Recording and Up/Down conversion - High-quality Audio Recording - Because the XDCAM system records video and audio as IT-type files rather than a linear AV stream, XDCAM HD products offer a range of - Instant random access to content - Automatic recording onto empty disc space (no need to worry about overwriting valuable content) - Easy integration into other IT-based equipment such as Non-Linear Editing and Arching Systems and Archive - Advanced network-based workflow via i.LINK FAM (File Access Mode) or Ethernet -High Speed File Transfer - High Level of Reliability - Interval recording for time-lapse capture - Freeze mix - Remote Commander™ supplied

Features PRELIMINARY PRODUCT INFORMATION Exmor™ Super35 CMOS image sensor Three High Quality 35mm Lenses supplied as standard PL Mount Adapter for compatibility with 35mm Cine Lenses Sony F3 Original Mount for Zoom Lens 23.98P Native Recording Slow & Quick Motion function 1920 x 1080 HD recording using the ’MPEG-2 Long GOP’ codec Selectable Bit Rates Multiple-format recording - 1080/720 and Interlace/ Progressive switchable operation Slow Shutter Function High-quality uncompressed audio recording Exceptional workflow flexibility SxS Memory Cards combine high transfer speeds and high reliability

Professional Video

NEX-FS100 NXCAM Super 35mm Sensor Camcorder

NEX-FS700E

NEW

4K “Exmor” Super 35 CMOS sensor

For even more creative flexibility, the NEX-FS100 also enables extended continuous recording and simultaneous recording of HD video footage for instant backup with an HXR-FMU128 Flash Memory Unit. These and other valuable features make this compact, high performance camera ideal for producing everything from low budget commercials, music videos and documentaries to wedding videos. The NEX-FS700E is an NXCAM camcorder with a superior Super35mm CMOS sensor, super slow-motion capability and an interchangeable E-mount lens system, offering unrivalled flexibility and creative expression. High-end production functionality Based on customer feedback, the NEX-FS700E includes a number of features providing familiar professional operation and workflows, including 50/60Hz switchability, built-in ND filters, 3G-SDI interface and an enhanced exterior design. This product also comes with the full PrimeSupport package. That’s fast, hassle-free repairs, a helpline offering expert technical advice. - 4K “Exmor” Super 35 CMOS sensor The NEX-FS700E camcorder uses a new 4K “Exmor” Super 35 CMOS sensor (total 11.6 million pixels). - Super slow motion at 10x at full HD or 40x at lower resolutions - E-mount interchangeable lenses offer a wide choice of lenses. - Additional A-mount lenses available - Built-in ND filters The NEX-FS700E features built-in, ultra-thin ND filters, offering exceptional shallow depth-of-field on highlights. - 3G-SDI interface and HDMI A 3G-SDI output enables easy integration with highest quality recording formats. - Switchable 50 Hz and 60 Hz shooting - Selectable magnification and positioning of expanded focus - Camera profile settings storage on memory card

Equipped with a large CMOS sensor equivalent in size to Super 35mm film, like that used in the PMW-F3, the NEX-FS100 enables shooting with the same creative field of depth as a film camera. Super 35 mm 27.1 mm

4/3”

13.3 mm

21.8 mm

13.3 mm

2/3” 11.0 mm

23.6 mm

17.3 mm

8.8 mm

1/2” 6.6 mm

7.9 mm

4.8 mm

6.4 mm

The NEX-FS100 features the E-mount Interchangeable lens system. Sony's E-mount interchangeable lenses let you enjoy a level of creative freedom unimaginable with camcorders of the past. All feature precision-crafted optics with aspherical glass elements for compact high performance, and circular iris mechanisms for smooth background defocusing. The supplied SEL18200(E 18–200mm F3.5–6.3 OSS) with the NEX-FS100EK boasts 11x zoom power, a quiet AF motor for cleaner sound recording, and Optical SteadyShot™ image stabilization with an advanced Active mode that lets you take steady handheld shots while walking around — even without a bulky stabilization rig.

Recording images at a different frame rate from that used for playback provides the extra versatility of slow and quick motion shooting. Furthermore, the NEX-FS100 enables Full HD (1920×1080) progressive slow and quick motion. Frame rates are selectable from among 50fps, 25fps, 12fps, 6fps, 3fps, 2fps and 1fps. So, for example, when recording at 1080/25p, if the frame rate is set to 50fps, images are recorded in 2.0 times slow motion. This means you can create impressive slow motion scenes without the need for troublesome editing.

Professional Video

PMW-EX3 XDCAM EX

PMW-100 Compact, highly portable XDCAM HD22 (50 Mbps) handheld Camcorder

XDCAM EX - New Generation HD Recording System The PMW-EX3 combines a state-of-the-art, non-linear XDCAM workflow with simply the best HD quality yet seen in a semi-shoulder camcorder. It is also the first semi-shoulder camcorder to carry the legendary CineAlta 24P brand with multiple frame rate recording capability such as 59.94i, 50i, and native 23.98P, as well being 1080i/720P switchable. There is also a choice of a 35Mb/s High Quality mode or a 25Mb/s, HDV 1080i compatible mode. To take advantage of this high performance recording capability, the PMW-EX3 uses the same imaging system as the PMW-EX1, consisting of three ½-inch type CMOS sensors, each with an effective pixel count of 1920x1080. In addition, there's a purpose-built interchangeable Fujinon Professional HD ½-inch 14x lens and a unique dual focus ring mechanism.

PMW-EX1R Revised Version of PMW-EX1

- 1/2-inch type Three Exmor™ CMOS Sensors - 1920 x 1080 HD Recording Using the MPEG-2 Long GOP Codec - New Selectable Recording Modes including DVCAM Recording - Robust Nonlinear Recording Media, &quot;SxS PRO&quot; & “SxS-1”- Long Recording Time - Multiple-format Recording - 1080/720, PAL/NTSC and - High-quality Uncompressed Audio Recording - Built-in Stereo Microphone and Two-channel Audio Input - Wide-angle Fujinon 14x Zoom Lens - Unique Focus Operation - Professional Manual Focus and Auto Focus - New Image Inversion Function - Optical Image Stabiliser - 23.98P Native Recording - Slow & Quick Motion Function - Slow Shutter Function - Depth-of-field Indicator - 3.5-inch* Hybrid Colour LCD Screen - Built-in ND filter wheel: 1: Clear, 2: 1/8ND, 3: 1/64ND - Selectable gain: -3, 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, 18 dB - High-speed picture search: x4, x15 - Freeze Mix function - Low-key saturation

The PMW-100’s 1/2.9-inch Exmor CMOS sensor and MPEG HD422 codec offers astonishingly high quality HD image capture in a compact, light weight chassis. It’s a perfect partner for the popular PMW-500 XDCAM HD422 shoulder camcorder, with all the benefits of the established XDCAM production workflow for speed and reliability. Advanced features such as slow and quick motion, cache recording and Night Shot also ensure the PMW-100 is a no-compromise choice when used independently. - 1/2.9-inch type Exmor CMOS sensor for uncompromising full HD image capture - MPEG 422 / 420 HD and SD recordings ensure compatibility with existing XDCAM work flows - Large 3.5-inch WVGA (852x480) LCD panel - Over 4 hours continuous recording with two 64 GB SxS memory cards - Slow and quick motion recordings - Lens controls for greater versatility - Instant shooting with video buffer - SD operation - Multi-camera operation

HVR-S270E

The HVR-S270E is a brand new HDV shoulder mount camcorder with an interchangeable lens system, native progressive recording, and solid-state memory recording. A variety of lenses can be attached to the HVR-S270E, which is equipped with a universal standard 1/3-inch bayonet mount mechanism for the quick changing of lenses. Switchable Recording and Playback- HDV1080i/DVCAM/DV 1/3-inch type 3 ClearVid CMOS Sensor System The HVR-S270E offers cutting-edge features, such as the technology of "Exmor™" developed by Sony, which utilizes the full potential of the 3 ClearVid CMOS Sensor system. Wide Range of Lenses Carl Zeiss Lens for HD Video as Standard Alpha Lens Compatibility 25p HDV Native Progressive Recording Modes

Professional Video

HVR-Z5E HXR-NX5M

The Sony HXR-NX5M - Simultaneous HYBRID HD and/or SD recording is supported via a unique, optional 128GB Flash Memory Unit (HXR-FMU128) which offers 11 hours HD recording time at 24Mbps. The Sony HXR-NX5M records stunning quality 1920 x 1080 images at 24Mbps (50i or 25p), as well as supporting 720/50p and Standard Definition recording. Sony's “G Lens” and Exmor™ technology provide excellent resolution, colour and contrast, as well as exceptional low-light sensitivity. The Sony HXR-NX5M operational flexibility is maximised by AVCHD recording onto affordable and readily available consumer memory cards. Using two 32GB cards, the NX5 can record six hours of HD footage which can be further extended by simply swapping cards. Features: Sony’s exclusive High-performance G Lens Three 1/3” Exmor™ CMOS Sensors with ClearVid array AVCHD - Ideal for Memory Recording / Relay Record with Dual Memory Slots Hybrid Recording with Optional Flash Memory Unit MPEG-2 for Standard Definition Recording / Loss-less Audio Recording Capability / Active SteadyShot / XtraFine™ LCD Touch Panel / XtraFine ™ Electronic View Finder

HVR-Z7E

Major "G Lens" Features on HVR-Z5E Natural-touch Lens Operation 1/3 inch-type 3 ClearVid CMOS Sensor system Enhanced functionality with the technology of Exmor Switchable Recording and Playback - HDV1080i/DVCAM/DV Selectable Progressive Modes Built-in Down-converter for SD Production Versatile Audio Input Selection / XtraFine™ LCD Panel / XtraFine EVF InfoLITHIUM™ L Series Battery Compatibility / HDMI output connector Two Accessory Shoe Connectors / One-touch Clip-type Microphone Holder Smooth WB (white balance)

HVR-V1E

Compact HDV Camcorder The HVR-V1E is the first Sony professional to incorporate 3 ClearVid CMOS sensors. Coupled with Sony's Enhanced Imaging Processor (EIP) these sensors provide high sensitivity, low noise and a wide dynamic range to help achieve high-quality, smearless images. HDV/DVCAM/DV 3 ClearVid CMOS Sensors 20 x Optical Zoom Carl Zeiss Vario-Sonnar T* Lens 2 x XLR Microphone Inputs Down-conversion 3.5" Clear Photo LCD Timecode Options HDMI Output

HXR-MC2000E Sony HVR-Z7E handheld HDV 1080i camcorder with interchangeable 1/3inch zeiss lens Features: HDV / DV / DVCAM switchable / 1/3” x 3 ClearVID CMOS processors / Interchangeable lens system with supplied Carl Zeiss Lens / Native Progressive Recording Capability / LCD Viewfinder and Electronic Viewfinder / Picture adjustment capabilities and Picture Profiles / Improved design feature / Supplied ECM Shotgun microphone / Hybrid recording (Tape and Compact Flash) Supplied Compact Flash Memory Recorder

Professional Video

aking a professional impression The HXR-MC2000E provides a professional look and shooting style which is ideal for weddings, corporate communications or education facilities. While light and easily portable, its full Should Mount design means your clients immediately know you mean business. Workflow flexibility is enhanced by the ability to record directly onto a removable memory card or a 64GB internal flash memory storage system in High Definition or Standard Definition. The HXR-MC2000E is designed to be the ideal, entry-level match for almost any type of non-linear workflow. It’s an exceptionally cost-effective production package for DVD or Blu-ray content, one that’s flexible enough to express your creative ideas and meet your client’s requirements.

HXR MC1P Digital HD Video Camera Recorder

APS HD CMOS sensor but is capable of recording 1080i video at a higher, 24mbps, bitrate. The NEX-VG20E also features an electronic viewfinder and 'Quad Capsule Spatial Array Stereo Microphone' that uses four microphone elements to provide better channel separation and cancel unwanted noise. In every other respect it is essentially a NEX 5, featuring the same user interface (though with more external controls) and both SD and MemoryStick storage. It will sold as kit with image-stabilised E18-200mm F3.5-6.3 OSS lens

Creative storytelling through videos.

Bigger sensor, Better videos.

Sony is proud to present a stunning HD camera and recorder that represents the last piece of the HD video production jigsaw. The HXR-MC1P is an easy to use HD camera system, consisting of a small camera head and a handheld controlling unit with LCD panel and recording function. This tiny all-in-one camera system needs no extra equipment - simply take it out and start shooting. Also, the camera unit is splash-proof, allowing safe use in tough outdoor conditions, such as rain or when you are shooting near water.

Boasting an Exmor™ APS HD CMOS sensor that's roughly 19.5 times larger than sensors used in conventional camcorders1, you can capture video with a superb shallow depth of field and dramatic background defocusing effects that camcorders with smaller sensors simply cannot.

Uncompromising audio quality. Stunning 14-megapixel photos, too.

HVR-HD1000E NEX-VG20 NEW

E-mount HD camcorder Interchangeable lens Handycam Camcorder

Professional HDV camcorder The HVR-HD1000E features a shoulder-mount design and black matte body similar to that of professional camcorders; making it perfect for weddings, corporate communications, and sporting events where appearance makes a difference. Premium design characteristics and high-definition HDVTM1080i recording are the main features of this new one-piece shoulder camcorder, ideal for working videographers on a budget. A built-in down-converter creates DV material, perfect for standard DVD productions.

NEX-VG10E - an E-mount camcorder that becomes the worlds' first consumer-grade HD camcorder with interchangeable lenses. Although appearing under Sony's Handycam brand, rather than Alpha, it retains a lot in common with the Alpha NEX series. It features the same 14.6MP Exmor

Professional Video

DSR-PD175P

HXR-MC50P Digital HD Video Camera Recorder

Sony’s Brand-new DVCAM Camcorder Delivers Eye-opening Picture Quality an Enhanced Functionality The DSR-PD175P is simply the best standard definition handheld camcorder ever produced by Sony. It uses the same chassis as the state-of-the-art HVR-Z5E HDV Camcorder introduced in 2008 with many of the same advanced features, including the all-new high performance Sony G-Lens which combines a ClearVid array and advanced Exmor image-processing technology for class leading picture quality and low light performance.

HXR-NX70 Compact AVCHD Handy-type camcorder

Features: Wide-angle Lens Exmor R™ External Microphone Optical SteadyShot™ with Active Mode Manual Dial DVDirect & Direct Copy

DEV-5K

Digital Recording Binoculars

The HXR-NX70 is a true NXCAM camcorder with the added bonus of IPX54 certification. Its compact size and XLR pod, coupled to NXCAM quality and performance makes it ideal for a wide range of applications. 1920x1080 60P full HD recording at 28Mbps. The new PS mode with a 28Mbps recording bit-rate enables the HXR-NX70U to capture full HD at 60P. Its full HD 1920x1080 recordings can be slowed down too 24P during post production for beautiful 2.5 slow motion. Direct Copy to external HDD without PC. The HXR-NX70 is the first camroder with IPX54 certification. IPX54 enables shooting in rainy and dusty conditions.

HXR-NX3D1

3D Camcorder

Features: Double “Sony G Lenses” Double “Exmor R” CMOS Sensors 3D Shooting with Two Parallel Cameras Multi-Format Recording Compatible with a wide range of formats, the HXR-NX3D1 enables 1080/60i/ 50i/24p 3D recording and 1080 60p/60i/50p/50i/30p/24p 2D recording. XLR Adaptor with Selectable Phantom Power and ECM-XM1 Shotgun Microphone

Equipped with digital binoculars capable of directly recording in full HD (1920 x 1080) video, you’re ready to observe and document the world in high resolution 2D or immersive 3D with a maximum magnification of 20x (with digital zoom on). There’s also autofocus, which is something that no conventional binoculars are able to provide, while Optical SteadyShot™ (Active Mode) image stabilization technology ensures crisp, stable images even at high magnification. A new page in binocular history has been turned.

HXR-NX30E

NEW

The HXR-NX30 is an ultra-compact, palm-sized, professional NXCAM camcorder compatible with the latest full HD formats including 1080/50p video. It features a 26.0mm ultra wide-angle lens with 10x optical zoom (35mm equivalent: 26-260mm) and a back-illuminated 1/2.88-inch type Exmor R CMOS sensor for outstanding versatility. Advanced image stabilisation One of the HXR-NX30E's biggest advantages is the Balanced Optical SteadyShot™ image stabilization system. Built-in projector to view rushes A built-in projector can project images up to 100 inches wide (when projecting 5m from a screen), enabling production crew to easily check the rushes at the end of the shoot.

Digital Film

SiliconImaging SI-2K Digital Cinema Camera Highspeed Digital Camera • Stand alone camera • Super 35 format CMOS sensor • > 1.400 fps in 2K • 2.000 fps in 1080p • 4.000 fps in 720p • 12 bit RAW uncompressed • 10 bit YCbCr 4:2:2 • Output: HD-SDI single and dual link for RAW (fast & standard) and HD & Gig E • Two Stream Camera (RAW and HD) • Super 35mm format • > 600 ASA sensitivity • > 10 T-stops dynamic range • 36GB onboard memory • Interchangeable lens mount • 24 Volt DC

Recording Time • 1280x720 60p • 1920x1080 30p • 1920x1080 50p • 2048x1536 25p

Silicon Imaging developped the new SI-2K digital cinema camera system. As an experienced manufacturer of professional products for the film and video industries, P+S Technik was assigned to design a modular system of accessories around the leading Silicon Imaging 2K digital cinema technology. • 2K DCI-compliant resolution • P+S Technik Interchangeable Mount System • P+S Technik ultra-tough aluminum alloy chassis and accessories • Direct-to-disk CineForm RAWTM portable recording solution • More than 10 F-stops dynamic range • Embedded IRIDAS SpeedGradeTM • Embedded SiliconDVR software Mutli-Format Capabilities

• Embedded SiliconDVR software interface with industry-leading feature-set, ease-of-use, and future upgradeability • 2K Formats: 2K/23.976p, 2K/24p 2K/25p • HD Formats: 1080/23.976, 1080/24p, 1080/25p, 1080/29.97, 1080/30p, 720p (variable) • 150fps/540P mode for slow-Motion Special effects • Time-Lapse Recording with programmable images per minute approx. 02:31 single link approx. 02:34 single link approx. 00:49 dual link approx. 01:00 single link

Viewfinder • Electronic Viewfinder 800x600 pixel included (OLED) • Optical viewfinder optional (2010) WEISSCAMware • Debayering / converting WEISSCAM RAW files into 10bit DPX, 8bit TIFF, DNG etc. • Using sophisticated color algorithms • Using nVidia’s shading technology for fast rendering • Batch rendering

SI-2K Mini Camera Head

Highlights 2K Resolution Single CMOS Sensor DCI compliant 10+ F-stops of dynamic range Interchangeable Mount System (IMS) Lightweight Modular Extensibility Multi-Camera Head Setups for Stereoscopy and Special Effect Cinematography

Player / Recorder

J-H3

HDW-2000/20

HDCAM Compact Player Features/Benefits Multiple interfaces / i.Link interface / Standard computer monitor interface / System frequency / Off line editior connections / Compact and cost effective HDCAM tape playback / Wireless remote / Audio monitoring

HDCAM video tape recorder with CineAlta record feature Features/Benefits HDCAM recording and playback / Selectable frame rates Built-in down converter / No compromise in editing performance Broadcast quality slow motion / High quality picture search and jog Compact chassis Surround sound / Superb High Definition pictures / Unlimited opportunities for international productions / Business benefits today and tomorrow / Peace of mind for High Definition post production

PDW-F75 A fully featured Dual Layer XDCAM HD deck offering multiple interfaces designed to fit into SD or HD infrastructures

HDW-D1800 Features/Benefits: Real-time SD output / Quick and Slow Motion Support / HD 1080 Recording at Selectable Frame & Bit Rates / High-quality Audio Recording / File-based Disc Recording / Advanced Scene Selection Functionality / Analogue-like Jog Audio / High-quality Slow-motion High Level of Reliability / Comprehensive interfaces / Enhanced Productivity / Smarter, Faster Archiving

HDCAM video tape recorder with CineAlta record feature and MPEG IMX and Digital Betacam playback

PDW-HD1500 XDCAM HD Deck

Features/Benefits HDCAM recording and playback / Selectable frame rates / Compatible replay of standard definition digital cassettes / Built-in up and down converters / Optional 1080/50i to 720/50P converter / New control panel with built-in LCD display / Editing via 9-pin remote control / Broadcast quality slow motion / High quality picture search and jog / Optional HDV input via i.LINK / Compact chassis Surround sound / Superb High Definition pictures / Unlimited opportunities for international productions / Business benefits today and tomorrow / Peace of mind for High Definition post production

Player / Recorder Features: High-quality eight-channel audio recording / Dual optical pick-up for higher-speed file transfer / 4.3-inch type* colour LCD display / VTR-like jog/shuttle operation / Video control (via front panel and remote) / Compact and lightweight at 6.3 kg (13 lb 14 oz) / in a half-rack width chassis / AC, DC, or battery powered / Ethernet interface (1000Base-T)i.LINK interface

HVR-1500 Digital HD Video Tape Recorder

Features/Benefits: Switchable Recording - HDV 1080i/ DVCAM/DV and 60i/50i / Playback Compatibility with DV (25 Mb/s) Family Formats / Long Recording Time / Down-conversion Capability / HD-SDI Interface / SD-SDI Interface / AES/EBU Interface / i.LINK Interface / Analogue Interfaces / RS-422A Control / HD and SD Reference Inputs / Time Code Input/Output / Built-in Signal Generator / Quick Response Mechanism / Tape and Head Cleaner for Reliable Operation / Built-in 2.7-inch LCD Monitor / Auto Repeat / Picture Search (in HDV Mode) / Picture Search Using Menu Keys / Assign Button / Digital Slow Motion and Jog Sound (in DVCAM mode) / Audio Level Control

signal outputs from a switcher. The PMW-EX30 deck is equipped with a wide array of interfaces including HD-SDI input and output, HDMI output, HD analog component, composite outputs and more. Equipped with two SxS PRO memory card slots, the PMW-EX30 deck can record up to 140 minutes of HD footage using two 16-GB SxS PRO memory cards (in SP mode).

HVR-M25AE A feature rich HDV VTR for professionals

Features/Benefits: HDV/DVCAM/DV Compatible / Dual-size Cassette Mechanism / Down-conversion Capabilities / 50/60Hz Switchable / HDV/DV IN TC 2.7" 16:9 LCD Monitor / HDMI Output / Duplicate Plus / Edge Crop Adjust / Custom Repeat / Time code settings / Assign Buttons

HVR-M15AE HVR-M15AE Compact HDV VTR

HVR-M35E New HDV VTR

Features: Supporting HDV Native Progressive Format. / HDV/ DVCAM / DV format / Standard and Mini Size Cassette Tape Compatibility / HDV 4ch Audio Recording and Playback / 2.7-inch Wide Clear Photo LCD plus Screen and Monaural Speaker / 60/50Hz system switchable. / HD-SD Down-Conversion / i.LINK out : SQ, EC / Analogue out : SQ, EC, LB / Edge crop position adjust when down-converting HD content. / Custom Repeat playback function

Features/Benefits: HDV/DVCAM/DV Compatible / Dual-size Cassette Mechanism / Down-conversion Capabilities / 50/60Hz Switchable / Compact & Simple Design / HDV/DV IN TC / Menu button / Auto Repeat TC Reset

GV-HD700E

PMW-EX30 XDCAM EX Memory Recorder

The PMW-EX30 deck is a highly versatile and affordable compact recording deck, and can be used for many different applications. It allows simple viewing of recorded materials with a monitor, dubbing to other format/media such as HDV™, XDCAM HD and HDCAM™, and feeding to nonlinear editing systems. In addition, the PMW-EX30 deck can be used as an affordable full HD recorder for event recordings – it can record HD

World’s first HD Portable Video Recorder with pro features for advanced playback and recording of high quality HDV video content, High quality 7-inch widescreen (15:9) LCD monitor. HDV1080i and DV (SP/LP) recording and playback. Versatile interfaces including i.LINK and HDMI out (i.LINK, HDMI Out, Component Out, Composite I/O etc) x.v.Colour for optimized colour gamut. InfoLITHIUM® L/M Series battery compatibility

Hard Disk Recorder

FS-H200 Portable Compact Flash DTE Recorder

Gemini 4:4:4

The all new FS-H200 Portable Compact Flash DTE Recorder brings ultra-reliable solid state acquisition with Direct To Edit Technology to your DV or HDV camcorder. FS-H200 utilizes standard Type 1 removable Compact Flash media which provides fast, reliable, and low-cost recording. - Solid State Acquisition to Editing in One Step Record directly to a removable and inexpensive Compact Flash (CF) memory cards (sold separately). Connect the FS-H200 directly to your DV or HDV camcorder using a single FireWire cable, allowing you to record to CF card only or to CF card and tape simultaneously.

The Gemini 4:4:4 is a professional, high-definition video recorder that fits in the palm of your hand. Gemini 4:4:4 functions as a high-quality monitor, a recorder, and a playback device.

CF Card DV HDV 1080i HDV 720p

As a recorder, Gemini 4:4:4 records in the ultimate highest quality possible—uncompressed, which can easily be incorporated into virtually any workflow using your favorite CODEC. Gemini 4:4:4 is also capable of recording, combining, and playing back 3D video (with paid upgrade).

16GB Card 1.1 hours 1.1 hours* 1.3 hours*

32GB Card 2.2 hours 2.2 hours* 2.6 hours*

The Direct To Edit Advantage Industry Standard File Format Support Removable Compact Flash Slot Native QuickTime HDV Support Designed to Transform Workflow with Industry Standard Removable Media

Gemini 4:4:4 records to specially certified and tested 1.8” solid-state hard drives that can be purchased from Convergent Design through your local dealer.

FS-5 Portable DTE Recorder Defining a new class of DTE recording, the FS-5 Portable DTE Recorder weighs only twelve ounces, brings Direct To Edit® recording technology to your HDV or DV handheld camcorder, and enables you to add custom metadata while you're recording. Recording Modes HDV Recording Modes: .m2t 720p 24/25/30/50/60 DV Recording Modes: AVI Type 1 MXF .m2t 1080i 50/60 AVI Type 2 Pinnacle AVI MXF HDV (720p 30) AVI Type 2 24p QuickTime MXF HDV (1080i 50/60) Canopus AVI QuickTime QuickTime 1080i 50/60 24p QuickTime 720p 30 Matrox AVI RawDV

SxS Memory Card USB Reader/Writer

The SBAC-US10 is an SxS PRO memory card reader/writer that works on both Windows-based PCs and Macintosh computers via a USB 2.0 interface. This compact and portable device comes in handy in many situations on location, for desktop browsing and fully-fledged editing.

nano Flash

The world’s smallest HD/SD Recoder / Player Master Quality i-Frame Only 4:2:2 @220 Mbps or XDCAM 422 @ 160 Mbps Utilises very high quality Sony CODEC Module Virtual elimination of motion-artifacts, mosquito noise and keying problems 24-bit/48k audio: embedded or analog inputs, headphone/line output, level meters Analog audio input: one balanced mic or two unbalanced mics or two (consumer) line level Camcorder-mountable, low-power, all SOLID STATE design Long battery life (6.5 ~19.5V, 6W Active/0.2W Stand-by), battery voltage monitor Master Quality i-Frame Only 4:2:2 @220 Mbps or XDCAM 422 @ 160 Mbps Utilises very high quality Sony CODEC Module QuickTime or MXF file format for easy transfer to leading NLE programs

Hard Disk Recorder

KI PRO

Post-production redefined...during production The AJA Ki Pro is a tapeless video recording device that records high-quality Apple ProRes 422 QuickTime files onto computer-friendly Storage Module media. Because it features SD/HD-SDI, HDMI, and analog inputs, you can interface with virtually any type of camera you might own or rent. Enjoy monitoring flexibility through Ki Pro's numerous simultaneous outputs, connecting to both professional and consumer monitors. Ki Pro is portable and rugged; designed for real production environments. With the optional exo-skeleton it can sit below your camera—out of the way of your battery adapters, wireless mics and other accessories. Offering up/down/cross-conversion and a multitude of connections, integration with your other production gear is seamless.

KI PRO MINI

SideKick HD

Capture the full potential of your HD camcorder’s high-quality sensor and lens with SideKick HD. Combining high bit-rate recording with the fastest multi-format, straight-to-edit workflow in the industry, SideKick HD delivers the quality, performance, and efficiency that you demand. Features Superior Quality Capture the highest quality video that your HD camera can produce. Up to 220 Mbit/s 4:2:2 sampling 10-bit precision Select the codec that postproduction prefers. Apple ProRes 422 (HQ) Apple ProRes 422

Memory Cards

SxS PRO™ Memory Card Ki Pro Mini is the smallest and simplest way of connecting production and post, anywhere shooting takes you. With a miniature form factor that makes for the smallest camera and recorder package available, Ki Pro Mini is powerful, supporting all four types of Apple ProRes 422 (including HQ, LT and Proxy). The newest member of the award winning Ki Pro family, Ki Pro Mini simplifies the link between production and post by unobtrusively fitting in small spaces and acquiring on the best codec for use with Apple Final Cut Studio, from any SDI or HDMI camera, regardless of format. With its high quality digital connectivity, you've got the perfect solution for portable on-set digital capture. Extreme Portability for any shooting environment 10-bit full raster recording to Apple ProRes 422 SD and HD formats Apple ProRes 422 (HQ) Apple ProRes 422 Apple ProRes (LT) Apple ProRes (Proxy) Record Edit-Ready SD/HD files from any camera to Compact Flash (CF) cards Skip log and capture with instant mounting of native OSX media Professional connectivity through SD/HD SDI and HDMI I/O

SxS PRO™ is based on the SxS™ memory card specification*, developed for high speed data transfer. The new memory card improves workflow efficiency by reducing transfer times for large data files such as high-definition video, enabling rapid transfer speed of 800 Mbps**. Its compact size contributes to the design of much lighter and smaller camcorders while excellent reliability gives users more opportunity to shoot footage in the harshest of conditions. Sony SxS PRO was developed for increasing the efficiency of workflow, fulfilling the demand from professional camcorders or non-linear video editing systems, for higher performance and reliability. SBP8 (8GB) / SBP16 (16GB) / SBP32 (32GB)

Memory Cards

New SxS-1 Memory Card The SxS-1 (SBS-32G1) is fully compliant with the ExpressCard™ industry standard and features high capacity and super fast data transfer speed. Videographers can store up to 32GB of footage – enough for up to 100 minutes of full HD 1920 x 1080 video at 35 Mbps or 140 minutes of 1440 x 1080 video at 25 Mbps.* Large data files such as high definition video can be transferred at up to 800 Mbps* - for efficient non-linear video editing. It’s also extremely compact and reliable to ensure faultless on-location performance in the harshest of environments. (*The speed is measured on XDCAM EX camcorder)

SDHC Card 32, 64, 128GB Compliant with SD card association card 3.00 specification Secure – Built in write protect switch prevents accidental data loss Compatible – SDHC host devices, not compatible with standard SD-enabled devices/readers File Format – SDHC File Format – FAT32

PHU120R Sony Portable Camera Hard Hard Disk Unit This HDD drive offers 120GB* of storage or up to 520 minutes of record time at 25Mbps. With this increased capacity a user can shoot over 4 hours of uninterrupted footage. With true 1920 x 1080 image sensors and true 1920 x 1080 recording, Sony’s XDCAM EX camcorders are among the industry’s most versatile.

Battery/Charger Wise S2 Express Card 64GB / 32GB

Compatible Camera( DVCProHD, DVCPro50, DVCPro & HDV)

S-8U62 Intelligent Li-ion battery with multiple protective circuit design, compatible with SONY PMW-EX1 camera. It has a four-level remaining power indicator, a 14.4V D-tap power socket, and 63Wh larger capacity. Specification: / Applicable Camera SONY PMW-EX1 / Voltage 14.4V / Capacity 63Wh Dimension 41.5x69.7x93.0mm / Weight 0.42Kg / Applicable Batteries SONY BP-U60/U30

The S2 card uses ExpressCard technology. It's designed for XDCAM EX series camcorders without type record & long recording flexibility. • Featuring high reliability and compact size, the card also offers a high transfer speed USB2.0 to PC or Mack without card reader. Upgraded PC card standard with rapid transfer speed Compliant with the Express Card specification Performs well and more dependably due it's perfectly efficient workflow. A convenient non-linear design for video editing systems. External express card reader unneeded and available for USB2.0 port Record approximately 228min of video record on HQ mode full HD 1920 x 1080 video at 35 Mbps and 310 min on SP mode 1440 x 1080 video at 25 Mbps

S-8970

CF Card 32, 64, 128GB

S-3602F

Lightning with Hi speed For camcorders Video Full HD For Hi Speed and high capacities

Working well on HDV camera. Lithium-ion battery with build-in multiple protective circuit design, without memory effect , accurately calculates remaining power within minutes. Specification Voltage 7.2V / Capacity 47.5Wh / Weight 0.28kg / Dimension 70.5 x 38.5 x 60mm HDV-FXIE HVR-Z1C DSR-PD190P DSR-PD150P Compatiblity Sony NP-970

Applicable SONY

1. 2-channel charger: charge two batteries simultaneously. 2. 2-channel adaptor: supply power to camera and focus light simultaneously. 3. One channel charger and the other channel adaptor: charge one battery and supply power to camera simultaneously. Input AC100~240V,50/60Hz Output(charger) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Output(Adaptor) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Weight 0.36Kg Dimension 136 x 110 x 47mm Applicable Batteries S-8970/8770;SONY NP- F970/770/550

Battery/Charger

S-8080 1. Li-ion battery, no memory effect and environmental protection. 2. Indicate the remaining power by LED. 3. Build-in intelligent control circuit, multiple protections of temperature, current and voltage. Voltage 14.4V Capacity 88Wh Dimension 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight approx 0.8 Kg Operation Temperatur 0-40 &degC

S-8160S

HVL-LBP

LED Battery Video Light The new HVL-LBP LED Light System features a wider uniform light for 16:9 aspect and 600 lx @ 1m brightness! Powered by InfoLithium "L Series" battery, the battery operation time is approximately 3 hours with the NP-F970 battery! Supplied accessories include Diffuser/Condensing lens system and battery adaptor.

Voltage 14.4V Capacity 88Wh

S-8110S Voltage: 14.4V Capacity: 126Wh Dimensions: 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight: approx. 0.9 Kg Operation Temperatur: 0-40°C

SC-304A

Gold Mount Charger Input: AC 100V-240V 50/60Hz Output: DC 14V-20V, 1.9A×2 Applicable battery: Gold mount battery Dimension: 223×230×66mm Weight: 1.6kg

CM-LBPS900 LED Light Professional grade 5-LED light / Energy saving and environmental friendly design with maximum powre consumption at approximately 10W. / Wide range of irradiation with homogeneous light distribution (90 degree for brand light and 45 degree for spotlight) / High luminous efficiency maximum at 900 lux or 400lux in 1 meter distance / Two intensity levels switch / 250g Light weight (excluding battery) / Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter / High beam/spotlight setup using the built-in condense lens / Long life LED lightbulb abotu 10,000 hours usage / Built-in top-mount cold shoe adapter

CM-LBPS1800 LED Light

On-Camera lights

Professional grade 10-LED light / Energy saving and environmental friendly design with maximum powre consumption at approximately 18W. / Wide range of irradiation with homogeneous light distribution (90 degree for brand light and 45 degree for spotlight) / High luminous efficiency maximum at 1800 lux in 1 meter distance / Adjustable dimmer to control different intensity of brightness / 420g Light weight (excluding battery) / Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter / High beam/spotlight setup using the built-in condense lens / Long life LED lightbulb abotu 10,000 hours usage

S-2040

Chip Array LED - Chip Array LED - 80W equivalent output - Single shadow, glareless - Cool touch - 5000K color temperature - 5600K and 3200K filter - Color rendering index: 85 - 6-17V wide input voltage - Interchangeable DV mount and battery - Screw and cold shoe mount

Camera Cases

Kata D-Light Capsule-181 DL Case (Black) Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib StructureAluminum Skeleton StaveAeriform Interior DividersYelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

CC-193 HDV Case The CC- 193 is a compact, TST padded case designed to hold & protect a range of small digital camcorders such as Canon XH A1, G1, Sony Z1, V1, Panasonic HVX200 & similar sized models.

VA-801-15 CRC-15 is quick and easy to set up, featuring pull tight cords, Hook & Loop strips all along the rim for rapid opening and closing, and a full size transparent window to monitor all controls when working.

Kata D-Light Capsule-185 DL Case (Black) Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib StructureAluminum Skeleton StaveAeriform Interior DividersYelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

kata VA-002-1A The CCC-1A is designed to hold a medium to large pro camcorder with battery & lens installed and is engineered to be a lightweight and highly protective case due to the thermoformed laminated foam layers.

Kata CG-3 Camera Glove - for Sony DVW-700, DVW-707, DVW-709, DVW-790WS, HDW-700, HDW-750, HDW-790 & MSW-900P Camcorders

CC-195 HDV Case Kata D-Light Capsule-183 DL Case (Black) Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib StructureAluminum Skeleton StaveAeriform Interior DividersYelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

CC-197 HDV Case The CC-197 features ultimate TST protection and portability for medium digital camcorders such as Canon XL H1 or JVC GY HD100/110/200/250 with accessories and mattbox or similar sized models.

The CC- 195 is a compact, TST padded case designed to hold & protect a range of small digital camcorders such as the standard non-accessorized Canon XL H1 or JVC GY HD100 and similar sized models.

Kata Pro-Light Bumblebee-220 PL Backpack Fits 2-3 D-SLR Camera 8 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17"

Camera Glove-13 Camcorder Glove for Sony DSR400 and DSR 450 (see KATA Web Bag Chooser).

Kata DVG-59 Camcorder Guard For Sony PMW-EX3 CamcorderThermo Pressed Fabric LaminationSemi-rigid Closed Cell FoamIncludes Flexible Viewfinder Sleeve

Optics

Application:

Compact Primes CP.2 - Lenses with interchangeable mount The Compact Prime CP.2 lenses are the latest members of the ZEISS family of lenses for digital and film cameras. This second generation of the Compact Prime lenses now delivers even greater flexibility by introducing interchangeable mounts that allow the lenses to be used with a wide range of cameras from traditional cine to HDSLR systems.

Switching between traditional film and digital PL cine cameras and HDSLR cameras is no longer an issue. The Compact Prime CP.2 lenses’ improved functionality means improved ergonomics compared to standard SLR lenses, standard housing dimensions, standard focus and iris gear positions, a consistent front diameter, a robust construction, longer focus rotation and a manual focus, thereby providing the flexibility users demand. With precision and speed - Compact Prime CP.2 lenses are the perfect tool for Independent filmmakers, professional still photographers expanding their services or large studios using HDSLR’s as a second camera for TV and feature film productions.

All Compact Prime CP.2 lenses cover the full-frame image format (24 x 36 mm) ANSI Super 35 and Normal 35 image format, except the CP.2 18mm/T3.6. CFD: Close Focus Distance from film plane AOV: Angle of View, diagonal EF: EF Bayonet Mount supported PL: PL Bayonet Mount supported F: F Bayonet Mount supported

Interchangeable mount allows a mix of HDSLR systems with traditional cine cameras Full-frame coverage (24 x 36mm ) for focal lengths 21 to 100 mm, including a 50 mm macro lens Common aperture of T2.1 for the standard lens set No need for adapter solutions anymore Three different mounts available (PL, EF and F mount) High stability due to support bracket, which is included for additional lens stability Sweet spot effect with APS-C sensors

DigiPrime lenses For B4 mount DigiPrime lenses produce images of stunning quality with 2/3" High Definition digital cine cameras. DigiPrime lenses fulfil all technical, functional and aesthetic requirements of digital cinematography on a cost and fabrication optimized basis.

Technical Data: Super Wide Angle

CP.2 18mm/T3.6* CP.2 21mm/T2.9

Wide Angle

CP.2 25mm/T2.9 CP.2 28mm/T2.1 CP.2 35mm/T2.1

Standard

CP.2 50mm/T2.1

Tele

CP.2 85mm/T2.1 CP.2 100mm/T2.1 CF**

Macro

CP.2 50mm/T2.1

Aperture T3.6 – 22 T2.9 – 22

CFD 0.3 0.22

AOV 69° 60.9°

Weight 900 g 1000 g

T2.9 – 22 T2.1 - 22 T2.1 - 22

0.17 0.24 0.3

52.2° 47.4° 38.5°

900 g 1000 g 1000 g

T2.1 – 22

0.45

27.3°

900 g

T2.1 – 22 T2.1 – 22

1 0.7

16.7° 14.7°

900 g 1.49 kg

T2.1 – 22

0.24

27.3°

1.35 kg

Absolutely precise back focus Calibrated and easy-to-read markings Perfect flare reduction No breathing Fixed iris and focus gears Innovative nine blade iris Super color matched with all ZEISS cine lenses

Optics

Application:

DigiPrime lenses were specifically built for the three 2/3" CCDs and beam splitting prism optical system found in current digital cinematography cameras. Like the rest of the ZEISS DigiZoom family, the DigiPrime lenses have been engineered for optimum performance in low light situations with the aperture fully open. Technical Data: f(mm) T-Stop 3.9 1 : 1.9 5 1 : 1.9 7 1 : 1.6 10 1 : 1.6 14 1 : 1.6 20 1 : 1.6 28 1 : 1.6 40 1 : 1.6 52 1 : 1.6 70 1 : 1.6 135 1 : 1.9

CF 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.32 m 0.89 m

Length 203 mm 164 mm 164 mm 164 mm 164 mm 164 mm 164 mm 164 mm 165 mm 194 mm 297 mm

Weight 1890 g 1380 g 1550 g 1510 g 1330 g 1350 g 1420 g 1440 g 1560 g 1800 g 3150 g

Additional focal lengths: DigiZooom f (mm) T-Stop CF Weight

Focal length in mm Max. aperture Close Focus (measured from film plane) Weight in grams

Lightweight Zoom L LWZ.2 The Zeiss LWZ.2 Lightweight 15.5-45mm T2.6 Zoom is the first of its kind--a high-quality, interchangeable-mount zoom lens designed for use on both cine and DSLR cameras. What distinguishes the LWZ.2 from other, EF-mount-only zooms is the interchangeable lens mount, which can be swapped out for an optional cinema-standard PL or Nikon F mount. For the first time, a single, affordable, professional quality zoom lens can be used on both cinema and still cameras, opening up creative possibilities that keep your rig lightweight, versatile, and on budget. With its wide angle of view and light weight, the lens is ideal for shooting in tight spaces or following action--whether handheld, on a Steadicam or car rig, or used remotely.

Technical Information Focal length range Focal length ration Aperture Number of aperture blades Close focus Angle of focus rotation Angle of zoom rotation Pitch of the follow focus gears Horizontal angle of view Front diameter Length (Front – PL mount flange) Weight around Lens Coating Coverage Scope of delivery Camera mounts

15.5 - 45 mm 3:1 T2.6 – T22 9 0.45 m / 18 inches 337° 120 ° m 0,8 / number of pitches Z= 112 at 15.5 mm: 90.2° at 45 mm: 40.0° 114 mm / 4.5 ‘‘ 209 mm / 8.2 ‘‘ 2000 g / 4.4 lbs Carl Zeiss T* XP coating ANSI Super 35 image area (24.9 x 18.7mm / 0.980’’ x 0.7362’’) Support bracket for a reliable set-up PL mount EF mount F mount

Optics

HJ22ex7.6B IRSE/IASE

EFP lens Zoom Ratio Built-in Extender Range of Focal Length (with Extender) Maximum Relative Aperture (with Extender)

22x 2.0x 7.6~168mm 15.2~336mm (2.0x) 1:1.8 at 7.6~114.1mm 1: 2.65 at 168mm 1:3.6 at 15.2~228.2mm 1:5.3 at 336mm (2.0x)

HJ11ex4.7B IRSE/IASE Super Wide

Zoom Ratio Built-in Extender Range of Focal Length (with Extender) Full servo : Semi servo:

17x 2.0x 7.7~131mm 15.4~262mm (2.0x) SS-41-IASD / SS-41-D MS-210D

YJ13x6B IRS/KRS The Widest 2/3" Pro-Video Lens

Zoom Ratio Built-in Extender Range of Focal Length (with Extender) Maximum Relative Aperture (with extender) Angular field of view (with Extender) Aspect Ratio

13x 6~78mm 1:2.0 at 6~58mm 1:2.7 at 78mm 72.5째 x 57.6째 at 6mm 6.5째 x 4.8째 at 78mm 4:3 (8.8 x 6.6mm)

YJ20x8.5B IRS/KRS Hyper Standard Pro-Video Lens Zoom Ratio Built-in Extender Range of Focal Length (with Extender) Maximum Relative Aperture (with extender)

11x 2.0x 4.7~52mm 9.4~104mm (2.0x) 1:1.9 at 4.7~40.3mm 1:2.45 at 52mm 1:3.8 at 9.4~80.6mm 1:4.9 at 104mm (2.0x)

HJ17ex7.7B IRSE/IASE

Zoom Ratio Built-in Extender Range of Focal Length (with Extender) Maximum Relative Aperture (with Extender)

17x 2.0x 7.7~131mm 15.4~262mm (2.0x) 1:1.8 at 7.7~100.3mm 1:2.3 at 131mm 1:3.6 at 15.4~200.6mm (2.0x) 1:4.6 at 262mm (2.0x)

J17ex7.7B IRSE/IASE/ Wide Stand Lens

Zoom Ratio Built-in Extender Range of Focal Length (with Extender) Maximum Relative Aperture (with extender)

20x 2.0x 8.5~170mm 17~340mm 1:1.8 at 8.5~113.3mm 1:2.7 at 170mm 1:3.6 at 17~226.7mm (2.0x) 1:5.4 at 340mm (2.0x)

HJ14ex4.3B IRSE/IASE WIDEST ANGLE HD BROADCAST LENS EVER

Built-in extender Zoom Ratio Range of Focal Length Maximum Relative Aperture

1.0x 2.0x 14x 4.3-60mm 8.6-120mm 1:1.8 at 4.3-40mm 1:2.7 at 60mm / 1:3.6 at 8.6-80mm 1:5.4 at 120mm

Optics

RedEye Wide Angle Adapter

The Red Eyeâ&#x201E;˘ is about the size of a filter and weighs less than 100 grams. The bulk and weight have been eliminated by using a durable and compact, high index, high clarity optical material which substantially reduces the size and weight of the lens. All Red Eyeâ&#x201E;˘ wide angle adapters feature a multi-layer anti-reflective coating to increase light transmission to near 100% for optimum image clarity, contrast and sharpness. In addition, hard coatings offer an extra degree of scratch resistance and improve water repellency. The lens housing is anodized aluminum and uses standard 62mm, 72mm, 77mm or 82mm thread mount. Each lens comes with its own hand-crafted padded leather case.

WHV-075 Wide Angle Conversion Lens

0.75x 82mm Rear Thread Mount 72mm Adapter Ring Full Zoom-Through Rubber Hood Carrying Pouch The Zunow WHV-075 Wide Angle Conversion Lens is a high-quality HD converter lens designed to screw onto the front of a camcorder lens with an 82mm or 72mm (with included adapter) filter thread. It expands your lens' angle of view by 25%, providing wider coverage in small spaces, while its leading-edge optics reduce barrel distortion and keep chromatic aberration to a minimum. Also included are an HU-85 lens hood and carry pouch.

DWA-075 DSLR Wide Angle Attachment

RedEye products: 72mm RedEye Fx .5x 72mm RedEye Dv .7x 77mm RedEye Pro .7x 82mm RedEye Pro .7x New products: 72mm the RedEye Fx .7x (30% increase in field of view) 72mm the RedEye Fx .4x (60% increase in field of view) 0.75x Magnification For DSLR Lenses 77mm Rear Thread Mount Carrying Pouch Also Fits Sony EX Series Camcorders The Zunow DWA-075 Wide Angle Attachment is a lightweight lens adapter designed to screw onto the front of DSLR lenses with 77mm filter threads (including Sony EX series camcorders). It expands your lens' angle of view by 25%, providing wider coverage in small spaces.

Shot with REDEYE wide angel adapter

TCX-15 Compact Tele Conversion Lens

Shot with HD lens

Optics

•Extents your focal length with 1,5x. •62/72mm dual mount. •Filter size: 86mm. •Comes standard with a lightweight round hood, carrying pouch and 72mm adapter ring. Product description: The Zunow TCX-15 Tele-Converter is an excellent way to extend the reach of your zoom. It attaches quickly to the front of the lens, shifting focal length range in the telephoto direction. Unlike most external tele-extenders, the TCX-15 tele-converter requires no exposure compensation.

MTF EFFECT A modular Electronic Canon EF adaptor system

Zunow PL-5D Positive Lock Mount for EOS 5D Mark II

Modular Canon EF adaptor system with electronic aperture adjustment via a handheld control box. With Sophisticated electronics designed by MTF, this system allows full aperture control in 1/8th Increments. Displays lens focal length and current f/stop live both for primes and while zooming. One control box can be used with any of three adaptor modules. Adaptor options for Sony PMW-F3, Sony NEX FS-100, Panasonic AG AF-101. The Zunow PL-mount is a positive lock lens mount specifically developed to be used on lenses with a maximum mount length of 19mm. The PL-Mount comes standard with a V-lock support plate. This will support your PL-Mount whenever a heavy cinematic lens is attached. Thanks to the V-lock system you can easily mount your DSLR onto any quick release tripod adapter. The Canon EOS 5D Mark II’s, full frame sensor is the ideal companion for the Zunow PL-Mount as it fully supports its optical glass, giving you a perfect 35mm circle of light. • • • • •

No modification needed. Converts PL to EF mount. Maximum lenght of PL mount 19mm. Only for the Canon EOS 5D Mark II and EOS 7D. Comes standard with V-lock Support plate.

The worlds first PL to Sony E Mount Adaptor

With the introduction of the Sony NEX stills cameras, and NEX-VG10 camcorder later this year, and working closely with Sony UK, we have designed some new products to suit. This Product allows the use of any 35mm format PL mounted lens on the Sony NEX-3, NEX-5, NEX-VG10 and the new Sony NEX-FS100 cameras

Optics

B4 2/3" to Sony F3 adaptor The B4 2/3" broadcast lens to Sony PMW-F3 package is a useful way of utilizing all of your B4 mounted lenses on the Sony PMW-F3 as well as APS-C sized sensor cameras such as the Canon 7D MKII and the new Canon C-300

The worlds first Canon FD to Sony F3 Adaptor

This adaptor allows you to Fit any Canon FD lens to Sony's new PMW-F3 camera.

B4 2/3" to Sony PMW-EX3 Adaptor

The worlds first Nikon G to Sony E Mount Adaptor

This Product allows the use of any Nikon mounted lens on the Sony NEX-3, NEX-5, NEX-VG10 and the new SONY NEX-FS100 cameras This adaptor will allow you to mount 2/3" broadcast lenses directly onto the EX3

Powered B4 to Sony PMWEX3 Adaptor

Nikon G to Sony PMW-EX3 Adaptor

The worlds first Nikon G to EX3 adaptor. Now you can have aperture control for your Nikon G lens Simply turn the blue ring to adjust aperture.This adaptor incorporates a built in control ring allowing you to visually adjust lens aperture. This adaptor will allow you to mount 2/3" broadcast lenses directly onto the EX3.

Optics

Nikon G to Sony HVR-Z7 Adaptor The worlds first Nikon G to 1/3" bayonet adaptor. Now you can have an aperture ring for your Nikon G lens. Simply turn the blue ring to visually adjust lens aperture.(Patent pending) Although designed for G series lenses, This adaptor is compatible with ALL Nikon lenses including DX series and the following cameras JVC GY-HD 1xx through to 2xx series cameras, The new JVC GY-HM700, Sony HVR-Z7, Sony HVR-S270, and the new Panasonic HXP300 camera.

The worlds first Nikon to Sony EX3 Adaptor

HDx35 B4/PL Optical Adapter

The HDx35 is an optical doubler with a 2.5 stop light loss, for use with the Arri ALEXA, Phantom HD Gold (1920x1080), RED One, Epic â&#x20AC;&#x201C; (all 4K formats), Sony SRW-9000PL, PMW-F3, and FS100 (PL mount adapter required)

OIC-35 Director's Viewfinder Perfect for shooting extreme telephoto, this adaptor allows the use of the full range of Nikon and Nikon mounted lenses on the new Sony PMW-EX3 camera.

Nikon to Sony F3 Adaptor

The directorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s viewfinder OIC-35 (Optical Image Control) is an indispensable device for every DOP or Director. The OIC-35 is a precision device, which was conceived for daily film set use. The housing is of light alloy and fitted with a 54 PL - mount. The optical light path in connection with the interchangeable Arriflex 435/535 ground glasses allows the operator to see the complete format unrestricted in the eyepiece.

This adaptor incorporates a built in control ring allowing you to visually adjust lens aperture.

PL to Sony E Mount Adaptor

The Mark Vb Director's Viewfinder

This Product allows the use of any 35mm format PL mounted lens on the Sony NEX-3, NEX-5, NEX-VG10 and the new Sony NEX-FS100 cameras

Optics

The Mark Vb Director's Viewfinder accurately defines choice of lenses, angles and coverage in a wide variety of formats for both film and video. It enables filmmakers to communicate their visions to each other quickly and with complete accuracy, allowing the time saved to be used on the art of filmmaking.

standard filter thread Materials: Aluminum, 6 element multi-coated optics Action: Telescopic with click stops on focal length Includes: front cap, soft vinyl carrying pouch Product Specification Magnification: Lens construction: Color: Lens Coating: Mount Thread:

0.7X 4 elements in 2 groups Black Multi Coated 650nm 90mm with filter adapter to 72/77/82mm

Manufactured by Alan Gordon Enterprises, the Mark Vb is the latest version of the Academy Award Winning Mark V and continues to be the choice of Film and Video makers world wide. The Mark Vb has all the features of the Mark V plus new markings on the Aspect Ratio ring, making it easer to read for both film and video use. We also eliminated the 1/2 " video window and replaced it with the current video chip standard of 2/3." Film sizes and video formats are color-coded for quick reading. 12:1 Zoom Ratio Ring: Smooth zooming from wide angle to telephoto. Focal lengths are viewed in windows located on the barrel of the viewfinder. The zoom range for the various formats is as follows: Zoom Ranges Film 16mm film: 8.5-100mm Super 16 film: 10.5-125mm 35mm film: 18-200mm 35 Anamorphic film: 35-420mm Video 2/3" video: 8.5-75mm

Combo Scene Slate

Director's Viewfinder 11x Size L The best way of identifying the beginning or end of a scene. Our Combo slate is manufactured by Alan Gordon and made of heavy duty acrylic. It measures 11" x 9.25" x 1/8". ENGRAVED letters and dividing lines provide a superior alternative to silk screened lettering ensuring durability. The Clap sticks are machined from Alder wood specially selected for its distinctive pitched "clap." Black on white. Fits all standard front boxes. Sold with a mesh storage bag and 1 dry erase marker.

Director's Viewfinder accurately defines choice of lenses, angles and coverage in a wide variety of formats for both film and video. It enables filmmakers to communicate their visions to each other quickly and with complete accuracy, allowing the time saved to be used on the art of filmmaking. Key Features: Multi-coated optical elements Small and lightweight Durable strip hanger Eye piece lock ring Includes most film and TV formats Includes all standard aspect ratios including 16:9

Optics

Hurricane 3D Camera Rig The Genus Hurricane 3D Camera Rig is the winner of the DV Black Diamond Award for Best of Show NAB 2011.The DV Black Diamond Awards recognize outstanding achievement in the advancement of the art and science of video technology.

The award winning Hurricane Rig was designed by Alister Chapman from the outset to be a cost effective, entry level 3D Mirror rig. Mirror Rigs are the most versatile type of stereoscopic 3D camera rigs currently available. They can be used in an extremely broad range of 3D applications. However traditionally they have been very expensive devices only made in small volumes or to special order. The Hurricane Rig, through clever design and large scale production will make high quality 3D accessible to video enthusiasts, owner operators and others that would have previously found the cost of a Mirror Rig prohibitive ( a typical professional 3D mirror rig will cost in excess of $40,000USD). In order to keep costs down the rig does not feature the electronic controls often found on high end 3D rigs. Instead the rig has simple, easy to use manual control of camera alignment and camera adjustment. The use of manual controls makes the rig particularly well suited to educational users, training establishments and experimenters as they are simple to operate and easy to understand. The Hurricane Rig adjusts to suit a broad range of cameras, from small consumer style camcorders through to video equipped DSLR's up to entry level professional video camcorders such as Sony's XDCAM EX product range. Typical camera pairs would be a pair of Canon XF105's, Canon 5D MKII's or Sony XDCAM EX3's. The maximum payload is 4kg per camera. Another advantage of the rigs simple design is that this helps keep the overall weight of the rig to a minimum. At just over 6kg for the rig

light weight construction. It's manual controls make it simple to use and particularly well suited to inexperienced users, experimenters and educational establishments. Suggested Cameras: 2x Sony EX3's or Sony EX1 plus EX3 (at least one EX3 required for genlock) Sony PMW-F3's Canon XF105's Canon XL H1's SI 2K Mini's Canon 5D MkII's (non-sync) Canon 7D's (non-sync) Sony HDC-P1's (may require rod extension kit) Panasonic HC1500, HC1800 (may require rod extension kit)

SiliconImaging SI-3D Camera System 2K DCI & HD RAW Stereo Recording & Playback 3D Visiualisation (50/50, Side-by-Side, etc.) Dual Outputs: Beam-Splitter LCD or Live Projection Virtual Parallax Adjustment: Flip, X-Y Shift & Rotation 12-bit Uncompressed and Cineform RAW QT Recording Single or Dual Drive independent Left / Right ďż˝le

plus between 3kg and 6kg (typically) for the cameras, it can easily be used on low cost pro tripods. Most of the currently available professional 3D rigs weigh in excess of 10kg and when combined with broadcast cameras the total weight requires the use of expensive, high payload professional tripods that in many cases would cost more than the target price of the Hurricane Rig itself. In summary, the Hurricane Rig will make high quality 3D affordable to entry level customers through the use of clever design combined with

Optics

Z-DSLR-SNP

Scorpion

DSLR Sniper Contains: Mini Baseplate with 6" and 8" rod, Quick-Release Adapter, Zgrip Z-Mount, Shoulder Pad with 12" and 8" rod, Studio 15mm Minimount, (2) Minimount, Z-Finder, Strap, Z-Focus with a .8 pitch gear, ZipGear Universal, GunStock with 1/2" thread, 1" Rod Extension

The Scorpion rig is the ultimate solution to DSLR shoulder mounted shooting with an EVF. At the center of the Scorpion is our highly adjustable DSLR Baseplate, which allows you to mount any DSLR to the rig and mount your rig onto a tripod. The baseplate attaches to your tripod using the standard tripod plate screws; (2) 1/4â&#x20AC;? 20 and (1) 3/8â&#x20AC;? 16. You can also easily quick release your camera from the rig by turning the red knob on the side of the baseplate and pulling up on your camera. This unique feature allows you to quickly switch between using the camera on its own or as part of your rig.

Z-INDIE

Indie Baseplate Kit Contains: Universal Baseplate with 12" rods, Doublemount with 7" rods, Red Plate, Wireless Plate, Zround Mount, Zicromount III, Zamerican V3 Large Arm, Zmount II, Shoulder Pad with 7" rods, Zgrips, Zoffset, and Battery Plate

Z-NEWS

Newsman Baseplate Kit Contains: Universal Baseplate with 12" rods, Shoulder Pad with 7" rods, Zoffset, Z-lite Double Kit with 7" rods, and Zgrips.

Optics

The CMB-R20 system brings professional shading and filtering solutions to the Sony PMW-EX3. The affordably priced CMB-R20 mattebox is loaded with the benefits operators have come to expect from Chrosziel. The CMB-R20 is a true 16:9 housing sporting a sleek rectangular design. A full-size French Flag is included for more precise manipulation of light.Dual Rotating Filterstages The CMB-R20 mattebox comes complete with a dual filterstage for two independently rotating 4x4 filters, making it large enough for most DV/HDV camera lenses, yet compact enough for handheld work.

Kit for Sony NEX – FS 100

This complete Mattebox-Kit makes your Sony NEX-FS 100 ready to “shoot”. It is including the light-weight support system 401-429HD (image shows super-light carbon-fibre rods), the highly precise FollowFocus DV-StudioRig 206-01S (not included in Kit) and the Mattebox MB 450-R2 with mask 16:9, french flag (450-11), incl. Pivot mechanism (for use of side wings), 2x rotatable filterholders: 4x4 (402-12) and multi-format 4x4/4x5.650 (410-04), bracket for Ø15mm rods, cover end plate with thread Ø110mm. A Flexi-Insertring 450-22 enables the user to work with lenses of diffent diameters.

Kit for Sony PMW – F3

Chrosziel FollowFocus StudioRig

Studio Rig Follow Focus, versions for video and film lenses. For smooth and precise focus moves due to our fluid damping module and gear units and bearings with the lowest tolerances: It allows play and jerkfree focus moves even for permanent direction changes. We abstain from using switchable gear boxes for the sake of play-free preciseness. Instead, we use two gear boxes for the different focus markings of film and video lenses. Film lenses, prime lens and “Cine style” video lenses typically display an adjustable range of 200º from close-up to infinity. The Studio Rig Cine translates the rotation on the hand wheel in a way to lens focus ring that approx. one turn covers the range. The focus of the video lenses rotate only approx. 100º to 145º between close-up and infinity. For similar operation and preciseness, the Studio Rig Video’s gear unit extends the resulting angle of rotation of the video lenses. Further adjustments are made by the use different gear diameters. All gear drives can be easily mounted without tools. The three modules of the lens manufacturers are available.

ALADIN MKII 8 channel wireless remote control system Kit for Sony PMW-F3, for lenses with outer Ø 95-125mm: MatteBox 456 Academy Double, for cameras with full format chip, with Double - Rotating-Filter Stage, french flag (402-26),2 filterholders multi-format 5x5/4x5.650 (510-01), 16:9 matte insert, bracket for Ø15 mm rods and clamp adaptor Ø130mm. 401-415HD Heavy Duty rod support and 411-68 Flexi-Insertring. This Mattebox also has a clamp-on-mount Ø 130mm for lens diameter 95mm to 125mm. (image shows FollowFocus and SR-R1 recorder adapter, not included in the kit)

NEW Chrosziel CMB-R20 Sunshade for Sony PMW-EX3

ALADIN MKII’s has set it’s mark in the high competitive domain of S3D and Steadicam. At the heart of it’s multipurpose powers, lays an ease to use, sophisticated layout promising the world renown German precision engineering. No wonder camera pros, distributors and even competitors testing Chrosziel‘s new remote lens control have agreed that ALADIN MKII leads the pack. Feature List - Future proof robust hardware design - 8 freely assign able motor sockets also useable as spare sockets in case of a defective channel - Menu driven setup with a multi color OLED Display - Modularity of the components meets the needs of the different users and allows later upgrades - Rf-communication at the 400/800 MHz band allowing save connection, also over long distances - Controlled Functions: Focus/Iris/Zoom Base(Inter Axial), Angulation (Convergence),with highly precise digital encoder motors plus Start & Stop

Optics

- Smooth zoom movements with precise joystick control - Fluid-like focus hand wheel and iris slider - Control of a local eye-light through a motor channel and interface possibility to a DMX-source - Build-In features for S3D- applications (lens & RIG control) - Meta data logging to USB to a *.cvs file - Internal synchronize able time code generator - Internal power supply for powerful motor control - Automatic maximum power level adjustment during end-stop calibration to handle stiff or easy-going lenses - Adjustable backlash compensation for each single motor - USB & 2x RS232/RS422 Interface - Easy Software update via USB- Stick - Different levels for motor torque pre-selectable - … and more

The wireless remote follow focus.

MB 456 Academy - compact, three filters, Three filters, up to 14mm focal length Academy format.

Production MatteBox for cameras with 16x22mm chip or film format. Carbon-Design, lightweight and impact resistant. Lightweight and ultra compact, ideal for handheld shooting. But also no compromise due to the Triple-Rotating-Filterstage, equipped with 3 equally sized multiformat filter holders (510-01) 5x5” / 4x5.65”. True 14mm MatteBox - By using 5x5 filters, two rotate unrestrictedly and the first one can be rotated by 40°. The front stages (first and the second one respectively) are automatically held in place when the next further back is rotated. Special feature - This MatteBox mounts on 15mm Lightweight Supports and comes with a SunShade function. Starting with the clamp size of 130mm Ø, many step-down rings are available. With the clamp to 110mm thread adaptor (411-67), the wide choice of 110mm light prevention rings can be used. The intermediate ring 411-60 reduces the clamping diameter for the 110mm step-down rings. The Flexi-Insertring 130 (411- 68) is another special light prevention ring which fits into the 130mm clamp adaptor and flexibly covers lenses between 95 and 125mm diameter.

DigiFOX is a reliable companion for recording with a moving camera. Whether using a crane, dolly or stabilizer, the DigiFOX wireless remote follow focus is simply and quickly ready to use. It transmits the control signal as a digital data package to motors with incremental encoders. Only the DigiFOX also controls internal focus motors as well as the start/stop signal of the Panasonic HDV camcorder HVX200, HPX171 and others. - 16 transmission channels are selectable within the 434 MHz – frequency band (US & UK versions 457 MHz) - Range* approx. 300m/330yards outdoors and approx. 80m / 90yards in buildings - Light weight, compact receiver (8x4x9.5 cm / 3x1.6x3.7 inch, weight 260 g / 9.2 ounces) - Compatible with external motors with incremental decoders and internal focus servo motors of many EB lenses from Canon and Fujinon - Automatic calibration of the end settings and power provision for the motor dependent on the lens’s mechanical performance - Resolution 32 bit, integrated ON/OFF or start/stop recording function - “Electronic gear” for spreading or compressing of the translation ratio between the hand wheel and motor reaction - Memory of the last settings if the battery must be changed. - Also controls the dimmer module from the Aladin system - Integrated serial interface RS 232 for easy software upgrades or connecting to PC or PDA - 1.5 V D-cell included - Lowest power consumption, a battery usually last for an entire day. - Option: Rechargeable battery, charger for 110-240 V AC, 33 VA, with all international plug adapters

signal:

The new Carbon-Design, light weight and impact resistant.

The MB 456 Academy with rod adaptor and SunShade function, clamp-on Ø 130mm.

AG-HVX200, AG-HPX171, AG-HMC150 series; AG-DVX100BE, AG-DVX100B, AG-DVX100E, AG-DVX100A, AG-DVC80, AG-DVC30

Monitors

PVM740 LMD2451W 24" WUXGA (1920 x 1200) Widescreen LCD Monitor The LMD-2451W is a 24-inch LCD professional video production monitor positioned at the top of the LUMA series. The monitor offers the latest DSP (Digital Signal Processor), the market-proven ChromaTRU color matching technology, and the high functionality for which Sony professional video monitors are renowned. The monitor accepts a variety of signals in both analog and digital, and HD and SD formats. Digital HD-SDI and SD-SDI interfaces are provided as options.

LMD2341W

23-inch* Wide Screen High Grade LCD Monitor The LMD-2341W is a wide screen, slim and robust monitor. It provides high grade picture quality for high quality preview monitoring. It is specifically designed to integrate seamlessly with digital galleries and can also be used as desktop monitor for editing. Redefining high performance in the mid-market sector, the LMD-2341W model incorporates a full HD resolution (1920x1080 pixels) in a 16:9 wide screen aspect ratio LCD panel. This LCD panel displays high brightness and contrast images together with a superior viewing angle of 178 degrees.

LMD1510W

15.6-inch Widescreen Entry-level LCD Monitor The LMD-1510W is a 15.6-inch WXGA (1366 x 768) multi-format professional monitor specifically designed to provide reference video monitoring solution for entry-level video applications. A 10-bit processor ensures accurate picture reproduction with less image artefacts. Combined with a high purity filter, the LMD-1510W provides excellent colour depth for precise colour reproduction. Equipped with a HDMI interface as standard, this entry-level monitor is an ideal match for professional and semi-professional High Definition applications

7.4" OLED Monitor

The PVM 740 is another leap in Sony imaging technology. Using the new OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) technology, blacks are black. Contrast is mesmerizing and your picture never looked so good. Incorporating Sony’s “STE” (Super Top Emission) structure, the PVM 740 can display extremely wide gamut colors and repel panel glare so that "on set" or "in the field" viewing is simple and accurate. The PVM 740 also includes other features that make it the favorite for view and framing camera images.

LMD-940W The LMD-940W is a high-grade type monitor incorporating a newly designed 3G SDI capability. With this feature, the LMD-940W is able to accept 50P and 60P video signals using only one single SDI cable. The small size format of the LMD-940W allows usage in various applications such as ENG/EFP, OB Van, Editing Systems and Monitor Walls.

LMD-1530W Since its introduction in 2003, Sony's LMD Series has offered professional monitors in a variety of types and sizes, suitable for applications in the studio and in the field.

LMD940W 9-inch wide WVGA (800 x 600) ENG/EFP LCD Monitor with 3G SDI Capability The LMD-940W is a high-grade type monitor incorporating a newly designed 3G SDI capability. With this feature, the LMD-940W is able to accept 50P and 60P video signals using only one single SDI cable. The small size format of the LMD-940W allows usage in various applications such as ENG/EFP, OB Van, Editing Systems and Monitor Walls. By employing a 800x480 (WVGA) LCD panel with high brightness, contrast, and fast response, the LMD-940W offers a picture quality with excellent color reproduction even in outdoor or bright ambient light.

Monitors

S-1070C 7" LCD Monitor 7-Inch HDMI TFT Monitor

LMD1751W

17-inch WXGA (1280 x 768) High Grade LUMA Monitor The LMD-1751W is a 17-inch LCD professional video production monitor positioned at the top of the LUMA series. The monitor offers the latest DSP (Digital Signal Processor), the market-proven ChromaTRU color matching technology, and the high functionality for which Sony professional video monitors are renowned. The monitor accepts a variety of signals in both analog and digital, and HD and SD formats.

S-1071HF 7-inch waveform HDSDI/HDMI monitor

Specification: Input: 1 HDMI HDMI in 1 BNC Composite in 2 RCA L, R stereo audio in Output: 1 BNC Composite loop through out Signal format: HDMI 480I / 576I / 480P / 576P / 1080I50 / 1080I60 / 720P50 / 720P60 / 1080P50 / 1080P60 Composite PAL/ NTSC LCD panel

M-1080B

High Resolution 8-inch Dual-screen Color LCD Monitor

Features: - 1024×RGB×600 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable - HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, Composite video inputs - HDMI converted to SDI output by a Build-in Converter - Waveform (Y/Cb/Cr/R/G/B), with full scale - Vector scope � R G B Histogram - Peaking focus assist (red/blue switch) - False color, Blue only, Zebra - Underscan / Overscan switch - Canon DLSR scale zoom-in - Customer editable video TITLE - Audio meter (SDI 16-ch, HDMI 2-ch) - SDI time code

Specification: Display(Viewing area) Dimension: Resolution: Aspect Ratio: Color System: Input: Power Consumption: Signal Input: TALLY: tion: Signal Input: TALLY:

8-inchx2 485x130x70mm 800xRGBx480 16:9/4:3 PAL/NTSC DC 12V 24W SVideo/YUV/Composite R/G/Y Three color, Power Consump24W S Video / YUV / Composite R/G/Y Three color, self-powered

Heads

PRO FLUID VIDEO HEAD 519

509HD

17cm

NEW

509HD SYSTEMS

13kg

509HLV

3.8kg

The 509HD is the result of an important technical evolution - the perfect synthesis between an innovative “bridge architecture”. A new bridge leading the videographer and photographer to even better results with today’s high-definition cameras

504HD SYSTEMS

NEW

15cm

3.6kg

15cm

2.9kg

10kg

501PLV

MVH 502HD PRO VIDEO HEAD

504HD SYSTEMS

16kg

357PLV

Manfrotto is proud to introduce the 504HD SYSTEMS, an invitation to “Cross Over” to the new dimension of film making

PRO FLUID VIDEO HEAD 526

15cm

1.8 kg

4 kg

504PLONG

HI HAT 529B

15cm

3.6kg

16kg

357PLV

501 HDV PRO FLUID VIDEO HEAD

19.5cm 11.5cm

1.6kg

6kg

501PL

2.7kg

20kg

20.5cm

Manfrotto’s new Hi-Hat enables you to get shots from the dog’s perspective. The 529B has adjustable leg angles to mount the camera in the tightest or lowest of locations - and thanks to the built - in spreader you can simply use the 529B on any even surface. The feet are rubber-padded to protect delicate surfaces and have a hole so that the 529B can be screwed to a ladder, apple-box or a sheet of wood. Recommended Heads: 526 519 (with 319 adapter) 516 (with 500BALLSH adapter) 503 (with 500BALLSH adapter) 501HDV (with 500BALLSH adapter)

VIDEO HEAD 526

15cm

14cm

3.6kg

16kg

357PLV

Tripods

351MVB2

LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD 70.5cm

63cm

150cm

3.5kg

542ART

351MVCF

13kg

351MVB2

ART CARBON FIBER PRO VIDEO TRIPOD 542ART

75mm

73cm

546GBK

351MVB

156cm

3.5kg

15kg

152cm

4kg

15kg

75/100mm

350MVB

LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD

75mm

72cm

32cm

156cm

3.5kg

15kg

100mm

KIT 501HDV+755xbk

KIT 701HDV,547BK

KIT 509HD, 545BK

150.5cm

217.5cm

168.5cm

58.0cm

Comprising: Head: 501hdv

32cm

40cm

515MVB

LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD 72cm

532ART

3.53kg

5.4kg

Tripod: 755xbk

40.0cm

Comprising: Head: 701HD

6.1kg

9kg

Tripod: 547BK

44.5cm

Comprising: Head: 516

7.3kg

13kg

Tripod: 545BK

Tripods

KIT 504HD,546GBK 161.5cm

74.5cm

Comprising: Head: 504HD

6.4kg

KIT

KIT 516,546GBK 8kg

Tripod: 546GBK

166.5cm

42.5cm

Comprising: Head: 516

5.4kg

6kg

Tripod: 546GBK

40.0cm

Comprising: Head: 502HD

6.1kg

9kg

Tripod: 564GBK

166cm 105cm Comprising: Head: 526

16kg

173.3cm

59cm

Comprising: Head: 501HDV

4.3kg

5.5kg

Tripod: 546GBK

701HDV,190XV

KIT MVH 502A, 546 BK KIT 526,545GBK 217.5cm

501HDV,546GBK

8.5kg

Tripod: 545GBK

63.5cm

45.0cm

Comprising: Head: 701RC2

2.50kg

4.0kg

Tripod: 190XV

Tripods

561B

557B

560B

558B

KIT 519,535K KIT 169.3cm

45.3cm

Comprising: Head: 519

6.4kg

10kg

Tripod: 525MVB

VIDEO MONOPOD 561B

VIDEO MONOPOD 557B

67cm

200cm

2kg

4kg

501PL

164cm

1kg

12kg

357PLV

VIDEO MONOPOD 560B

VIDEO MONOPOD 558B

66cm

65cm

196cm

0.7kg

2kg

200PL-14

159cm

1kg

8kg

501PL

VIDEO DOLLY 114

8kg

112cm

PORTABLE DOLLY 114MV

6.2kg

559B

KIT 504HD, 536K

112cm

562B

VIDEO DOLLY 127 VIDEO MONOPOD 559B

217.5cm

40.0cm

Comprising: Head: 504HD

6.1kg

9kg

55cm

161cm

0.6kg

4.5kg

200PL-14

VIDEO MONOPOD 562B

Tripod: 536K

69cm

193cm

1.43kg

8kg

357PLV

2.4kg

110cm

Tripods

MVR-901 ECEX BASIC DOLLY 127VS

3.4kg

REMOTE CONTROL FOR SONY EX1 The 521EX Sony PMW EX1 Remote Control features: • Zoom: professional “wheel” zoom for finer adjustments and smoother progressions • Zoom Reverse Control - Invertible zoom direction: zoom in/out can be inverted (left to right or right to left) • Zoom Speed Control • Fast Zoom: preset fast zoom • Dedicated plug

78to114cm

FOLDING AUTODOLLY 181B

MVR - 901 EPLA FOR SONY/CANON

4.5kg

127cm

521LX LANC REMOTE CONTROL anfrotto changes the way of interpreting control and introduces the new 521LX Lanc Remote Control. The 521LX Lanc Remote Control has been designed to create an innovative interaction with camcorders that have Lanc controls (SONY and CANON). An innovative design with a simple and dynamic software studied to customize set controls with the best and latest Lanc functions, so that users can customize their performances and have a special unique use. 521LX Lanc Remote Control achieves the highest level of interaction with camcorder, setting a new standard in controlling the camera. The new clamp system features a special retainer system that guarantees ease of moves and is usable with all the pan bars without extra adapters.

MVR - 901 EPEX INTELLIGENT ZOOM REMOTE CONTROL FOR ENG LENSES 524CFi

Pan-bar remote control for cameras with Lanc (Sony and Canon). REC/STOP - Zoom direction switch -Max-speed zoom potentiometer Stand-by push button - RET push buttons (play back latest 5s) - REC, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s - Zoom and focus direction knob (by software) - Multi-speed Zoom and Focus knob - Focus/Zoom switch Auto/Man Focus switch

MVR - 901 ECPL

Remote control can be set-up for Lanc (Canon/Sony) and Panasonic cameras. Lanc/Panasonic switchStand-by push button (for Lanc only) - REC/STOP push button Multi-speed Zoom knob - Zoom-direction switch - REC/STOP LED (for Lanc only) - Zoom direction knob (by software)

MVR - 901 ECLA

COMMANDS Professional thumb zoom wheel that comfortably and naturally fits the hand to produce smooth zooms Raised record start/stop button to easily locate as you’re looking through the viewfinder RET Return Video Function that allows you to play back the last 5 seconds of recorded material with the camera automatically cueing up the tape to the last frame so as not to break timecode Stepless zoom control speed dial allowing you to pre-select a zoom speed and/or changing the zoom speed mid-shot Illuminated power indicator. No batteries are required to operate the remote as all power is pulled from the camera.

Advanced remote control for Lanc (Canon/Sony) cameras. - Stand-by push button - REC/STOP push button - Zoom and focus direction knob (by software ) - Multi-speed Zoom and Focus knob Focus/Zoom knob - Max-speed zoom potentiometer - Rec, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s

Heads

MASTER Specifications Payload Capacity : 30 kg Weight : 6,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: Flat Mitchell/150 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

C60S / C40S Specifications Payload Capacity : 40 kg Payload Capacity C60S: 50 kg Weight : 11 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 65 Counter balance: 7 STEPS + 0 Counter balance: 4 STEPS + 0 Fluid darg: 7+7 Bowl diameter: Flat Mitchell/150 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

DELTA Specifications Payload Capacity : 22 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +70/60 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

GAMMA Specifications Payload Capacity : 16 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +90/70 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

Heads

FOCUS Specifications

LASER Specifications Payload Capacity : 12 kg Weight : 3 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

Payload Capacity : 10 kg Weight : 2 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

Pedestal P70

Pedestal P20

Specifications Specifications Maximum Pressure : 13.0 atm(250 psi) Maximum Capacity : 25 kg Total Weight: 15 kg “Non-shot” Stroke: 40 cm Streeing Wheel Diameter: 26 cm Minimum Hight: 74 cm Maximum Hight: 161 cm Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: 100 mm Doorway Tracking Width min: 67 cm Doorway Tracking Width max: 97 cm

Maximum Pressure P50: 17.0 atm(250 psi) Maximum Pressure P70: 12.2 atm(175 psi) Maximum Capacity P50: 55 kg Maximum Capacity P70: 65 kg Total Weight: Total Weight: “Non-shot” Stroke: Dolly Leg Radius: Streeing Wheel Diameter: Minimum Hight: Maximum Hight: Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: Doorway Tracking Width:

28 kg 28 kg 50 cm 50 cm 45 cm 75 cm 140 cm 125 mm 100 cm

Camera Support System

As with the MICRODOLLY Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System, the Basic Jib comes in a padded Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. Set up time is usually less than two minutes.

FIGRIG SYSTEM

CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT

After years of using the Fig Rig on his award-winning fi lms, Mike Figgis brought his idea to Manfrotto. An idea that is non-traditional in design, but purely simple and effective. The only modular system in the world to smoothly support the DV camera and act as a frame to mount all the accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; including zoom controllers, mics, mixers, lights, monitors, arms... A circular frame with a crossbar to mount most mini DV cameras, the Fig Rig becomes part of the body to produce smooth, steady travelling shots. It is this very fact which is the secret to the Fig Rig. As the operator walks, his/her muscles and tendons absorb all the shocks, transferring only fl uid movements to the camera. As there are no straps or harnesses attached to the Fig Rig, quick and wide movements can be made within the same shot â&#x20AC;&#x201C; from ground-level to overhead, in one smooth movement. The camera, accessories and operator become one, allowing you to fi lm scenes quickly and unobtrusively. With the Fig Rig your creativity is virtually limitless.

MICRODOLLY Jib System

This CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT is ideal to safely attach a camera on a moving vehicle, aircraft, train or boat. This innovative KIT uses three strong suction cups, six universal joint clamps and a set of three 12 inch and three 18 inch rods that connect in seconds to a camera plate to position a camera or light almost anyplace. A lighting spud and stainless steel safety cable are also included. The MOUNT weighs just six pounds. (3.5.kg) Total holding force is 200 pounds. (90kg) Maximum camera weight is 50 pounds. (22.5 kg)

Dolly Track System

The unique MICRODOLLY Jib System is truly a product of the aerospace age. Designed for the crew that must travel light, the Basic Jib weighs just over 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and can easily carry camera gear loads up to 50 pounds (22.7 kg). It can be mounted on most professional tripods or hi-hats. When needed, the Jib can also be mounted upside down. For low maintenance, heavy-duty use, interior parts are permanently lubricated with baked-on Teflon.

The portable MICRODOLLY Basic Kit Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System is purpose built for crews that must travel light and set up quick. It weighs only 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and fits into a Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. The Track is spring loaded and snaps together as it is unfolded. The Dolly with 13 feet (4 m) of Track can be set up in less than two minutes and will carry a video camera or film camera weighing up to 100 pounds (45 kg). Silent, smooth, bump free camera moves can be accomplished much quicker than with conventional dollies and dolly equipment.

Camera Support System

Superman camcrane High intensity hexagon aluminium alloy arm, easy to setup, convenient for transportation. Suitable for most video and camera systems. The arm can be adjusted to suit for different length. Both AC and DC can supply power. Multi-functions high speed electric remote head, the remote head can perform unlimited rotation in horizontal and vertical direction. The lens of Canon and Fuji can be controlled

Specifications: Type

SC-401A-12

SC-401A-8

12m

9.6m

10.6m

9.1m

Weight

183kg

125kg

Payload

25kg

170kg

150kg

130kg

90kg

Counterweight(about) 170kg

8.4m

SC-401A-7 SC-401A-6

Height

Total arm length

SC-401A-10

7.8m 100kg

7.2m 6.6m 90kg

6m 5.6m 80kg

Camera Support System

CARTONI JIB

The SMOOTH SHOOTER system works by isolating your body's motion from your camera, while your camera is balanced in a relatively motionless and isolated state. The SMOOTH SHOOTER'S Support Arm can be boomed up and down, as well as pivoted in and out, and side-to-side. It is the combined booming and pivoting action of the Support Arm, which isolates your motions from the camera in a way that creates smooth camera footage.

THE GLIDECAM X-10 PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

Design to carry up to 10 kg the CARTONI JIB is one of the most versatile and cost effective lightweight portables jibs. Specifications Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Maximum extension: Minimum extension: Bowl diameter:

10 kg 9 kg 360 2 mt (78”) 1 mt (38”) 100 mm

The GLIDECAM X-10 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam HD 2000, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam HD 4000. The GLIDECAM X-10 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The GLIDECAM X-10 is very similar in design to the Glidecam Smooth Shooter; however the X-10 comes with both sections of its support arm being able to move vertically, whereas the Smooth Shooter comes with only the front section of its support arm being able to move vertically. Also, the X-10 comes with a trimmable Arm-to-Vest Connector, whereas the Smooth Shooter’s Arm-to-Vest Connector is not trimmable.

THE GLIDECAM X-22 PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

SMOOTH SHOOTER PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER is the World's most sophisticated and affordable body mounted Camera Stabilization System designed for Cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam HD 2000, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam HD 4000. The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake.

The GLIDECAM X-22 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for film and video cameras weighing from 10 to 25 pounds. The GLIDECAM X-22 System incorporates advanced engineering and precision machining, making it the most sophisticated and versatile system in its price range. The GLIDECAM X-22 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The complete X-22 system is comprised of a Support Arm, a Support Vest and a Support Sled. The GLIDECAM X-22 system works by isolating your body's motion from your camera, while your camera is balanced in a relatively motionless and isolated state. The GLIDECAM X-22's Support Arm can be boomed up and down, as well as pivoted in and out, and side-to-side. It is the combined low friction booming and pivoting action of the Support Arm that isolates your body’s motions from the camera enabling you to create super smooth moving camera footage.

Camera Support System

DollyCrane

DollyCrane - is an innovative Grip system combining the function of the camera crane, mini-jib and dolly/slider. Once set up, the system can instantly change its function from dolly/slider to crane and back thanks to itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s unique construction. The DollyCrane can be assembled quickly by just one operator using standard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; heavyweight tripods. The DollyCrane will carry any camera up to 10kg. Dolly: By utilizing a movable counterweight, the camera can be tracked up to 160 cm, much further than in typical sliders. The slider rail can be set at almost any angle (max. 60 degrees plus exact vertical 90 degrees movement) and with the counterweight system, the camera can be moved up and down the slider without minimal effort. As the camera moves in one direction, the counterweight tracks in the opposite direction, allowing for continuous perfect balance and control. The movement of dolly and counterweight is very silent. Crane: When configured as a crane the camera can move parallel to the ground, and execute crane movements in 3 axis, up to a maximum lens height of 3m (depending on base tripod) Mini-jib: In its mini-jib configuration, the DollyCrane operator can tilt, pan and move the camera 360 degrees around the base tripod with a maximum lens height of 3m. Motion control: step motor with microprocessor controller . Enables fast and slow movement (time lapse) of camera. DSLR camera's shutter and exposure control.

Professional Camera Support

GF-Primo Dolly GF-Secondo Dolly

Features Electromechanical column with 48 Volt digital electronic. - Column is rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly. - The battery connection is a "drop and go" system where the batteries are simply slotted into position, secured and ready to go. - The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide a wider range of seating and camera positions e.g. two persons, two cameras. - The stable, multifunctional platform set is machined to give a selection of threaded and non-threaded holes for mounting various adapters such as lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions etc. as well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand on. - Constructed of the highest quality CNC machined parts with Hard Coated ® finish.

Rotatable & Removable Column Because of the quiet and smooth bearing located in the chassis of both the GF-Primo and GF-Secondo Base Dollies, the 48 Volt electromechanical column is 360 degree rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly for easy transportation. This feature also allows the base dollies to be fitted with Base Plates with either Euro-adapters or turnstile mounts.

Multifunctional Turnstile Mount The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide more seating and camera positions than other central column dollies e.g. two persons, two cameras. By attaching standard GFM accessories such as the Combi-rig, high/low rigs, off-set brackets etc directly onto the turnstile mount, changing the camera position in relationship to the camera operator is a simple matter. This function combined with the rotatable column enables position adjustments of the camera or operator to be made without any great effort, creating a flexible and comfortable working situation. The turnstile bracket is machined from solid, high grade aluminium and provides a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm). The perfect tool for mounting various adapters such as low shot plates, lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions, counter weight rods etc.

The Ultimate Platform System The GF-Primo’s and GF-Secondo’s patented, multifunctional platform system is machined from high grade aluminium and provides a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm). It’s the perfect tool for mounting a wide range of adapters with special clamps available for attaching scaffold tubes, offering even more rigging options. As well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand and walk on, when used in conjunction with seat arm extensions, steps or low platforms can be built allowing alternative standing positions at higher or lower levels. The GF-Platforms are easy to handle and have an integrated carry grip. The unique locking system utilizes the bases carry handles, ensuring a fast, quiet and no-play connection.

The GF-Low Platform System GFM's Low Platform System compliments the standard system by offering variable platform heights plus an extension of the standing room on the dolly base. The multifunctional platform set is machined from high grade aluminium and also has a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8") and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm) as well as elongated slots. Low shot plates, lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions, counter weight rods, scaffold adapters etc can all be mounted. Track or skateboard wheels can be attached for use on straight track. It is a 2 part construction. The main section of the platform to be combined with the standard platform set providing a larger standing area. The Low Platform is also available in a simpler version excluding the multifunctional features but providing variable heights etc.

Professional Camera Support

GF-Secondo Dolly

Pneumatic “BIG” Wheels The all terrain, quick release, pneumatic "BIG" wheels are a unique feature with GFM dollies. They attach to the standard studio wheels, without the use of tools, and are clamped to them in seconds through a special locking claw. The standard wheel brake is used to secure and lock off the base on slopes etc. Due to their stability and extra ground clearance, the dolly can not only be transported over rough terrains but also used for shooting on rougher surfaces than with normal pneumatics. 90 cm / 35 , 4”

Duration of compl. lift range max speed Lift range Minimum column height Maximum column height Lift capacity (extended) Lift capacity (retracted) Number of column lifts Transportdimensions Transport weight Base Transport weight Column w/o batteries Operational weight with batteries

2,5 seconds c n 70cm 0c / 27” 72cm / 28 8 142cm / 55” 250kg / 550lbs 900kg/ 1980lbs 200 (approx.) 79 x 68,5 x 72cm 69kg / 151lbs 68kg / 149lbs 149kg / 327lbs

62 cm / 24,4”

79 cm // 31,1” 31,1” 79 cm

101 101cm cm/ /39,8” 39,8”

68,5 cm / 26,9”

79 cm / 31,1”

62 cm / 24 4”

GF-Primo Dolly

79 cm / 31,1”

101 101cm cm/ /39,8” 39,8”

53 cm // 20,9” 20,9” 53 cm

36 cm 14,2”

Duration of compl. lift range max speed / 42,1” Lift range107107cmcm/ 42,1” Minimum column height Maximum column height Lift capacity (extended) Lift capacity (retracted) Number of column lifts Transportdimensions Transport weight Base Transport weight Column w/o batteries Operational weight with batteries

53 cm // 20,9” 20,9” 53 cm

36 cm 14,2”

79 cm // 31,1” 31,1” 79 cm

62 cm / 24,4”

107 107 cmcm / 42,1” / 42,1”

2,5 , seconds 70cm / 27” 70cm / 27” 140cm / 54” 250kg / 550lbs 900kg/ 1980lbs 200 (approx.) 107 x 53 x 70cm 80kg / 176lbs 68kg / 149lbs 160kg / 352lbs

Camera Support System

GF-Track

GripKit Dolly Standard lengths 90cm / 3ft 160cm / 5ft 230cm / 7.5ft GripKitDolly with s eat and riser

Expanding the Grip Kit system to provide a lightweight, tracking dolly function for standard or narrow guage dolly track (62cm / 24.5” or 38cm / 15”) requires regular Grip Kit components i.e. Bazooka Base Centre Plate, 4 x Extra Long Legs 41cm / 16” 4 x 4 Skateboard Wheels. By using the 21cm / 8” legs the base can be fitted to narrow guage track. A, 2 part, hard coated aluminium platform is available for standard track whereas a 1 part platform can be used for narrow guage. A turnstile mount is also available in addition to the standard Euro-adapter mount. The skateboard wheels, designed and produced by GFM, offer a smooth and easy tracking movement enhancing the Grip Kit's use as a multi-functional rigging tool.

Standard curve

GF-Track is a dolly and crane track system that perfectly combines the advantages of both aluminium and stainless steel as the working materials. Standard widths are 62cm (24,5") and 100cm (39"). Curves are available in 62cm (24,5") width and can be connected to straight track in either a left or righthand curve. There are 2 circle sizes available: Small circle: Inside diameter 360 cm (11' 9") / Outside 480 cm (16') Standard circle: Inside diameter 480 cm (16') / Outside 600 cm (20') The TÜV Süddeutschland have safety type tested and approved the GF-Track according to European guidelines for the scope of application under EC directives. This certification is based on state-of-the-art-technology.

GripKitDolly with turnstile mount, seat and riser

Camera Support System GF-Quad Dolly

Removeable steering Steering mode changeover rod with angle adjustment

GF-Quad with pneumatic wheels

Dimensions: Standard 120 x 72cm / 47" x 28" with platforms 120 x 102cm / 47" x 40" weight 43kg / 94lbs

Side platform, snap lock

GF-Quad with track wheels 112 x 72cm / 44" x 28" 112 x 102cm / 44" x 40" 40kg / 88lbs

Designed to provide the ultimate in mobilty and versatility. With it's 3 way steering system the GF-Quad manouvres on small sets like no other platform dolly

Front wheel steering

fixed

4 wheel steering

Rear wheel steering

fixed Features - Front wheel steering - Rear wheel steering - 4 wheel inverted steering - Smallest circle = 80cm / 31”- Straight wheel lock of - Quick release pneumatic, track or skateboard wheels - Steering transmission lock off - Removeable steering rod with angle adjuster - Mounts on standard dolly track (62cm / 24,5”) - Hard coated aluminium construction

Quick release system

GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets

GF-T rack wheels

GF-HiLo Swivel Bracket Kit (rotates 360°) 41cm/16” with speed clamp adjustment AL-2376 25cm/10” with speed clamp adjustment AL-2377

Skateboard wheels

Steering transmission lock of f

The new GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets enable a change of camera position from high to low or underslung to overslung within seconds.

Camera Support System GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets The speed clamps have an automatic engage and disengage locking mechanism. When released, the bracket can be rotated and fixed at each 10 degree angle allowing 360° rotation. Both brackets have 2 female Euro-mounts for fitting an extension tube or Euro-adapter.

With an Off-set Ball Adapter

AL-2366 AL-2126 AL-2127 AL-2128 AL-2121 AL-2124 AL-2125 AL-2151 AL-2152 AL-2153 AL-2154

Extension tube 15 cm / 35 cm / 73 cm with 2 safety screws

Off-Set Mitchell 4 Way Leveller (35 cm/ 14") Off-Set Mitchell 4 Way Leveller (25 cm/ 10") Off-Set Mitchell 4 Way Leveller (18 cm/ 7") Off-Set Mitchell 3 Way Leveller (35 cm/ 14") Off-Set Mitchell 3 Way Leveller ( 25 cm/ 10” ) Off-Set Mitchell 3 Way Leveller ( 18 cm/ 7") Off-Set Ball Adapter 150mm short (18 cm/ 7") Off-Set Ball Adapter 150mm middle (25 cm/ 10") Off-Set Ball Adapter 150mm long (35 cm/ 14") Off-Set Ball Adapter 150mm extra long (50 cm/ 20”)

Extension tubes

The brackets can be used on most dollies and the modular concept accepts not only GFM accessories but also accessories from other manufacturers.

AL-2366/3

AL-2366/2 AL-2366/1

GF-HiLo Swivel Clamp with automatic engage and disengage locking mechanism

Off-set 4 way levellers

AL-2126 AL-2127 41cm/16” bracket as off/set arm with Double ended Euroadapter

AL-2128

Off-set 3 way levellers

AL-2121 AL-2124 Connect camera mount and rotate as required

AL-2125

Off-set ball adapters

AL-2 154 AL-2153

41cm/16” bracket with 35cm extension tube

AL-2151 AL-2152

41cm/16” bracket and 25cm/10” bracket with 35cm extension tube

Chroma Key

Reflecmedia Chromatteâ&#x201E;˘ Chromatte is a fabric designed specifically for use as a background for chroma key production. Unlike conventional chroma key fabrics that are usually blue or green in colour, in ambient light Chromatte is grey to the eye. The fabric contains millions of tiny glass beads that act as reflectors: when any light - such as the directional light from Reflecmedia's lens-mounted LiteRing â&#x20AC;&#x201C; hits the fabric, it is returned on the same path back into the camera's lens. This retro-reflectice process means the camera 'sees' the apparently grey fabric as a perfectly even blue or green background. LiteRing Chromatte fabric is designed to work in conjunction with a LiteRing. The LiteRing features Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) that are arranged in a circular casing that is positioned in front of the camera lens. This provides all the light required to illuminate the Chromatte background for chroma key production. LiteRings are available in green and blue and in three sizes to fit different size lenses. Each size has a series of adapters to ensure maximum compatibility. These specially designed adapter rings simply screw into the filter thread on the front of the lens and then the LiteRing is placed on to the adapter and locked with a single screw, significantly reducing the set-up time associated with conventional chroma key.

Switchers

BRS-200 MCS-8M 2D / 3D compact SD / HD audio and video switcher The BRS-200 switcher offers user-friendly operability and exquisite system flexibility for live productions and presentations. The BRS-200 can be used for either standard- definition (SD) or high-definition (HD) system configurations. The BRS-200 is an ideal tool for many applications, such as event and live staging, conferences, concerts, broadcast operations, and much more./ Multi viewing function / Rich Selection of Inputs and Outputs/ Camera Remote Control Capability / Camera & Switcher presets.

Features: Video and audio switching Both video and audio can be mixed with the MCS-8M, so there is no need for an external audio mixer. Multi-format capability The MCS-8M provides 8 video inputs and 4 outputs and operates in either HD or SD mode. It is easy to mix video equipment and computer sources with HDSDI and DVI interfaces. Multi-viewing function This function splits the screen into ten or four windows to show multiple images on a single monitor. Integrated M/E, key and aux mix functions The MCS-8M incorporates one mix-effects bus with a single key plus the ability for aux mixing. 3D feature for mixing two 3D cameras The MCS-8M features a 3D mode that is ideally suited for small 3D productions, supporting two live 3D cameras. 6 channel audio mixer DME Channel The system allows for a range of background transitions and DME Wipes, including cut, mix, standard wipe patterns, transition rate settings and DME wipe patterns such as PinP, Slide, Defocus and Mosaic.

DFS-900M

2D / 3D compact SD / HD video switcher

AG-HMX100 Digital A/V Mixer

HD/SD and 3D Compatible Digital AV Mixer The AG-HMX100 is a compact, all-in-one, digital AV mixer with a built-in HD/SD multi-format*1 video switcher, audio mixer, frame synchronizer and digital effector. It serves as an audio/video switcher, adds a variety of effects, and transmits signals - all by itself. A Multi-View function displays all source images on a single monitor, while keeping the system configuration simple and clean. Users benefit from easy delivery, set-up and removal at event sites, as well as low-cost operation. Wide-ranging SDI (HD/SD), PC (DVI-I) and HDMI (HD only) inputs, versatile digital effects, and comfortable Matrix Menu operation join with advanced functions, such as control of Panasonic professional projectors,*2 to configure a low-cost system that supports a wide variety of applications, from live relays and broadcasting to production. The AG-HMX100 can also operate as a 3D video switcher with dual SDI inputs.*3 By combining it with several 3D cameras and 3D projectors, it can serve as a 3D live switching system for low-cost, easy-to-use, 3D image broadcasting and production systems.

Supported Video Format Affordable, Compact Multi-Format DME Switcher Affordable compact DME switcher for live production The DFS-900M is designed for live productions where there’s no need – or no budget – for a large production switcher. Bursting with features in a small, ergonomic package, the DFS-900 makes it easy to interface with HD cameras and other studio equipment, with HD SDI available throughout. It is designed to work with a variety of input formats, including 3D signals. SD / HD operation Built-in resizers integrate HD and SD video feeds without external converters, and (with the optional DVI/Composite board) the DFS-900M can connect directly to computer and consumer sources.

Video Input

(SDI/HDMI)

SD (SDI/VIDEO) PC

(DVI-I)

Video Format 1080/59.94i 1080/50i 720/59.94p 720/50p 480/59.94i 576/50i 1080/60p 1080/50p SXGA WXGA XGA

1920 x 1080 (60Hz) 1920 x 1080 (50Hz) 1280 x 1024 (60Hz) 1280 x 768 (60Hz) 1024 x 768 (60Hz)

Switchers

grass valley

INDIGO

A/V Mixer

KEY POINTS

Live seamless switching of video, computer, and audio sources, Mix digital and analog sources Upconvert/downconvert multiple video channels between HD and SD. SD/HD simulcast output Pre-programmable video layouts, with keyers for picture-in-picture and other effects. Digital effects with 2D and 3D transformations, including page turns, ripples, and swirls. Luminance and chroma keyers Integrated control of the Grass Valley Turbo™ intelligent digital disk recorder (iDDR) and other devices. Stereo analog and AES/EBU audio, SDI and DV audio de-embedding and re-embedding Four-band parametric equalizer and motordriven audio faders Simple audio-follow-video mode Intelligent audio-delay management for live production lip sync

MS-900 8-channel SD Mobile Video Studio The MS-900 is a portable, eight input SD mobile studio that speeds the workflow of any SD or travelling studio. The shock mounted case of the MS-900 houses the SE-900 switcher, which can accept a variety of input boards for DV, SDI, DVI , YUV, as well as S-Video and composite video. It can store up to two logos for output display and also features a CG (Character Generator) overlay channel. You can use a CG (like Datavideo’s CG-100) as a DSK and retain access to the multiple outputs of the SE-900 switcher. It also has a built-in 17” monitor for multi-view output, which folds down into a one rack-unit space for travel. Some card options include external sync and a chromakey card that allows cuts between two cameras and two backgrounds. Additionally, it has an eight channel wired intercom with belt-packs and tally lights.

MS-500

Four-Input SD Mobile Studio

HS-2000 Five-Input HD Hand-Carried Mobile Studio

The HS-2000 is a hand-carried, mobile studio that simplifies the workflow of any HD-SDI production venue. The HS-2000 combines 1 or 2 DVI-D sources and 3 or 4 HD-SDI sources. Based on the SE-2000 switcher, it also features a 17” LCD (LED Backlit) monitor to display a multi-view output. The built-in 4 channel audio mixer comes with a 5 channel wired intercom, complete with headsets, tally lights, and intercom belt packs for 4 users. Operating the HS-2000 is easy and time-efficient because every control is right on the work surface. Program output may be recorded on a digital video recorder, such as the Datavideo HDR-40/50 (not included), then monitored on the LCD screen. Powerpoint presentations or Character generation software (like Datavideo’s CG-350) can be added to your live production via your computer through the DVI-D input. With mobility in mind from start to finish, the aluminum case is a good combination of light weight and protective strength. The HS-2000 can go almost anywhere.

The MS-500 is a straight forward solution for transporting and using a Datavideo SE-500 switcher and a dual screen TLM- 702 monitor as one unit. The dual screen TLM-702 monitor is prewired to use one screen for selectable quad-view of each source and the other screen for program output. It’s perfect for applications within education, houses of worship, internet streaming, live events, conferences and more. It also includes the Datavideo PD-1 and ITC-100 Intercom, for complete production versatility. Outputs include: component (YUV) which could be connected to a DVD recorder or projector.

AV-HS300G

AV-HS300 compact multi-format HD-SDI / SD-SDI Digital Vision Mixer multi-format AV-HS300G video switcher provides high definition or standard definition switching for live and to-be-recorded events. This high-performance unit features six inputs (five HD/SD SDI and one DVI/RGB) and three outputs (three HD/SD SDI), RS-422 control, Ethernet connectivity and a built-in, 10-bit, 6-channel frame synchronizer that adjusts automatically (external Gen Lock synchronization available also). It's ultra easy to operation and includes nine wipe patterns and three directional wipes.

Switchers

Safire SD 2

Key on any colour Works with reflective and transparent objects Choice of additive or multiplicative keying to suit different situations Overrule the chroma keying with internal masks and External Key Selectable Colour Suppression makes it easier to deal with difficult colours Linear key, mix and wipe Relay bypass protection Fits in standard frames and easily integrates with interface Space-saving: 'double decker' 100mm x 266mm module allows six Safire HD 2 in 2U (12 in 4U, three in 1U, one in desk top box) Control using dedicated panel or PC software

Dual 3G-DL / Dual DL-3G Dual link to single link converters

10 bit Standard Definition digital chroma keyer providing easy upgrade path to HD

Aimed at those who are not operating in HD at the moment but will do so in the near future. Operation is restricted to SD until the daughter board is swapped for a new one - at which point it becomes a Safire HD 2 Perfect for those looking for smaller initial financial outlay - cost of upgrade is difference in price between Safire SD 2 and Safire HD 2 Ideal for any live chroma keying or virtual set production. Unrivalled features for inserting graphics on to any sporting surfaces - with Force Foreground, Force FB and Luma Keying. Well known as the easiest SD chroma keyer to set up and operate cursor-based auto setup suitable for most applications. Range of fine-tuning tools to optimise the picture in more challenging conditions These include sophisticated shadow processing, key shrink and tools to improve chroma key colour sensitivity and luminance. Key on any colour. Works with reflective and transparent objects. Choice of additive or multiplicative keying to suit different situations. Overrule the chroma keying with internal masks and External Key. Selectable Colour Suppression makes it easier to deal with difficult colours Linear key, mix and wipe. Relay bypass protection. Fits in standard frames and easily integrates with interface. Space-saving: 'double decker' 100mm x 266mm module allows six Safire SD 2 in 2U (12 in 4U, three in 1U, one in desk top box). Control using dedicated panel or PC software.

Safire HD 2

Crystal Vision’s dual link to single link converters are the most spacesaving solution for interfacing between 3Gb/s dual link and single link equipment and for providing convenient transport of 3D signals on a single wire. The Dual 3G-DL is a single link to dual link converter. It takes a single 3Gb/s signal and separates it into two 1.5Gb/s signals which can either be a dual link 1080p signal, or alternatively two separate co-timed HD streams. The Dual DL-3G is a dual link to single link converter which takes either two 1.5Gb/s dual link signals or two separate co-timed HD streams and combines them into a single 3Gb/s signal. Both products are optimised for use with Level B 3Gb/s signals and offer independent dual channels meaning two conversions can be performed on each board, while the outputs are all equalised and reclocked. The Dual 3G-DL and Dual DL-3G are perfect for interfacing between 1080p dual link and 3Gb/s equipment, allowing integration of new single link 3Gb/s equipment into existing dual link areas without taking up two ports on jackfields and routers. Or you can extend the life of a big capital investment by surrounding it with lowcost dual link converters – such as future-proofing an HD mixer by ganging pairs of HD inputs and outputs and running the internal processing at 3Gb/s. The Dual 3G-DL and Dual DL-3G are ideal for transporting 3D programmes

3G 3G

2 x 1.5G 2 x 1.5G

High Definition chroma keyer

Ideal for any live chroma keying or virtual set production - and used by broadcasters and sports graphics providers across the world Unrivalled features for inserting graphics on to any sporting surfaces - with Force Foreground, Force FB and Luma Keying Works with all common HD formats as well as SDI - suitable for multi-standard environments Well known as the easiest HD chroma keyer to set up and operate - cursor-based auto setup suitable for most applications Range of fine-tuning tools to optimise the picture in more challenging conditions These include sophisticated shadow processing, key shrink and tools to improve chroma key colour sensitivity and luminance

Dual 3G-DL

RM53

Single height

Dual DL-3G

RM50

Single height

2 x 1.5G 2 x 1.5G

3G 3G

on a single wire using Level B processing. The Dual DL- 3G can be used to combine the left and right eye pictures generated by a pair of cameras looking at the same scene to create a High Definition 3D image and can put these combined pictures down the same wire so they stay together. The Dual 3G-DL would then be used to separate them for individual video processing, such as editing. Not only does having 3D as a single signal make it easier to keep track of it and remove the need to lock the two pictures together, it also requires less cabling and will save you valuable ports on your router: you’ll only need one input or output, rather than two. When converting Level B signals both products can pass ancillary data including embedded audio. Not only are the Dual 3G-DL and Dual DL-3G both dual channel, they are also compact 100mm x 266mm modules which fit in the standard rack frames (available in a choice of four sizes) alongside the rest of the Crystal Vision products. The inputs and outputs are accessed by using the RM53 frame rear module with the Dual 3G-DL and the RM50 rear module with the Dual DL-3G. The choice of control options includes board edge switches, an active front panel on the frame, a remote control panel, SNMP or the Statesman PC software.

Underwater Housing

ewa-marine and HDTV The straps at the bottom allow weights to be attached for perfect buoyancy under water. It is supplied in a handy yellow carry-case which has a water-proof interior and zippered side-pocket. Dimensions: length 30 cm (11,81 inches) width 8 cm (3,15 inches) hight 28 cm (11,02 inches) position of view finder wide, central front port diameter 75 mm (2,95 inches) weight 850g (1,87 lbs) ewa-marine has a history of manufacturing housings for the film and broadcast industry since the early 1970s. Especially the resolution used for most cinematic films is fare superior to that of the new HDTV video standard. Therefore it was only natural, that we started making housings for HDTV as soon as the first cameras came onto the market.

VFX

The first volume HDTV housing was our VFX for the Sony HDV-FX1 and HVR-Z1 camcorders. These units were used by consumers as well as large Hollywood studios for in and under water camera work. As these cameras developed and more models appeared on the market, we added custom housings or adapted existing ones. Today, we are able to provide you with a high quality housing and rain capes for most HDTV camcorders on the market.

VZ7 The VFX is the 10 metre depth housing for the SONY HDR-FX1 and HVR-Z1 digital camcorders. But the newer Sony HDR-FX1000 and HVR-Z5 are a perfect fit as well.

The VZ7 is the 10 meter depth housing for the Sony HVR-Z7 digital camcorder. Designed specifically for these camcorder the model VZ7 housing is manufactured from double laminated PVC and has an integrated, optically neutral flat glass port. Perfect for snorkelling or shallow diving, sandy, dusty, humid or foul weather conditions this housing will give your camera the best possible protection whilst being fully operable. It has a pair of non-corrosive and seawater resistant clamping rails which fit together for perfect sealing. They tighten by means of knurled thumb screw knobs.

Designed specifically for this camcorder the model VFX housing is manufactured from double laminated PVC and has an integrated, optically neutral flat glass port. Perfect for snorkelling or shallow diving, sandy, dusty, humid or foul weather conditions this housing will give your camera the best possible protection whilst being fully operable. It has a pair of non-corrosive and seawater resistant clamping rails which fit together for perfect sealing. They tighten by means of knurled thumb screw knobs. Dimensions: length 39 cm (15 1/3 inches) width 12 cm (4 3/4 inches) hight 24 cm (9 1/2 inches) position of view finder wide, central front port diameter 75 mm (3 inches) weight 850 g (1,9 lbs)

Underwater Housing TV- Housing

The Adapter System

Lens

77mm

AR77-82 ARS82

Front Port

light weight (approximately 1.2 kg) small packing volume all controls can be operated and seen through the transparent, muti-layered foil the housing will float with the camera inside (unless fitted with additional weights for serious diving) simple, but very safe end most effective, maintenance free seal

VEX3 We manufacture waterproof housings and rain-cape / hurricane hoods for professional applications with ENG style cameras and digital prosumer-camcorders. The waterproof ewa-marine housings allow you to use your camera in a multitude of adverse conditions: - under water to a depth of 5 meters (15 feet) - out door sports and watersports events - on small boats and yachts - in the surf, spray and storms - under waterfalls - in the tropics (high humidity) - in dusty and sandy environments (sand storms) - "clean room" environments - sterile areas (e.g. medical applications) - protection against contamination (chemical) - protection against the risk of explosion (gases, vapours) - under ground in mines

Designed specifically for this camcorder the model VEX3 housing is manufactured from double laminated PVC and has an integrated, optically neutral flat glass port. Perfect for snorkelling or shallow diving, sandy, dusty, humid or foul weather conditions this housing will give your camera the best possible protection whilst being fully operable. It has a pair of non-corrosive and seawater resistant clamping rails which fit together for perfect sealing. They tighten by means of knurled thumb screw knobs.

VEX1 The VEX1 is the 10 metre depth housing for the revolutionary SONY PMW-EX1 digital XDCAM camcorder launched in November 2007.

TV 184

660 - 730 mm The TV 182 is made to fit camera systems of the following lenth (as easured from the back of the battery to the front of the lens) 540 mm to 650mm (21 1/4 inch to 25 1/2 inch)

TV 182

Designed specifically for this camcorder the model VEX1 housing is manufactured from double laminated PVC and has an integrated, optically neutral flat glass port. Perfect for snorkelling or shallow diving, sandy, dusty, humid or foul weather conditions this housing will give your camera the best possible protection whilst being fully operable. It has a pair of non-corrosive and seawater resistant clamping rails which fit together for perfect sealing. They tighten by means of knurled thumb screw knobs.

Under water housings for HD camcorders 540 - 650 mm

The TV 184 is made to fit camera systems of the following lenth (as measured from the back of the battery to the front of the lens) 660 mm to 730mm (26 inch to 28 3/4 inch) The special, patented ewa-marine adapter system (included with every housing) secures the lens to the housing's front port (made from special, hardened, optical glass). The set includes a reduction adapter AR77-82mm and system-rings ARS82 for 82mm filter tread, and ARS95 for 95mm filter tread. As an option we can also supply the system-ring ARS94 for a 94mm filter thread.

The VEX3 is the 10 metre depth housing for the revolutionary SONY PMW-EX3 digital XDCAM camcorder.

Teleprompters

Spectra-Lite STL-2012CCD

Spectra-Lite STL2015-FSW

15-inch Studio Prompter

12-inch Studio Prompter Spectra-Lite Model STL-2012CCD 12-inch LED Flat-panel On-Camera Prompter features a standard-sized rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally and is suggested for studio operation. It is configured for a traditional style portable camera with ENG bayonet-mount (barrel) lens; a special configuration is available to accommodate portables mounted with an HD compact studio lens. Listec 12-inch displays are comfortably viewable up to 15 ft (4.6m) or more from the presenter. While composite video inputs are standard, VGA and SDI connectors are optionally available.

Spectra-Lite Model STL-2015FSW 15-inch LED On-Camera Studio Prompter configured for a camera with full-sized box-type studio wide-angle lens. It features an Extra Wide-angle rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally Light and its solid mounting system makes it ideal for robotic applications. Listec's 15-inch custom displays are easily readable to 20 ft (6.1m) or more from the presenter.

Spectra-Lite STL-2015PT

Spectra-Lite STL-2012FSW 15-inch Compact Studio Prompter

12-inch Studio Prompter Spectra-Lite Model STL-2012FSW 12-inch LED Flat-panel On-Camera Studio Prompter configured for camera with full-sized box-type studio wide-angle lens. Features an Extra Wide-angle rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally Light. Comfortably viewable up to 15 ft (4.6m) or more from the presenter. While composite video inputs are standard, VGA and SDI connectors are optionally available.

Spectra-Lite STL-2015CCD

15-inch Studio Prompter Spectra-Lite Model STL-2015CCD is a15-inch LED On-Camera Studio Prompter featuring a standard-sized rigid Trapezoidal Mirror/Hood Assembly with simple LED Tally and is suggested for studio operation, including robotic applications. The STL-2015CCD is designed to accommodate cameras fitted with an ENG bayonet-mount barrel lens and includes Listec's easy-mount support system; a special CCDW configuration is offered for cameras mounted with an HD compact studio lens. Listec's 15-inch custom displays are easily readable to 20 ft (6.1m) or more from the presenter.

Spectra-Lite Model STL-2015PT is a15-inch LED On-Camera Prompter ideally suited to in-house production. Its compact and lightweight design make it perfect for small studios and robotic applications where a 15-inch display is preferred. Featuring a Wide-angle Trapezoidal Fold-down Mirror/Soft Hood and Listec's easy-mount support system, Model STL-2015PT is readable to 20 ft (6.1m) or more from the presenter.

PT4100

The ikan PT4100 is a through-the-glass teleprompter that is large enough for dedicated studio applications. With a 20â&#x20AC;? LCD, VGA and DVI connection monitor, the PT4100 offers a large viewing surface along with the same features of the ikan PT4000. Dont hassle with a teleprompter kit that positions your camera off the mark. With the PT4100s provided camera lift and the simple twist of a wheel, you can lift your camera into a perfect center position for the best through-the-glass application experience possible.

Lighting

PT3100 ProTungsten Air

The ikan PT3100 is a through-the-glass teleprompter that is large enough for studio applications, while still retaining enough portability to be utilized on location. With a 15 LCD, VGA AC-powered monitor, the PT3100 offers a large viewing surface along with the same features of the ikan PT3000. A host of new features can be found on the PT3100, all of which have been implemented to provide more practical solutions for your through-the-glass applications.

Lighting

Photographer’s favourite continuous lighting source ProTungsten Air is a continuous light source, which is dedicated to work with most existing lines of Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. ProTungsten units can be used with 500W or 1000W halogen lamps and are equipped with a state of the art cooling system, which is designed to minimize noises. In addition, the unit has a built-in “Air” radio remote capability, which gives the user to activate or deactivate and dim from 100% down to 10% of the light at the palm of their hands.

ProDaylight Air Continuous Light with light shaping tools

Ideal for HD video shooting: Embrace the power of Metal Halide ProDaylight 800 Air are Metal Halide (HMI) base continuous light sources, which are dedicated to work with most existing line of Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. The very efficient lamp provides daylight colour temperature, which is ideal for many photo and video shoots.

Cine Reflector

The Cine Reflector combines film industry’s popular Parabolic (PAR) reflector with the classic Profoto Zoom reflector that for long has been the most used Profoto light shaping tool. This, in combination with a wide assortment of dedicated accessories, makes the new Cine Reflector one of the most versatile light shaping tools in the whole Profoto system.

Lighting

BRUTE 30 MINI PAR The LEDZ MINI PAR® is the first of its kind in the Motion Picture and TV markets. Complete with an onboard dimmer, the LEDZ MINI PAR features a patent pending, interchangeable, multi-lens system which includes three lenses (which change the beam width and diffusion quality), an all aluminum housing for maximum durability and cooling and a convenient tilt yoke for multipurpose coverage.

The New LEDZ BRUTE30® is proving to be one of the most powerful 5500K LED fixtures in the world — equivalent to an HMI 400w flood! The BRUTE30 incorporates an on-board dimmer for full intensity control. Eco-friendly and extremely powerful, the BRUTE30 is the latest introduction to the LEDZ product line.

MINI PAR DUAL KIT

MP9WDK INCLUDES: 2- MINI PARs w/CASE

BRUTE 3 The BRUTE 3 is the latest addition to the LEDZ product line, it is a versatile, lightweight, powerful light that can be used in many different applications. With a color temp of 5500k and a full range spectrum, unmatched by our competitors, it has a circular beam, and a much longer range than other similar LED lighting solutions. The BRUTE 3 is more than TWICE as powerful as our competitors and around HALF the price. The LEDZ BRUTE 3 will have an optional on board battery that will run the unit for an hour and a battery "Quick Pack" that will run the unit for 8 hours.

BRUTE 9 The LEDZ BRUTE 9® system provides an extremely bright, rectangular beam spread. The BRUTE 9 is a modular system and can be set up as a duo fixture with a conversion kit. The BRUTE 9 incorporates an on�board dimmer for full intensity control. The BRUTE 9 is a perfect fixture for the 0-200w HMI lighting market.

BRUTE 16 The New LEDZ BRUTE 16® has proven to be one of the most powerful 5500K LED fixtures in the world— equivalent to a 200w HMI flood! The BRUTE 16 incorporates an on-board dimmer for full intensity control. With its amazing life span and extremely low power consumption, the BRUTE 16 is perfect for today’s production needs and is the latest extension of the LEDZ product line.

TRIO KIT TRIOK INCLUDES: 1- BRUTE 16, 1-BRUTE 9, 1- MINI PAR w/CASE

INTERVIEW KIT INTERK INCLUDES: 2- BRUTE 16s, 2SPEEDFRAME, 2- CHIMERA, 2STANDS w/CASE

BRUTE 9 DUAL KIT

B9DK INCLUDES: 2- BRUTE 9s COMPLETE w/CASE

BRUTE 30 KIT B30K INCLUDES: 1- BRUTE 30 w/CASE

Lighting

osmolight

Portable kits 2000 W

The portable kits " Cosmokit" offer a variety of different configurations of size and contents according to the operator's needs. The leader of this line is the Cosmokit 300/650 with variable focus, available also in the 5600 version inclusive of dichroic filters for the conversion of colour temperature. The outstanding lantern in this kit is the Uniflood 300/650W small, light and compact, particularly suitable device setup. mm. 680 mm. 580

RC/BR 255

RC/BR 255 RC/BR 255A RC/BR 255D RC/BR 255PH RC 255/IB BULBS OSR 55W/12 OSR 55W/32

mm. 320

Portable Kits 800 W/1000 W

mm. 220

Portable kits particularly suitable for shooting on location, when lighting sources from 1 or 2 luminaires are required. They are supplied in a variety of configurations differing in size and content, also personalized, according to the operator needs. All items are contained in a lightweight and pleasant black carrying case for easy transportation.

Brivio 55WX2 bulbs ON/OF version Brivio 55WX2 bulbs ANALOGUE version Brivio 55WX2 bulbs DMX version Brivio 55WX2 bulbs PHASE CONTROL version Intensifier Barndoor for Brivio 2X55W Dulux bulbs 55W-220V - 5600 K Dulux bulbs 55W-220V - 3200 K

DISTANCE

0.75 mt

1.0mt

LUX OSR 55W/12 bulb

3.100

1.815

2.0mt 505t

3.0mt 250

mm. 680

RC/BR 455

mm. 580

mm. 410

mm. 310

Portable kits particularly suitable for shooting on location, when lighting sources from 2-3 o4 4 luminaires are required. They are supplied in a variety of configurations differing in size and content, also personalized, according to the operator needs. All items are contained in a lightweight and pleasant ABS carrying case for easy transportation.

Portable Kits 300W/650W

Lighting

RC/BR 455 Brivio 55WX4 bulbs ON/OF version RC/BR 455A Brivio 55WX4 bulbs ANALOGUE version RC/BR 455D Brivio 55WX4 bulbs DMX version RC/BR 455PH Brivio 55WX4 bulbs PHASE CONTROL version RC 455/IB Intensifier Barndoor for Brivio 4X55W BULBS OSR 55W/12 Dulux bulbs 55W-220V - 5600 K OSR 55W/32 Dulux bulbs 55W-220V - 3200 K DISTANCE

0.75 mt

1.0mt

2.0mt

3.0mt

LUX OSR 55W/12 bulb

6.180

3.610

987

477

mm. 680 mm. 580

mm. 545

mm. 445

RC/BR 655

RC/BR 655 Brivio 55WX6 bulbs ON/OF version RC/BR 655A Brivio 55WX6 bulbs ANALOGUE version RC/BR 655D Brivio 55WX6 bulbs DMX version RC/BR 655PH Brivio 55WX6 bulbs PHASE CONTROL version RC 655/IB Intensifier Barndoor for Brivio 6X55W BULBS OSR 55W/12 Dulux bulbs 55W-220V - 5600 K OSR 55W/32 Dulux bulbs 55W-220V - 3200 K DISTANCE

0.75 mt

1.0mt

2.0mt

3.0mt

LUX OSR 55W/12 bulb

9.084

5.306

1.450

710

Professional Lighting

Daylight Par 400w Mini Par Kit

Daylight Models / Specifications

Specification Lamp Head Capacity Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup

(L00400dm) 400w 220-240v 0130mm(5-1/8 In.) 0130mm(5-5/8 In.) 3.2kg 400w Sf 5600k Czz9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket

Lighting

Professional Lighting

Flo-Box 2 Bank 2ft

Flo-Box 4 Bank 2ft

- Capacity 75Wx2 - Input voltage 90-250V - weight 2.5kg - Bulb type T12-24 in.(590mm) - Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k - Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket - Lamp holder G13

- Capacity 75Wx4 - Input voltage 90-250V - weight 3.7kg - Bulb type T12-24 in.(590mm) - Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k - Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket - Lamp holder G13

Professional Lighting

Flo-Box 2 Bank 4ft - CAPACITY 75Wx2 - Input voltage 90-250V - weight 3.4kg - Bulb type T12-48 in.(1200mm) - Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k - Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket - Lamp holder G13

Professional Lighting

Flo-Box 4 Bank 4ft - Capacity 75Wx4 - Input voltage 90-250V - weight 4.7kg - Bulb type T12-48 in.(1200mm) - Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k - Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket - Lamp holder G13

Lighting

Package Contetnts (1) Daylight Par 400w Mini Lamp Head (1) 4-leaf Rotatable Barndoor (1) 400w/200w Electronic Ballast (1) Lamp Head To Ballast Cable 7m(23ft) (1) Set Of 5 Par Lenses 0112mm(4-3/8in) (1) Carring Bag For Par Lenses (1) Set Of 4 Scrims 0127mm(5in.) (1) Carrying Bag For Scrims (1) Plastic Case With Wheels

Professional Lighting

Flo-box 4b2f Twin Kit

Electronic Ballast (B008nn22) Capacity Input Voltage Input Frequency Input Current Power Factor Efficiency Dimming Control No-load Voltage Max Ambient Temp. Class L,Lprating Weight

400w/2000w 220v Ac 50 Hz 2a/1a 0.65 87% 55% 350v 50c(122f) 22 3.8kg

Filmgear Daylight Par 200w Mini Par Twins Set

- Capacity - Input voltage - weight - Bulb type - Color Temp. - Stirrup - Lamp holder

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 3.7kg (Each) T12-24 in.(590mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13

Flo-box 4b4f Twin Kit

Specification Lamp Head Capacity Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class L,Lp Rating

(L00200dm) 200w 220-240v 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 1.7kg 200w Se 5600k Gy9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket 23

Package Contetnts (2) Daylight Par 200w Mini Lamp Head (2) 4-leaf Rotatable Barndoor (2) 200w Electronic Ballast (2) Lamp Head To Ballast Cable 7m(23ft) (2) Set Of 5 Par Lenses 0112mm(4-3/8in) (2) Carring Bag For Par Lenses (2) Set Of 4 Scrims 0127mm(5in.) (2) Carrying Bag For Scrims (2) Mini Stands (1) Plastic Case With Wheels

- Capacity - Input voltage - weight - Bulb type - Color Temp. - Stirrup - Lamp holder

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 4.7kg (Each) T12-48 in.(1200mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13

Electronic Ballast (B008nn22) Input Voltage Input Frequency Input Current Power Factor Efficiency Dimming Control No-load Voltage Max Ambient Temp. Class L,Lprating Weight

220v Ac 50 Hz 4a 0.65 87% 55% 350v 50c(122f) 22 4kg

Professional Photo Supports

A1045CS COMBO STEEL STAND 45 13.00 kg

A1035CS COMBO STEEL STAND 35

450 cm

12.00 kg

179 cm aluminum + steel 40.00 kg

B7035CS STARO SAFE STAND 35

B7057 LONG JOHN SILVER STAND

350 cm 64 kg 155 cm Chrome steel 90 kg

85 kg

570 cm

177 cm 120 kg

1004BAC MASTER STAND

425B MEGA BOOM BLACK 15 kg 6.0 kg

350 cm

168 cm aluminum + steel 40.00 kg

3 kg

350 cm 320 cm

366.0 cm

124.0cm

A2030D C-STAND 30 DETACHABLE

A2030DKIT C-STAND KIT 30 DETACHABLE

6.20 kg

8.35 kg

10.00 kg chrome steel

A3059CS OVERHEAD 59 14.00 kg

588 cm

177 cm Stainless steel 40.00 kg

5001B BLACK ALU NANO STAND 1 kg 15 kg

9cm Aluminium

B7047CS STRATO SAFE 47 62.00 kg 70.00 kg

chrome steel

420B COMBI BOOM STAND type25 + spigot art. 013

2.70 9.00

392.0 131.0

220B 087NW WIND-UP type 14 21.40 30.00

370.0 167.0

026 LITE TITE SWIVEL+UMBRELLA ADPT 0.38 kg 2.50 kg aluminum

025BS SUPERBOOM BLACK A17+014 W/008 270.00 21.00 5.0

850 BACKGROUND ROLL SUPPORTING SPIGOTS

FF3054 TOP SYSTEM 54

Complete kit for larg studios composed of 2 fixed rails 5 m long, 3 mobile rails 3m long and supports for 5 light sources (4 top pantographs). m

C100 JR PIPE CLAMP Works on diameters from 20 mm to 55 mm 250.00

852 CONTROL BOX - 220V

C500 PELICAN GAFFER GRIP Works on diameters from 15mm to 80mm. 10.00

C337 QUICK ACTION CLAMP 1-1/8"SCKT Works on diameters from 40 mm to 70 mm 100.00

C1575B AVENGER SUPER CLAMP Works on diameters from 13mm to 55mm. 15.00

Professional Photo Supports

143F FORK FOR STYRENE GOBOS

Fork attachment for styrene gobos: supplied with 1/4” and 3/8” female attachment

1314B SET STANDS+SUPPORT+BAG+SP RING

4.20

0.14

D200 2 1/2" GRIP HEAD

Avenger's most popular grip accessory. The D200 Grip Head has hundreds of functions.

0.55

D520 40" EXTENSION ARM

Normally used in combination with a Grip head (art. D200) it provides an extended grip point for scrims and ﬂags or small lights.

1.60

G100 SAND BAG SMALL 6 KG

6.00

F831TH BABY FEMALE SWIVEL PIN W/BALL

F831TH is completely in steel with ball join and double baby female attachments (16mm).

0.80

C338 QUICK ACTION BABY CLAMP 5/8pin Works on diameters from 20 mm to 52 mm 50.00

386B NANO CLAMP Works on diameters from 13mm to 35mm. 5.50

D700B EXTENSION HOLDER F/OVAL REFL. Extension Arm 0.70

F1000 PUMP CUP W/BABY SWIVEL PIN

Ideal for mounting small lights

Avenger 50MM 2" POLYHOLDER W/16MM SPIG

attachment: 16mm pin attachment type length: 15 cm weight: 2.5 kg width: 220 mm

081 BACKGROUND BABY HOOKS

The "Baby Hook for Expan” is easily attachable to the 16mm (5/8’’) connection on top riser of the stand. 0.20

179 RAPIDAPT .3/8"W+DISCO DM 80 0.30

244N VARIABLE FRICTION ARM ALONE Friction arm only, no

Manfrotto MN046 Expan Set

Background paper drive set for one roll. Including plastic chain and weight. Expands from: 1.8" to 3".

1.20

10.0

241 PUMP CUP W/SWIVEL 5/8 SOCKET

Suction cup for small ﬁxtures and lightweight equipment. 16 mm bushing with safety pin.

1.20

045 BACKGROUND PAPER TRIPLE HOOKS

Set of two background paper holders for three Expan 046.

2.05

275 MINI SPRING CLAMP 5/8 F ATTACH Clamps onto bars up to Ø 35mm. It can be mounted also on 16mm extension arms.

175 SPRING CLAMP, 5/8 F ATTACHMENT

013 ADAPTER SPIGOT

E200 Stand Adapter, 1-1/8" to 5/8" Stud

0.11

Universal 16 mm spigot with double male thread 1/4” and

0.07

Clamps onto bars up to Ø 40mm 0.32

Thie E200 Cine Stand Adapter ﬁts into the 1-1/8" female receptor on heavy-duty light stands and grip clamps.

254 AUTOBOOM A25 + 013 Boom arm for heavy stand or wall bracket mounting featuring

Lighting Support

Audio Microphones

AT2020 Audio-Technica's stringent quality and consistency standards set the AT2020 apart from other mics in its class. Its low-mass diaphragm is custom-engineered for extended frequency response and superior transient response. With rugged construction for durable performance, the microphone offers a wide dynamic range and handles high SPLs with ease. The AT2020: the new standard for affordable side-address studio condensers. Element: Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern: Cardioid Frequency Response: 20-20,000 Hz Open Circuit Sensitivity: 37 dB (14.1 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: 100 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: 144 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Dynamic Range: 124 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 74 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power Requirements: 48V DC, 2 mA typical Weight: 12.1 oz (345 g) Dimensions: 6.38" (162.0 mm) long, 2.05" (52.0 mm) maximum body diameter Output Connector: Integral 3-pin XLRM-type Accessories: Stand mount for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; 5/8"-27 to 3/8"-16 threaded adapter; soft protective pouch

AT2020USB The new AT2020 USB offers studio-quality articulation and intelligibility. It plugs right into your computer's USB port, and functions seamlessly with your favorite recording software. Equipped with a USB digital output, the AT2020 USB is perfect for home studio recording, field recording, podcasting, and voiceover use. Element: Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern: Cardioid Frequency Response: 20-16,000 Hz Weight: 13.2 oz (374 g) Dimensions: 6.38" (162.0 mm) long, 2.05" (52.0 mm) maximum body diameter Output Connector: USB-type Accessories: Pivoting stand mount for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; 5/8"-27 to 3/8"-16 threaded adapter; soft protective pouch; tripod desk stand; 10' (3.1 m) USB cable

AT2050

The versatile AT2050 provides consistent, superior performance in switchable cardioid, omnidirectional and figure-of-eight polar pattern settings. Its dual large diaphragms are gold-vaporized and aged to achieve optimum characteristics over years of use. Equipped with a switchable 80 Hz high-pass filter and 10 dB pad, the microphone is ideal for studio and live sound use on vocals, piano, strings, drum overheads, guitar amps, and more.

Low Frequency Roll Off: 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity: 42 dB (7.9 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: 120 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: 149 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D.; 159 dB SPL, with 10 dB pad (nominal) Dynamic Range: 132 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 77 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power Requirements: 11-52V DC, 4.7 mA typical Weight: 412 g (14.5 oz) Dimensions: 170.0 mm (6.69") long, 52.0 mm (2.05") maximum body diameter Accessories: AT8458 shock mount for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; 5/8"-27 to 3/8"-16 threaded adapter; soft protective pouch

AT4040 The AT4040SM side-address condenser microphone features an advanced large diaphragm tensioned specifically to provide smooth, natural sonic characteristics. A marriage of technical precision and artistic inspiration, the AT4040SM offers exceptionally low noise, wide dynamic range and high-SPL capability for greatest versatility. Element: Externally-polarized (DC bias) condenser Polar Pattern: Cardioid Frequency Response: 20-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off: 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity: -32 dB (25.1 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: 100 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: 145 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D.; 155 dB SPL, with 10 dB pad (nominal) Dynamic Range: 133 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 82 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power Requirements: 48V DC, 4.2 mA typical Weight: 12.7 oz (360 g) Output Connector: Integral 3-pin XLRM-type Accessories: AT8449 shock mount for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; protective carrying case

AT4047SVSM The rich, warm sound takes you back to the classic F.E.T. studio microphones. But there's nothing remotely old-fashioned about the technology behind that vintage sound. The AT4047SVSM studio condenser's dual-diaphragm capsule design maintains precise polar pattern definition across the full frequency range. Element: Externally-polarized (DC bias) condenser Polar Pattern: Cardioid Frequency Response: 20-18,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off: 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity: -35 dB (17.7 mV) dB re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: 250 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: 149 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D.; 159 dB SPL, with 10 dB pad (nominal) Dynamic Range: 140 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 85 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power Requirements: 48V DC, 3.0 mA typical Weight: 14.5 oz (410 g) Dimensions: 6.69" (170.0 mm) long, 2.10" (53.4 mm) maximum body diameter Output Connector: Integral 3-pin XLRM-type Accessories: AT8449SV shock mount for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; protective carrying case

Element: Externally-polarized (DC bias) condenser Frequency Response: 20-20,000 Hz

Audio Microphones

AT8410A Audio-Technica's PRO 88W VHF wireless microphone systems are designed for camcorder and other applications requiring a small, easily portable wireless. Equipped with a flexible detachable antenna and a choice of two transmitter and receiver frequencies on each system, the small and inconspicuous VHF wireless system will mount on the light shoe of camcorders or on the back of a camera itself with a Velcro attachment. For fixed installations, a 9V DC input is available on the receiver. Eight VHF channels are available for interference-free operation in virtually any location. Includes AT829 miniature cardioid clip-on microphone.

AT8004 Audio-Technica's AT8004L (9.43" long) is designed for on-location interviews/sports broadcasting. Its extended-length handle provides ample room for a microphone flag. The microphone offers exceptionally natural reproduction. Internal shock mounting minimizes handling/cable noise. The microphone's omnidirectional polar pattern is ideal for reproduction of surrounding ambience. Element: Dynamic Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional Frequency Response: 80-16,000 Hz Open Circuit Sensitivity: -51 dB (2.8 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: 300 ohms Weight: 215 g (7.6 oz) Dimensions: 239.5 mm (9.43") long, 35.8 mm (1.41") head diameter Output Connector: Integral 3-pin XLRM-type Accessories: AT8405a stand clamp for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; 5/8"-27 to 3/8"-16 threaded adapter; soft protective pouch

MK4 In a world where low-quality side address condenser microphones are all too common, Sennheiser is proud to introduce the MK 4 studio condenser microphone. MK4 is Sennheiserâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s first large-diaphragm studio condenser microphone. MK4 features a 1â&#x20AC;? true condenser capsule, optimized for project studio and home studio applications. Sennheiser designed the MK 4 to provide maximum sound quality at a very competitive price point, focusing on exactly what it takes to make an excellent studio microphone. The MK 4 is made in Germany, which is also unique at this price point. While the MK 4 is chiefly designed for professional use in project studios, it is also a versatile tool for all recording environments and even on stage. Due to its affordable price the MK4 is also an ideal choice for home recorders and musicians on a budget.

AT8010 Ideal for interviews, pickup of audience reaction, and musical events. The AT8010 features an omnidirectional polar pattern that provides maximum ambient pickup. The microphone provides an extremely smooth, extended response on- and off-axis. Operates on battery or phantom power. Element: Fixed-charge back plate permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional Frequency Response: 20-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off: 80 Hz, 12 dB/Octave Open Circuit Sensitivity: Phantom: -44 dB (6.3 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Battery: -45 dB (5.6 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: Phantom: 250 ohms Battery: 300 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: Phantom: 137 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Battery: 123 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Dynamic Range: Phantom: 113 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Battery: 99 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 70 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa

AT8031 The AT8031 is ideal for close-up interviews, vocals, overheads, piano, and strings. Its cardioid polar pattern reduces pickup of sounds from the sides and rear, improving isolation of desired sound source. The mic's proximity effect provides added warmth when used close up. Element: Fixed-charge back plate permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern: Cardioid Frequency Response: 30-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off: 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity: Phantom: -44 dB (6.3 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Battery: -45 dB (5.6 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: Phantom: 250 ohms Battery: 300 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: Phantom: 137 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Battery: 123 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Dynamic Range: Phantom: 113 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Battery: 99 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 70 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power Requiremens: 11-52V DC, 2 mA typical Battery Type: 1.5V AA/UM3

Audio Microphones

AT8033 Ideal for general audio acquisition such as interviews, acoustic guitar, percussion, overheads, vocals and more, the AT8033 features high-SPL capability and wide frequency response. Its cardioid polar pattern reduces pickup of sounds from the sides and rear, improving isolation of desired sound source. The mic excels in both studio and stage applications. Element: Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern: Cardioid Frequency Response: 30-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off: 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity: Phantom: -44 dB (6.3 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Battery: 45 dB (5.6 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: Phantom: 250 ohms Battery: 300 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: Phantom: 137 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Battery: 123 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Dynamic Range: Phantom: 113 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Battery: 99 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 70 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power Requiremens: 11-52V DC, 2 mA typical Battery Type: 1.5V AA/UM3 Battery Current Life: 0.4 mA / 1200 hours typical (alkaline) Dimensions: 194.2 mm (7.65") long, 26.0 mm (1.02") head diameter Output Connector: Integral 3-pin XLRM-type Accessories: AT8405a stand clamp for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; 5/8"-27 to 3/8"-16 threaded adapter; AT8136 windscreen; battery; soft protective pouch

AT8035 The length (14.53") of the AT8035 Line + Gradient Condenser Microphone is well-suited for ENG, outdoor recording and other specialized uses. The microphone is designed for video production and broadcast (ENG/EFP) audio acquisition. Suited for both boom & handheld use, it provides the narrow acceptance angle desirable for long-distance sound pickup, featuring excellent sound rejection from the sides and rear of mic and switchable low-frequency roll-off. Element: Fixed-charge back plate, permanently polarized condenser Polar Pattern: Line + gradient Frequency Response: 40-20,000 Hz Low Frequency Roll Off: 80 Hz, 12 dB/octave Open Circuit Sensitivity: Phantom: -38 dB (12.5 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Battery: 39 dB (11.2 mV) re 1V at 1 Pa Impedance: Phantom: 250 ohms Battery: 300 ohms Maximum Input Sound Level: Phantom: 132 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Battery: 120 dB SPL, 1 kHz at 1% T.H.D. Dynamic Range: Phantom: 110 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Battery: 98 dB, 1 kHz at Max SPL Signal to Noise Ratio: 72 dB, 1 kHz at 1 Pa Phantom Power Requiremens: 11-52V DC, 2 mA typical Battery Type: 1.5V AA/UM3 Battery Current Life: 0.4 mA / 1200 hours typical (alkaline) Switch: Flat, roll-off Weight: 170 g (6.0 oz) Dimensions: 369.0 mm (14.53") long, 21.0 mm (0.83") diameter Output Connector: Integral 3-pin XLRM-type Accessories: AT8405a stand clamp for 5/8"-27 threaded stands; 5/8"-27 to 3/8"-16 threaded adapter; AT8132 windscreen; battery; protective carrying case

AT897 Designed for video production and broadcast (ENG/EFP) audio acquisition, the AT8015 provides the narrow acceptance angle desirable for long-distance sound pickup, along with excellent sound rejection from the sides and rear of mic. The roll-off position reduces the pickup of low-frequency ambient noise (such as traffic, air-handling systems, etc.), room reverberation and mechanically coupled vibrations. Designed for video production and broadcast (ENG/EFP) audio acquisition Provides the narrow acceptance angle desirable for long-distance sound pickup Excellent sound rejection from the sides and rear of mic Switchable low-frequency roll-off Operates on battery or phantom power RoHS compliant - free from all substances specified in the EU directive on hazardous substances

Pro-24cm The PRO 24-CM camcorder microphone by AUDIO TECHNICA is a lightweight, compact stereo condenser ideal for digital recording with high-fidelity stereo sound. Equipped with an accessory shoe and permanently attached coiled cable, the microphone features a pair of cardioid elements in an X-Y configuration to provide the spatial impact and realism of a live sound field.

Stereo microphone designed to attach to a camcorder For camcorders with an accessory shoe and stereo microphone input Lightweight, portable design with rugged all-metal construction Pair of cardioid condenser elements provides spatial impact and high-fidelity stereo sound image Battery-free operation when used with recording devices that provide plug-in power at the mic input On/off switch for convenient operation Includes camera-mount, windscreen, battery and protective pouch Permanently attached 6ďż˝-12ďż˝ coiled cable with right-angle molded 3.5 mm stereo mini plug at output.

Audio Microphones PRO31 This affordable cardioid dynamic microphone is designed for close-up vocal performance. The PRO31 offers a broad frequency response and low handling noise in a tough, durable design that delivers consistent performance on the road. The mic sets price/performance standards for intelligibility, transparent sound quality and noise suppression. Close-up vocal performance microphone sets price/performance standards for intelligibility, transparent sound quality and noise suppression Cardioid polar pattern reduces pickup of sounds from the sides and rear, improving isolation of desired sound source Hi-ENERGY速 neodymium magnet for high output and articulate vocal reproduction Two-stage ball-type headcase for superior "pop" protection MagnaLock on/off switch Corrosion-resistant contacts from gold-plated XLRM-type connector Rugged design and construction for reliable performance

ECM-678

For superior sound quality, chose the ECM-678. Equipped with a newly developed microphone capsule, it delivers superior sensitivity of -28 dB (0dB=1V/Pa) and extremely low inherent noise of less than 16 dB SPL.

ECM-674 An affordable shotgun-type electret condenser microphone, which delivers excellent sound performance in field and studio productions.

F-780 MKH 416-P48U3

short gun interference tube microphone The venerable MKH 416 is a compact pressure-gradient microphone with short interference tube, highly immune to humidity due to its RF condenser design. Featuring high directivity, low self noise, high consonant articulation and feedback rejection, the MKH 416 can handle difficult exterior filming and reporting conditions without any difficulty. Supercardioid/lobe pattern, matte black finish, supplied with the MZW415 windscreen

a high quality vocal microphone, designed for the most critical applications on stage and in the studio applications. It features a rugged dynamic capsule and a voice emphasised frequency response.

F-720 MKH 60-1

a lightweight short gun microphone The MKH 60 is a lightweight short shotgun microphone. It is versatile and easy to handle and its superb lateral sound muting makes it an excellent choice for film and reporting applications. Its high degree of directivity ensures high sound quality for distance applications.

a uni-directional microphone for use with general applications. Quality dynamic hand-held uni-directional microphone.

ECM-77B An Omni-Directional miniature lavalier (tie-clip) microphone with XLR Pre-amp.

ME 66

Back-Electret Microphone Head Suitable for K6 and K6P Powering Modules

ECM-44B

The ME 66 is a short gun microphone head designed for use with the K6 and K6P powering modules. It is especially suitable for reporting, film and broadcast location applications and for picking up quiet signals in noisy or acoustically live environments as it discriminates against sound not emanating from the main pick-up direction. Matt black, anodised, scratchresistant finish.

The affordable omni-directional lapel microphone. XLR version with power barrel for use as a wired microphone.

Audio Microphones

UWP-X8 UWP Wireless Microphone package The new UWP-X8 system comprises of a modular slot-in receiver combined with a hand held transmitter. Also included in the pack are all the necessary accessories. The URX-M2 receiver provided can be used in conjunction with the Sony MB-X6 19" rack mount base unit or with the SRP-X range of AV mixer amplifiers. Teaming "plug and play" simplicity with stable performance and extended battery life, there is a complete range of Sony wireless transmitters and receivers to meet the needs of ENG/EFP, presentation and live performance.

UWP-V6

UWP Wireless Microphone package The Sony UWP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a lavalier microphone, bodypack transmitter, plug-on transmitter and a portable tuner. Mounting adapter for camcorder included. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-V6 includes extremely robust metal construction, mic/line input selection on the bodypack and plug-on transmitters, a miniature metal body omni-directional lav microphone and plus the receiver includes a convenient auto channel scanning function allowing automatic search for unoccupied channels. Consists of a omni lavalier microphone, bodypack transmitter, plug-on transmitter and portable tuner

UWP-V1

EW 135-P G3

A handheld system designed for field operation: this system is the perfect choice for ENG professionals. The rugged hand-held cardioid wireless microphone provides professional sound quality for interviews and reporting, even under unfavorable conditions. At the camera end of the wireless signal path is the portable and reliable EK 100 G3 adaptive diversity receiver.

UWP-V2 UWP Wireless Microphone Package The new UWP range has updated user functions, all metal casings, backlit displays and much more - providing the user with a compact, rugged wireless microphone system for use with any camcorder or as a stand alone system. The new UWP-V2 system comprises of a portable/camera mountable receiver and a handheld transmitter. Also included in the pack are all the necessary accessories to provide a fully operational wireless microphone system.

UWP Wireless Microphone package The new UWP range has updated user functions, all metal casings, backlit displays and much more - providing the user with a compact, rugged wireless microphone system for use with any camcorder or as a stand alone system. The new UWP-V1 system comprises of a portable/camera mountable receiver and a belt-pack transmitter. Also included in the pack are all the necessary accessories to provide a fully operational wireless microphone system.

UWP-X7

Handheld Mic TX and Portable RX Wireless System The new UWP-X range has updated user functions, all metal casings, backlit displays and much more - providing the user with a compact, rugged wireless microphone system for use as a stand alone single or multi-channel wireless microphone system. The new UWP-X7 system comprises of a modular slot-in receiver combined with a belt-pack transmitter. Also included in the pack are all the necessary accessories. The URX-M2 receiver provided can be used in conjunction with the Sony MB-X6 19" rack mount base unit or with the SRP-X range of AV mixer amplifiers.

DWR-S01DUHF synthesised The DWR-S01D/4244 is the worlds first digital dual channel slot-in receiver! The /4244 model operates within a 24 MHz range, from 638 to 662 MHz. The slot-in receiver can be mounted directly into PDW-700 XDCAM HD 422 camcorders, providing 2ch wireless operation with unique wireless remote control of the digital wireless system from the viewfinder of the PDW-700 camera.

Audio Headphones

DWT-B01 The DWT-B01 digital body-pack transmitter is compact, lightweight and built with a sturdy die-cast magnesium body. The /3040 model operates within a 66 MHz range, from 566 to 608 MHz, and from 614 to 638 MHz. Audio input is selectable from either mic or line level. The DWT-B01 provides a choice of 1, 10 or 50 mW RF output. The transmitter operates for approximately 5 hours using two AA size alkaline batteries at 10 mW output power.

fixed installations, a 9V DC input is available on the receiver. Eight VHF channels are available for interference-free operation in virtually any location. Includes AT829 miniature cardioid clip-on microphone. Provides freedom of movement for video production, computer applications and business presentations Two switchable frequencies for interference-free operation High-band VHF operation for superior sound Normal operating range 100 ft.; up to 300 ft. under optimum conditions Durable, flexible antenna can be positioned for best reception Real-time monitoring capability with included earphone Rugged design and construction with handsome non-reflective finish Quick and reliable mounting system for camcorder use Receiver and transmitter are each powered by a single 9V battery

M2 Wireless In-Ear Monitor System

ATW-1811D

Dual Channel Reciever With UHF reception (996 frequencies user-selectable in 25 kHz steps), Audio-Technica’s new 1800 Series camera-mount wireless microphone systems provide extremely flexible, professional, and easy-to-use portable wireless solutions. Features Compact receiver is easy to mount on a camera UHF reception with 996 frequencies selectable in 25kHz steps Automatic frequency scanning for easy selection ofopen channels Tone Lock™ squelch system eliminates interference whentransmitter is off Headphone monitor output with independent levelcontrol Battery fuel-level indicators on transmitters andreceiver Soft-touch controls for easy frequency selection True Diversity operation for resistance to multi-pathinterference and dropouts LCD frequency and battery status display withbacklight Antenna and AF Peak LED indicators Transmitters operate in low or high transmission modesto conserve battery life/maximize power Powered by AA batteries

PRO88W/T57/T68/TV

Audio-Technica's PRO 88W VHF wireless microphone systems are designed for camcorder and other applications requiring a small, easily portable wireless. Equipped with a flexible detachable antenna and a choice of two transmitter and receiver frequencies on each system, the small and inconspicuous VHF wireless system will mount on the light shoe of camcorders or on the back of a camera itself with a Velcro attachment. For

The M2 Wireless In-Ear Monitor System is designed to make professional in-ear monitoring features accessible for performers who want to be free from the problems associated with floor wedges. The stereo monitor system offers Personal Mix Control, which gives each musician volume and mix control of two independent signals on stage, via easy-to-use controls on the M2R stereo body-pack receiver. The wireless UHF M2T Stereo Transmitter provides a choice of 100 selectable frequencies and is equipped with two XLR/¼" combo input connectors into which users can connect line-level inputs. While up to 10 complete M2 systems may be used on stage simultaneously, any number of M2R stereo receivers may be used on the same frequency with a single M2T stereo transmitter. These rugged systems are built to stand up to the inevitable bumps of life on the road, delivering clear, natural sound for touring and installed-sound uses. High-fidelity sound with clean, articulate mix allows you to hear yourself better at lower volume 100 selectable UHF channels Up to 10 simultaneous systems per frequency band Three receiver modes: Personal Mix, stereo, and mono Personal Mix Control allows volume and mix control of two independent signals at the receiver 3.5 mm line-in jack connects to ambient microphone, click track & more LED indicators provide easy-to-read level monitoring XLR loop output (true pass-through) connects signal to mixing console, additional IEM system or recording device with no signal degradation Adjustable squelch eliminates annoying static Pilot tone protects against RF interference when the transmitter is turned off Limiter (defeatable) helps protect your hearing from sudden peaks Portable system is quick to load and set up Reduces on-stage audio clutter for better overall mix & less feedback Use any number of M2R Stereo Receivers (with Personal Mix Control) on the same frequency Audio-Technica earphones with proprietary dynamic drivers offer full frequency response and outstanding isolation Personal fit with 3 sizes of rubber eartips plus an ear-conforming foam tip Auxiliary input offers connection point for ambient microphone, click track, or other mic- or line-level input.

Audio Intercom

EW 112-P G3 EW 300 IEM G3

The heart of the evolution wireless G2 monitoring system is the SR 300 IEM G2 rack-mount transmitter, which transmits the monitoring signals to the extremely compact EK 300 IEM G2 bodypack receiver.

EK 300 IEM G3 The extremely compact EK 300 IEM G2 monitoring receiver has been designed for rugged live work. It can be operated intuitively and is protected against any accidental change of settings.

EW 100-ENG G3

Fast, flexible and professional: these characteristics make the ew 112-p G3 the perfect fit for every ambitious reporting team seeking both portability and great sound quality. The nearly invisible clip-on omni-directional microphone transmits its signal via a bodypack transmitter with mute function and a portable, battery-powered adaptive-diversity receiver. The receiver and transmitter are lightweight and easy to operate, yet rugged and packed with features. Features * Sturdy metal housing (transmitter and receiver) * 42 MHz bandwidth: 1680 tunable UHF frequencies for interferencefree reception * Enhanced frequency bank system with up to 12 compatible frequencies * Adaptive-diversity reception for high reception quality * Pilot tone squelch for eliminating RF interference when transmitter is turned off * Automatic frequency scan feature searches for available frequencies * Enhanced AF frequency range * Increased range for audio sensitivity * Wireless synchronization of transmitters via infrared interface * User-friendly menu operation with more control options * Illuminated graphic display (transmitter and receiver) * Auto-Lock function avoids accidental changing of settings * HDX compander for crystal-clear sound * Transmitter and receiver feature battery indicatation in 4 steps * Programmable Mute function * Contacts for recharging BA 2015 accupack directly in the transmitter or receiver * Wide range of accessories adapts the system to any requirement

ECM-88

(Wireless Neck Mic) is ideal for video recording in the most varied recording situations.

A miniature omni-directional electret-condenser microphone ideally suited for quality-critical applications in broadcasting, theater and field production

Audio Intercom

ATH-M20 HD 201 Wired Hi-fi Headphone

Technical Data Frequency response Transducer principle Nominal impedance Characteristic SPL THD Ear coupling Weight (without cable) Connector adaptor to 1⁄4” (6.3 mm)

21–18,000 Hz dynamic 24 Ω 108 dB (at 1 kHz, 1 Vrms) < 0.7 % circumaural 165 g 3.5 mm stereo jack plug with

HD 202 dynamic hi-fi stereo headphones

HD 280 Professional The HD 280 Professional are closed-back, circumaural headphones de signed for professional monitoring applications. Although suitable for a very wide range of applications, the exceptional 32 dB attenuation of external noise makes the HD 280 Professional particularly useful for use in a high-noise environment.

Audio-Technica's ATH-M20 dynamic stereo headphones offer exceptional clarity and maximum comfort for hours of listening. The headphones' low-profile, closed-back design provides superior isolation in high-volume listening situations. Features include: 40 mm drivers, each with a neodymium magnet structure; lightweight, adjustable cushioned headband; gold-plated stereo 1/8" (3.5 mm) connector with strain relief and snap-on ¼" (6.3 mm) adapter; ultra-flexible 10" coiled cable with single-side exit. 1/8" (3.5 mm) stereo connector and snap-on 1/4" (6.3 mm) adapter Ultra-flexible 10' coiled cable with left-side entry

ATH-M30

A perfect choice for project studio engineers, home recordists and recording musicians, Audio-Technica's ATH-M30 dynamic stereo headphones offer the highest level of sonic accuracy in a design engineered to provide maximum comfort for hours of listening. The headphones' low-profile, closed-back design provides exceptional clarity and superior isolation in high-volume listening situations. Features include: neodymium magnet structure; lightweight, adjustable cushioned headband; gold-plated stereo 1/8" (3.5 mm) connector with strain relief and snap-on ¼" (6.3 mm) adapter; ultra-flexible 11' cable with single-side exit.

ATH-M50 With the ATH-M50 professional studio monitor headphones, Audio-Technica has achieved an exceptionally accurate response and long-wearing listening comfort. Designed especially for professional monitoring and mixing, these studiophones feature an efficient collapsible design for space-saving portability and storage. Circumaural ear pieces swivel 180° for easy one-ear monitoring and luxuriously padded ear cushions create an outstanding seal for maximum isolation. The adjustable headband is generously padded for ultimate comfort during long mixing sessions. A coiled cable at the left earpiece terminates to a gold-plated mini plug with included screw-on ¼" adapter.

BPHS1 Created especially for on-air news & sports broadcasting, announcing & interviews, this rugged stereo headset offers natural, highly intelligible and focused vocal reproduction, closed-back circumaural (around-the-ear) ear cups to seal out background noise, and a high-output dynamic microphone mounted on a flexible gooseneck boom.

MDR-7502

MDR-7502 cost effective professional headphone The MDR-7502 is an ideal professional specified headphone for general purpose applications.

Audio Intercom

MDR-7506/1 Stereo Headphone

Invisible wireless earpiece With TX-300N

Sonyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s range of professional headphones are engineered for a combination of strength, comfort and practicality, and are used daily in broadcast & recording studios worldwide. The MDR-7506 professional headphones come complete with protective carry pouch and gold-plated UnimatchTM 3.5mm/6.3mm adaptor.

MB-X6 Tuner Base Unit

Accommodates up to six tuner modules included in the UWP-X1/X2 package, for up to six channels of simultaneous operation Addition of the WD-850A or WD-880A allows multi-channel operation with even more channels Easy mechanism for attaching and detaching tuner modules RF input attenuator switch (10 dB/0 dB) Balanced XLR output connector for each tuner and mix output Selectable output level: -58 dBu (for MIC) or -20 dBu (for LINE) at Âą5 kHz deviation at 1 kHz modulation Auto channel search function automatically selects unoccupied channels Supplied with passive antennas Modular, 1U high, 19-inch rack unit

invisity by Phonak is the smallest in-ear radio receiver in the world. This comfortable wireless earpiece offers market-leading sound quality and allows broadcast and stage teams to discreetly prompt any presenter or performer, providing a valuable safety net and ensuring that broadcasts and performances always run smoothly.

Phonak invisity is currently used by many of the world's leading broadcasters, entertainers and film makers 2 different versions of invisity are available: invisity flex and invisity 4-channel: invisity flex This invisity model uses a single channel (7 MHz range). invisity users can have their Phonak dealer reprogramme this frequency or they can alter their wireless earpiece themselves using the invisity programming unit or IPU (see below). All other invisity parameters are fixed and cannot be adjusted.

H4n The Zoom H4n portable recorder also incorporated features such as Broadcast Wave Format (BWF) compatible time stamp and track marker functions and its auto-record and pre-record features so you never miss a moment. Of course, the H4n records high resolution audio at 24bit/96kHz on SD/SDHC media of up to 32GB and is USB 2.0.

invisity 4-channel This invisity version features 4 programmable channels, again spanning a 7 MHz range. The 4-channel invisity comes bundled with the invisity remote control, which quickly allows a user to flick between pre-set channels. Frequencies can be reprogrammed using the invisity programming unit (IPU), plus users can also alter the invisity receiver's audio level and other settings.

TX-300N

TX-300V transmitter The only wide area FM transmitter you need The TX-300V is a wide area FM transmitter and perfect for covering large areas such as auditoriums, lecture rooms, houses of worship, town halls, movie theaters, theaters, universities, sports venues, shopping malls, railway stations and other public places.

Audio Microphones Four headsets, your choice of H-200 dual or H-200S single ear muff, one master belt pack BP-500M, three remote belt packs BP-500R's and one gang charger GC-500 in a sturdy cardboard carrying case.

PRO-570

PortaCom

PortaCom is a flexible, high-performance wired intercom system that is built smart and simple. PortaCom gives you two channels without sacrificing power or quality. It is expandable, portable or rack mountable. Best of all, PortaCom is priced to sell to the junior high school theater, local cable studio, church setting, or to the high school football coach.

Seven headsets, your choice of H-200 dual or H-200S single ear muff, two master belt packs BP-500M, five remote belt packs BP-500R's and two gang chargers GC-500 in two sturdy cardboard carrying cases.

Easi-PiCo Intercom Package

Product Specs Branch Box: Ship Weight: Two-Channel Power Console: Ship Weight: Belt Pack: Ship Weight:

1.9” X 4.1” X 4.25” 1 lbs 1.75” X 8.5” X 4.5” 5 lbs 3.8” X 2.75” X 1.25” 2 lbs

ProLink 500TM

The Easi-PiCo package is pre-configured with 4 set-ups supporting 16 ports, a highly economical and low risk approach to evolve from a party-line system to a small scale point-to-point matrix system. Delivered as an entry-level matrix package, the Easi-PiCo solution includes a scaled down Eclipse PiCo frame and interface cards and choices of power supply, beltpacks and panel options.

4224 EBL

The ProLink 500 is a digital wireless intercom system that allows full duplex communication between four users simultaneously with the option of unlimited number of listen only belt packs. The transmitter and receiver operate utilizing the FCC license free 902 - 928 MHz range for the U.S. without the need for a base station. ProLink 500 has the capability to transmit up to 500 feet line of sight and allows communication through walls and glass. It also has optional Bluetooth or encryption capability available upon request.

2RU User panel with 32 (+32 SHIFT) programmable pushbuttons, a high-contrast 4/8 character Vacuum Fluorescent Display and DTMF dial facility.

4222 EBL

PRO-540 2RU LCD Keypanel with 24 (+24 SHIFT) programmable keys and dedicated rotary controls on each key to adjust listen levels.

RM-704 Remote Station

Audio Headphones / Intercom

Remote station provides four independent intercom channels, with programmable front-panel buttons for versatility. Separate volume controls for each channel, and four separate audio program inputs. Three interruptible IFB channels for talent cueing and announce button/relay for paging. Powered by the intercom line

WBS-680 Two-Channel Wireless

Phone In 6

• Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks per base station • Able to connect the wireless beltpacks, via the base station, to two channels of wired intercom • "wireless talk around" button places the user's voice on the wireless-only bus • "Stage Announce" feature available on beltpack • Different communications routings are activated from the beltpacks, with each beltpack user having full control

WBS-670 Single-Channel Wireless

• Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks with its 1-RU base station • Low-profile on/off/volume control and a momentary/latching talk button • Rugged detachable antennas are easily field-replaceable. • Integral LCD window shows channel and frequency information, and allows the programming of beltpack channels and functions • 3-pin XLR loop-through connectors for one channel of party-line intercom, an RJ-45 connector for direct connection to a digital intercom port, and a pair of auxiliary connectors • Compatible with virtually all wired party-line and matrix intercom systems

DHY-03 Digital Telephone Hybrid

The digital DHY-03 telephone hybrid is probably the best performing digital hybrid in the world, with simply stunning line balance rejection figures.

The DHY-03 has the following features :

Fully automatic - adapts to varying line conditions and has automatic signal limiting. Fully adaptive echo cancellation to 127msec - default is 24msec. 72dB typical line balance rejection offering superb performance and crystal clear audio. Front panel input and output gain controls. Front panel LED metering of receive and send signals. Built-in conferencing for 2 hybrids, so that a single telco channel on a mixing desk can receive 2 calls.

he Phone In 6 is a call control centre for phone-in radio shows. It is capable of interfacing to 2, 4, or 6 phone lines by fitting up to 3 modules, where each module can have 2 x PSTN lines or 1 x ISDN BRI line. The ISDN basic rate interface allows 2 calls to be handled, 1 on each B channel. The PSTN module has 2 interfaces each using a modern digital hybrid interface, which is settable by software to handle a variety of PSTN and PABX systems with varying impedances, call connection & disconnection tones.

PI-6R Remote Control Unit.

The unit comprises 2 boxes: The PI-6C 1U rack mounted Base Console (BC) unit which has all the audio & telephony connections together with the metering and complex controls. Secondly, there is the PI-6R Remote Control Panel (RCP) which connects via Ethernet based cabling to the main unit and allows the user to see the status of each caller, to receive an incoming call and to subsequently route it to the mixing desk. It also includes connectors for a headset that enable remote dialling out and the screening of incoming calls. The Base Console has 3 module positions on the rear panel into which either of the PI-PSTN2 (2 x analogue telephone lines) or PI-ISDN2 (2 x ISDN B channels) modules can be fitted. The Base Console is capable of connecting internal DSP and hybrid circuits to any 2 lines and routing these out to a studio mixing desk. The Phone In 6 uses an echo-cancellation DSP (digital signal processing) algorithm and impedance matching to give around 70dB cancellation, which provides excellent separation of caller & line send audio and elimination of feedback, distortion & echo on the incoming calls. This is close to being the best performance possible on a telephone line & uses the same enhanced echo cancellation algorithms as used on the DHY-03 telephone hybrid, the best performing telephone hybrid in the world. The DSP, which uses 24bit variables and at least 48bit math algorithms, can also monitor the call progress tones for various disconnection arrangements. The audio data is supplied to the DSP from analogue inputs via 24bit ADCs.

Professional Audio Audio Mixer & Accessories

DMX-P01

Rolls MX42

Digital 4:2 Location mixer

The MX42 is a four channel stereo mixer. The unit mixes up to four stereo RCA signals such as CD or cassette players with VCR units, even computer sound cards or MP3 players. All signals are mixed via stereo 100K ohm potentiometers to stereo RCA output connectors. The unit is passive, requiring no power.

SOUNDCRAFT EPM 6

Rolls MX124 ProMix IV

Low-cost high-performance mixers

DM 1000V2

19-inch Digital Production Console for Professionals in the Studio or On the Road

The MX5124 Pro-MixIV mixes 4 microphones into two transformer balanced outputs. It has three XLR inputs, each with individually switchable phantom power, and Low Cut switches, a Level control, and a Pan control. As mentioned, it has two transformer balanced, XLR outputs. A 1/4 inch Aux/Headphone output has been provided along with a Clip indicator, Power indicator, and Power switch. The unit is also powered by two 9-Volt alkaline batteries.

CAVISION Professional Boom Poles

01V96V2 Cutting-edge Performance, Capacity, Control & Compatibility

Rycote Full Windshield System

MG82CX The MG82CX is an ideal mixer for basic music production or live sound applications that require high sound quality from a relatively small number of input sources.

The full windshield system is made up of the following elements: Modular Suspension (shock mount) Modular Windshield (windscreen, blimp or zeppelin) Windjammer (furry cover)

Interfaces

Digital video cable MICC Series

SL-SD1616-R-CP

Manfrotto Table Top Tripod

16x16 SD Digital Video Router Re-clocked (540Mbps) • Serial digital video router • Ethernet/RS-232/NCB control • Configuration with IP based system configurator

FM-DA-AA 1-8 Analogue Audio Distribution Amplifier Audio Mixer Case

• Analogue audio distribution amplifier • Precision gain settings for -12 to +12dB • Allows mixing of 2 inputs in dual 1x4 mode • For balanced AC signals from 3.3Hz to 400kHz

FM-DA-SDI 1-6 SDI Distribution Amplifier • • • •

SDI/AES-3id support Automatic bit rate detection On-board cable equaliser Non-video bitrate support

FM-DA-VA 1-6 AnalogueVideo Distribution Amplifier Microphone Stand

• DC to 200MHz analogue video • 6 non-inverting outputs • Also suitable for SDI according to SMPTE-259M

FM-AAV-MUX Analogue Audio Embedder • 4 channel analogue audio embedder • 24 bit converters 107dB(A) typical dynamic range • Cascadable for additional audio channels • Gain adjustments with DIP switches • EDH insertion and handling • 20 or 24 bit embedding • Optional with optical output (AAV-MUX-xxT)

Interfaces FM-AAV-DMUX Analogue Audio De-embedder • 4 channel analogue audio de-embedder • 24 bit converters 106dB(A) typical dynamic range • Cascadable for additional audio channels • Gain adjustments on DIP switches • EDH insertion and handling • Optional with optical input (AAV-DMUX-R)

SL-SD0808-N-CP

8x8 SD Digital Video Router Non re-clocked (540Mbps) • Serial digital video router • Ethernet/RS-232/NCB control • Configuration with IP based system configurator

Flashlink Micro

Modules for desktop and standalone applications have until now been associated with medium-low to medium-high performance with little or no reconfiguration possibilities. With Flashlink Micro, those days are gone. • Flashlink Micro, your ideal choice for desktop applications • Interchangeable modules • Minimum setup time • Monitoring and configuration • Flexible mounting • Maximum functionality • Low power consumption • Ruggedised enclosure design • Future-proofed upgrade path

Extensor HD Scaler Extensor

HD Scaler is developed to convert and scale any HD or SD input signals to many outputs signals for use in a variety of different applications. HD Scaler is ideally suited as a frontend converter for non-linear editing (NLE) or as video conversion and scaling tools for live-production or post-production use.

HD / SD Converter & Scaler - Multi-Video inputs Frame rates supported: 1080PsF at 23.98 / 25 / 29.97 fps 1080p at 23.98 / 25 / 29.97 / 50 / 59.94 / 60 fps 1080i at 29.97 fps 720p at 50 / 59.94 fps 576p at 50 fps 480p at 59.94 fps PAL at 50 fps NTSC at 59.94 fps Video Conversions : HD & SD Video Inputs : • Digital:HD/SD-SDI, HDMI • Analog: Component, composite (SD) & Y/C (SD) Video Outputs : • Digital:HD/SD-SDI, HDMI • Analog: Component, composite (SD) & Y/C ( SD) Audio Inputs : • Digital:SDI, HDMI, AES/EBU • Analog: Balanced/Unbalanced Audio Outputs : • Digital:SDI, HDMI, AES/EBU • Analog: Balanced/Unbalanced Adavanced Features : Downscaling (HD to SD), Upscaling (SD to HD) and Cross-scaling

Excellence In Vision

LCD Scope™ 400WVA

Analog, Component, High & Standard Definition SDI and Audio Signal Monitor

DVI 201 / DVI Extender

The Extron DVI 201 is a transmitter and receiver set that enables DVI Digital Visual Interface or HDMI - High Definition Multimedia Interface signals to be carried over distances significantly greater than the specified 5 meter (15 foot) limitation for standard DVI cables. Linked together using two economical and integration friendly CAT 5, CAT 5e, CAT 6, or CAT 7 cables, the DVI 201 transmitter and receiver work together to send single link DVI-D or HDMI signals over 200 feet (60 meters) for HDTV and XGA (1024x768).

• Composite, component, - plus 4 audio bar graphs and phase display. • SD SDI* option available. • HD SDI* option available • Multi-standard NTSC & PAL (PAL-M). • Built-in low maintenance LCD. • Full measurement functionality including, full field line select, bow tie and 3 filter, YUV and RGB parade displays. • 4 channels of Analog Audio with embedded audio options • Gamut violation display and alarm. • External ref. • HFT™ hands free timing. • On screen mode displays. • Audio Stereo ¼” Prof jack socket. • RS232 remote control. • Powered via 12Vdc mains adapter or from in-built batteries. • Only 160mm deep, rack mount, stand alone or portable operation. • Weighs only 2.5Kg.

Interfaces 5600MSC

Master SPG / Master Clock Combo

Kaleido-X The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed in a 21st century TV station at the same time as solving the problem of locking the in-house master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator.

1200DD & 1201DD Data Digital Display

The Kaleido-X multi-viewers offer the highest picture quality, along with unmatched flexibility in display configuration, and exceptional resilience. Two frames are available with up to 96 inputs and 8 multi-viewer outputs (7RU), or with up to 32 inputs and 4 multi-viewer outputs (4RU), making it ideal for applications demanding high picture counts per display. Kaleido-X's advanced Metadata extraction, signal probing, and alarming capabilities make it highly suitable for master control and head-end environments. It also offers triple rate 3Gbps/HD/SD performance, with Stereoscopic 3D support. The multi-viewer can be tightly integrated with routers to create very large and versatile monitoring systems.

1212 & 1216 Remote Time Display

PKG9625SW

SDI Mini Master Control Switcher Package

Features: Unmatched image quality Highly resilient Advanced Metadata extraction, probing and alarming Layout flexibility Multi-room oriented Triple rate performance with Stereoscopic 3D support Router integration

7767VIP4-HSN & 7767VIP4-SN Pro Patch™

Programmable Audio Patchbay

• Unprecedented reliability and flexibility in a convenient, space-saving size and lightweight package. • High density 2x48 WECO-compliant bantam jacks on 0.312-inch centers • DIP switch selectable circuits normals and grounds • Ultra-shallow five-inch depth • Modular design allows individual jack access/configuration without affecting other circuits • Largest designations on the market, 0.410-inch top and bottom for 1 rack unit, 0.680-inch top and bottom for 1.5 rack unit

The VIP Advanced is the most advanced compact multi-image display processor technology available. Offering the most density in terms of rack space in the industry, while maintaining the most advanced features and interfaces. You can rely on the VIP Advanced for your current needs and future plans.

Media Storage G-RAID is backed by a standard 3-year factory warranty and unlimited free technical support by representatives experienced with the latest content creation applications.

SR8-U5D

A potable & rugged compact RAID system The SR8-U5D provides superior performance for uncompressed HD video content edit workflow with high-speed up to 800 MB/sec. in RAID 0 but also provides the flexibility of multiple RAID options up to level 60 for the user to configure depending on his/her storage needs. Its storage performance & reliability built into one. Fast processing speed The SR8-U5D utilizes Intel IOP 80341 RAID processor to greatly enhance the I/O performance of the 8 hard drives enclosed; moreover, it includes a 1G RAM for data processing reliability.

10 bit SD 8 bit SD Prores 422HQ DVCPRO HD HDV DV25

Minimum number of real-time video streams *when attached via eSATA

Professional Storage Solutions for Demanding Applications

System monitoring made easy Equipped with readable LCD, audio alarm and email notification function, users can easily and quickly determine the root of the problem when any failure occurs. During the data rebuild process, when or if a failed hard drive has been replaced, you may still continue to work efficiently on your video projects. Durably built with superior cooling The SR8 is industrially designed and aluminum constructed to provide the best protection of the drives enclosed. It dissipates heat fast and also comes equipped with two 9cm low-noise fans at the rear to consistently draw heat away so the drives may operate comfortably. Removable tray design If drive replacement becomes necessary, the SR8 is modular designed for effortless removal and install of drives. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s also protected by a locking mechanism to secure the drive into place.

The new G-SPEED eS from G-Tech provides professional content creators with outstanding performance, high storage capacity and optional fail-safe operation at an unprecedented low cost per gigabyte. The compact G-SPEED eS sports a 3Gbit eSATA interface and features Hitachi 7200 RPM,SATA II hard drives.

G-Technology,Inc.

VessRAID 1000f Series

G-RAID is designed specifically for professional content creation applications and features a high-speed interface including 3Gbit eSATA, FireWire 800 (FireWire 400 via cable) and USB2.0 ports - and is available in storage capacities up to an amazing 6TB! When connected via eSATA, G-RAID provides data transfers rates in excess of 200MB/second to support demanding post production environments. G-RAID's sleek, all-aluminum design and super-quiet smart fan make it perfect fit in any post production environment. Easy to Setup G-RAID is ready right out of the box for use with Mac OS X systems and appears to the system as a single, big and fast disk drive. G-RAID also supports WindowsÂŽ systems with a simple reformat.* The Best Warranty & Support in the Business

The VessRAID 1840f is equipped with two ports of 8Gbps Fiber Channel and two ports of Gigabit Ethernet designed for file and block level access in a robust 3U-16 bay chassis and has one SAS-wide port for expansion enclosure connection. 16 hot-swappable SAS/SATA 6Gb/s* or 3Gb/s drive support in a robust 3U chassis Dual-port FC 8Gb and dual-port iSCSI 1Gb links Link aggregation and jumbo frames support SMB/CIFS, NFS, FTP support Microsoft Active Directory Support Client-to-Host Volume Clone, Box-to-Box Replication, and NAS Fusion Scale up to 112 Hard Disk Drive via VessJBOD Expansion units Up to 1300MB/s disk sequential throughput

Media Storage Dual hot-swap redundant power supply unit with 80PLUS Certified OPAS and UPS Monitor via USB service Embedded web-based management via Ethernet – WebPAM PROe Power Scheduler Operation MAID 2.0 support Wake-on-LAN support (VessRAID) Wake-on-SAS support (VessJBOD)

The multi-protocol support of Thunderbolt Technology enables Pegasus to deliver amazing flexibility. Daisy-chain more than one Pegasus enclosures to a single Thunderbolt technology port or connect a display to Pegasus for the ultimate in convenience and interface connectivity.

Pegasus RAID Storage with Thunderbolt™ egasus Fast, Safe and Reliable

egasus R4 and R6 are the First 4-bay and 6-bay High Performance Hardware RAID Solutions designed to unleash the raw power of Thunderbolt™ technology. Thunderbolt technology is a new, high-speed, dual-protocol I/O technology designed for performance, simplicity, and flexibility. This high-speed I/O technology is capable of delivering a blistering two channels of 10 Gb/s (1.25GB/s) per port of performance.

Digital Media consumption is growing at an astonishing rate, and is part of everyone's life. Featuring, two, high performance, 10Gb/s bi-directional channels, and PROMISE enterprise-level RAID 6 protection, Pegasus provides fast, safe, and reliable external storage, essential for protecting your music, photos, videos, and other valuable data. Pegasus provides massive storage, and fast performance for popular applications, including Final Cut Pro, Garageband, iTunes, iPhoto, and Photoshop. Pegasus can be used, in conjunction with Apple's Time Machine utility (in Mac OS X), to store backups of invaluable digital media, documents, or an entire computer (or workstation).

2.5Gb/s 480Mb/s USB2.0

3Gb/s

Channel 2

5Gb/s

Channel 1

10Gb/s

800Mb/s FireWire800 ExpressCards eSATA

USB3.0

With I/O rates of over 800 MB/s, Pegasus delivers a massive and unprecedented leap in performance, allowing amateur professionals, audio engineers, photographers, and post production engineers, to unleash the raw power of Pegasus, enabled with Thunderbolt Technology. Final Cut professionals can ingest, edit, and playback, multiple streams of uncompressed HD (8-bit and 10-bit) video, while protecting valuable workflows, audio sessions, and other creative media content, with PROMISE's award winning, enterprise level, RAID6 engine (features mature error handling schemes for the ultimate in data protection). Graphic artists utilizing Photoshop and Maya 3D animation can both manipulate and archive high resolution graphics on Pegasus, with relative ease and lightning fast responsiveness.

Easy to Use Pegasus comes pre-configured out of the box. Simply unpack, supply power, and connect the Thunderbolt cable (currently, only available from Apple) to the Thunderbolt port on your computer, and you will be ready to either ingest/edit production video, or store all your important documents, music, photos, and videos. Management of Pegasus is made possible through an easy to use, all new, made-for-Mac OS X GUI utility.

VTrak Ex10 Series

Promise Technology's VTrak E-Class products is a family of intelligent, high availability SAS/SATA based RAID storage systems that fundamentally changes storage economics from purchase and set up to operation and upgrades. Choose the E-Class system that fits your requirements today with the confidence that you have the flexibility to change the interface (Fibre Channel or SAS) simply by changing the controllers.

Lenses

Edit more fluidly with a streamlined user interface in Adobe Premiere® Pro CS6—the hub of your professional video workflow. Freely iterate on your creative ideas with the new Content-Aware tools in Photoshop or by leveraging new 3D advancements in After Effects.® CS6 Production Premium also introduces new tools that solve common post-production challenges: Adobe Prelude, a logging and ingest tool, and Adobe SpeedGrade, a forward-looking approach to color grading.

108

Adobe® Creative Suite® 6 Production Premium

Adobe Premiere Pro CS6

Adobe After Effects CS6

Adobe Photoshop CS6 Extended

Adobe® Premiere® Pro CS6 software combines incredible performance with a sleek, revamped user interface and a host of fantastic new creative features, including Warp Stabilizer for stabilizing footage, dynamic timeline trimming, expanded multicam editing, adjustment layers, and more. Ready to switch to the ultimate toolset for video pros?

Adobe® After Effects® CS6 software lets you deliver cinematic visual effects and motion graphics faster than ever before with new Global Performance Cache. Extend your creativity with built-in text and shape extrusion, new mask feathering options, and the fast, easy-to-use 3D Camera Tracker.

Adobe® Photoshop® CS6 Extended software delivers even more imaging magic, new creative options, and the Adobe Mercury Graphics Engine for blazingly fast performance. Retouch with greater precision, and intuitively create 3D graphics, 2D designs, and movies using new and reimagined tools and workflows.

Adobe Illustrator CS6

Adobe Audition CS6

Adobe Flash Professional CS6

Adobe® Illustrator® CS6 software is powered by the new Adobe Mercury Performance System so you can work with speed and stability on large, complex files. A modern, updated interface streamlines daily tasks. Advanced creative tools enable you to capture your vision better than ever.

Adobe® Audition® CS6 software offers high-performance, intuitive tools for audio editing, mixing, restoration, and effects. Powerful new features such as real-time clip stretching, automatic speech alignment, and control surface support help you deliver projects faster than ever.

Adobe® Flash® Professional CS6 software is a powerful authoring environment for creating animation and multimedia content. Design immersive interactive experiences that present consistently across desktops and multiple devices, including tablets, smartphones, and televisions.

Editing Solution HP EliteBook 8760w

HP Z WORKSTATIONS FOR ADOBE CS5 USERS

Top 3 Reasons to get an HP workstation for Adobe CS5 Production Premium: Performance Serviceability Reliability

HP Z800 Workstation HP recommended Workstations for Abode CS5 Production Premium and Premiere Pro.

Performance Mobility • Intel® Core™ i7-2620M (2.70 GHz, 4 MB L3 cache) • Genuine Windows 7® Professional 64-bit • 17.3" diagonal LED-backlit FHD WVA anti-glare (1920 x 1080) • 8 GB 1333 MHz DDR3 SDRAM • 500 GB 7200 rpm SATA II • NVIDIA Quadro 3000M with 2 GB dedicated GDDR5 video memory

HP Z1 Workstation

Ultra High End Performance • Two Intel® Xeon Processor X5670 2.93 GHz, Six-Core2 • Genuine Windows 7® Professional 64-bit • 24 GB DDR3-1333 ECC RAM4 • Two 500 GB SATA 7200rpm drives5 • For Adobe Mercury Playback Engine optimization HP recommends NVIDIA Quadro FX 4800 or FX 5800 Graphics Card

HP Z400 Workstation

Workstation Performance Without Compromise. Bring your ideas to life faster with the accelerated performance of the HP Z1 Workstation. The only all-in-one workstation with quad-core Intel® Xeon® processors2, 3. Make renders faster and crashes a thing of the past with professional graphics and ECC memory. Experience the HP Z1 Workstation and stay one step ahead of your imagination.

HP ZR2740w

27-inch LED Backlit IPS Monitor

Affordable Performance • Intel® Xeon Processor W3530 2.8 GHz, Quad-Core • Genuine Windows 7® Professional 64-bit • 6 GB DDR3-1333 ECC RAM • Two 500 GB SATA 7200rpm drives • For Adobe Mercury Playback Engine • Optimization HP recommends: • NVIDIA Quadro FX 3800 or FX 4800 Graphics Card

Editing Solution

DeckLink HD Extreme 3D

For Mac

10-bit HD over FireWire For Mac & PC

Multibridge Eclipse

The professional's choice for uncompressed SD, HD, Dual Link HD, 2K, and 3G. Now with 4K Capture/Playout

UltraStudio 3D

STORM 3G 3G-SDI Editing with HDMI Monitoring Output

SMART I/O for Adobe CS5.5 Production Premium

STORM Mobile Multi I/O Processor

STORM 3G Elite The Most Comprehensive, Most Complete Signal Interface Available Today

On-Air

NewsAir NewsAir is a complete news solution that brings together all the media used for today's fast moving news presentations. It organises live or recorded news content such as video, texts, stills, news agency stories, phone calls, CGs, graphics, etc., for inclusion in the bulletins. Within NewsAir an organisation of people with different rights (such as administrators, reporters, directors, editors, etc.) can upload or edit content, make graphics, write news, prompter text, make a news bulletin, then the info from the final rundown is sent to AirBox/TitleBox/prompters for on-air execution. Real time classifying database information, keeping media archive, scheduling and chat communication between the users.

NewsAir – features Overview

• The complete solution to manage news preparation • Supports all commonly used video file formats • Full integration with PlayBox workflow solutions • Instant media playback: items added to the playlist are immediately for on-air playout • Exceptional return on investment: cost-effective timesaving solution.

NewsAir Advantages

• Complete integration with PlayBox workflow • Customisable user accounts • Access via Internet • Real-time uploading and editing • Easy search in the News Archive • User-friendly interface • Cost-effective • Scales up to any number of users • Live feeds from News Agencies • Rundown Management • Easy integration with different prompting devices

NewsAir Specifications

• Web Browser-based client connection Remote contributor workflow to enable viewing and editing of content, searching, and messaging from a Web browser. • Supports multiple character sets within a single system • Data receiving from different source (Serial feed, XML, RSS) Better information gathering from any source. • Automated archiving copies rundowns to date-based directories Saves time by setting up rundown archives, and improve efficiency through simple, date-specific searching. • Supports many users Easy addition of users - without system reconfiguration • Simple user interface Accessible to novices, journalists and web production staff, as well as experienced news producers • Industry-standard technology Maximum reliability and flexibility in system maintenance and upgrades • Software interoperability Fast, easy switching between applications all at the same desktop without requiring dedicated workstations • Recommended system requirements for the NewsAir server are: Intel Core Duo 2.6 Ghz 2GB RAM 2x120GB HDD for system files 2x500GB HDD for storage (depend on the storage needs) * Intel chipset based motherboard is recommended.

• Workflow Stages J ournalists Write news for a bulletin

Supervisor collating

Attach video to news

Add news to bulletin's rundown

"Bulletin Ready"

Playlist,files and graphics ready for playout by AirBox, TitleBox

On-Air

Manage Your Media Assest Metus Library is a Media Asset Management system, designed to manage video, audio, photographs and documents throughout your facility. From ingest till delivery Metus will streamline your workflow. You will easily ingest with the desired format, catalogue the materials, archive and deliver them when needed. With Metus you will always feel more coordinated and in charge with your assets. Flexible and easy to use interfaces will help you manage your assets. Dedicated and browser- based client architecture will let you reach your assets anywhere in the world. You will be able to browse and retrieve the assets, from a simple computer (Windows, Linux, Mac) connected to the Internet. You can even upload materials and enter metadata from a remote location(s). The flexible and powerful design of Metus will let you grow your operations very fast. Metus will grow with your operations.

Metus has got serious installations in the broadcast market. TV channels are using Metus to treamline their workflow. They manage their assets, archive them and share them. From ingest to transmission it is a significant solution for them. Production people can easily reach to the archive and make intelligent searches. News people get the advantage of Metus to reach the latest video clips. Broad format support including MXF, Mpeg-2 and Quicktime makes Metus a clever decision for the broadcasters. Very fast trimming of clips, making playlists and integration with video servers is just making the workflow very efficient

Media monitoring companies are recording lots of TV channels every day. Watching them one by one. Cataloging them and then delivering to their customers. With Metus the workflow just gets streamlined. Metus can record many channels at the same time with effective video codecs (h264). The viewers can easily view these recorded materials, catalogue them very efficiently. Delivering to the customers is a snap with the internet tools. In fact you do not deliver, customers can reach to the catalogued assets and can get what they need.

Hospitals are keeping many video and photograph assets of their surgeries either for education or for lawsuits. Management of these assets gets a little bit tricky while the numbers of them rises. After a certain number it will be very hard to find the ones that you are looking for. Metus helps the workflow from beginning to the end. Metus will help you to record the surgeries or patience videos, catalog them and archive them. You will be able to reach to the desired one when you need it. You even can make statistical analyzes about the records. The archive will be reachable from the internet also.

Schools and universities produce very valuable education content. It can be course content, video lessons or any visual or documented content. They want to share this content with their education force and their students which can be many. With Metus this gets just very easy. Content produced by the education facility entered to the Metus system will immediately be available to thousands of people over the intranet or internet. Teachers and students can get notes for the ontent. They can just view the content or download it. Everything is under control with the logging of every move on the Metus system. Who views, what and which content is always logged by Metus.

Nowadays, the number of video, audio and photograph libraries is increasing. Added to these digital libraries the books are also digitized and are kept in digital domain. All together this means a huge digital asset archive and sure needs a serious management. At this point Metus comes in handy. With flexible structure thousands of hours video and audio , thousands of photographs and thousands of books can be archived. These archives can easily be opened to internet automatically with high security. Metus indexes the content of the books which enables accurate searching.

Security divisions from the government or the private sector always needs a reliable and powerful video and photograph archive. The army is always keeping a huge number of video and photograph assets which are related to technical things or national security. The police departments are also keeping huge video and photograph archives. Videos and photographs from crime scenes are frequently updated and searched. Metus streamlines this workflow very powerfully. From recording of materials till indexing and archiving all steps are streamlined. Metus has got a very sophisticated user, rights management system, which will let all the materials to be kept in a secure place.

On-Air

Traffic Management

TrafficBox-Traffic Management System by PlayBox Techology

Calendar TrafficBox calendar allows for the planning of appointments and telephone calls. Appointments and calls can be classified and given a start time / date and end time / date. Once the appointment or call is completed a visit or call report can be generated and these reports can be viewed by the sales person and supervisor / management.

Commercial Time Sales The heart of any broadcaster’s TV channels is commercial time sales, sponsorship and other ad sales related contributions. TrafficBox automates and integrates the booking of commercials into the editorial context and thereby eliminates the most frequent sources of error. All required documentation that is sent to the customer like order confirmations, schedules, campaign plans and invoices are generated automatically from TrafficBox that will give them a consistent and professional look. Even a receipt for payment can be generated automatically by TrafficBox. Traffic & Billing are perfectly integrated with the client’s workflow in order to prevent mistakes. TrafficBox supports workgroups, synchronizes multiple channels and comes with all standard import and export functionality. Orders and Offers TrafficBox utilises a number of standard forms to create orders and offers by simply entering the required information in the forms needed to book commercials, create schedules, create invoices etc. TrafficBox Traffic & Billing aggregates this information to allow for a single point of management of all the information.

Broadcast Schedule or Playlist The broadcast schedule or playlist consists of two types of blocks, editorial or programme blocks and commercial or ad sales blocks. The number of blocks and the duration can be individually defined to fit the broadcast structure of any TV station. A different commercial selling rate for each commercial block can be defined. The schedule can be assigned to an actual date or a period of time for which the schedule will be valid. Commercial Block Template Commercial block templates can be a great help in the commercial booking process. Commercial blocks can be grouped in any way, e.g. premium rate blocks, morning blocks, evening blocks, etc. Video Import All videos, media, editorial schedules and commercial schedules, are checked automatically by TrafficBox and the TrafficBox watch folder automatically imports any files into TrafficBox that are required in the schedules. The imported media and video files when imported are shown in video administration.

Schedules and Playlists TrafficBox can automatically generate commercial schedules that correspond perfectly to the editorial or programme schedules. Once the commercial sales schedules and programme schedules are complete, they can be combined and sent to AirBox as a Playlist.

Invoicing Invoices can be created from scratch or from a received order. When a new invoice is created it will be shown as an item in the “unprinted” folder. You can check the final look of the document in the “invoice view” tab and once checked the invoice can be printed. After confirming the print, the invoice is moved to the “open” folder. Once an invoice is paid the invoice status is marked as “paid” and the invoice will be moved to the “paid” folder. If an invoice is not paid on time, accounts receivables process can be managed in TrafficBox as well. Overdue invoices will be moved to the “overdue” folder automatically so that it can clearly be seen what payments are outstanding. Credit notes can be easily created from the credit invoice section by clicking the “credit” button in the credit section.

Traffic Sales Commercial Sales can use TrafficBox to plan their appointments, create and edit clients and orders and send out suggestions for commercial spot bookings. The most important asset for a sales person is the customers and contacts database that can be edited and maintained in the customers / contacts section of TrafficBox. A list of customers can also be exported to excel or other database for further processing. Each commercial sales person can see and edit only the clients that are assigned to him as an account. Information about the expected turnover, target and commission is also available. Fil e Import

Pr ogram me Pl anner

Macro Sc hedule

Videos

Ev ents / Videos

Pr ogram me Ed itor

Pro gra mme Sc hedulin g

Macro Sc hedule As sig nment to Date

Managin g Ed itor

Co ntrol R oom

Merge to Pl ay out Pl ay lis t

Pla yli st

Pr ogram me Blo ck s

Co mmerc ial Blo ck s Pla yout

Traf fic Manager

R ate C ard Admini str ation

As -Ru n L og

Cu sto mer

Sp ots

Order Co nfirmation

Au tomated or Manual Bo oking

Inv oic e

Sa les Team

On-Air

PLAYBOX PLAYBOX is a network-distributed, modular TV automation ssystem. it is designed primarily for Television Broadcasters and IPTV service providers, who are lookingt for all-in-one reliable MPEG2/HDV/DV playout or streaming automation, interactive playlist management and extensive graphics manipulation with a flexible media database. PLAY BOX MODULES: AirBox, CaptureBox, DataBox, ListBox, TitleBox, SafeBox Each module of the system manages a specific part of the broadcasting workflow - off-tape batch capturing, scheduled capturing of satelite feeds, conect management, program scheduling, conect editing, on-air playout, on-air titling and subtitling.

AirBox

Provides automated content playout for satellite channels, cable head-ends, over-the-air broadcasters and corporate TV users. It is designed to be extremely robust, in order to meet the highest reliability demands of on-air playout. Universal SD/HD content playout and streaming. 24/7 unattended operation, MPEG2, AVC/H.264, HDV and DV compression scalability, large variety of sources supported, hardware independency are the typical highlights of AirBox.

On-Air

TitleBox Interactive on-air graphics. Delivers crisp and eye-catching on-air graphics. Multi-layered simultaneous crawls, rolls, animated logos, clocks and text templates are just a mouse click away. TitleBox provides total control during on-air session - changing texts, running speed, transitions is as easy as 1-2-3.

TitleBox Features Unlimited layering Total on-air CG control Exceptional CG quality Slide Sequencer Automated text rendering into graphics templates TitleBox slaved to AirBox Scheduled titling OEM applications via TitleBox API High - Definition titling made affordable

CaptureBox Manual, automatic, batch and scheduled capturing. The first software of its kind to enable MPEG2, AVC/H.264 and DV capturing on multitude of hardware platforms with plenty of capturing facilities such as RS422 or DV deck control, VU/peak audio meter and volume control. Native IEEE-1394 HDV or ASI MPEG2 TS (SD/HD) capturing and realtime UDP streaming.

CaptureBox Features • High-quality capturing in variety of compressions • Automated RS-422 or Firewire VTR control with batch capturing lists • Scheduled capturing of satellite feeds with automated channel switching • File splitting based on duration • VU/peak audio meters are available for precise audio level fine-tuning • Third-party traffic system capture log import • Streaming live MPEG2 video through UDP • Multi-channel audio capturing • HD and HDV capturing • SDK available for OEMs

Archiving

Save and Archive

ProxSys MA-Series is a robust Media Archive Solution combined with an automated storage system. It presents a complete Workflow for smart archiving ranging from fast ingest of your data, automated archiving on Blu-ray discs or HDD to easy file organization, search and preview via an intuitive Graphical User Interface. While importing your content directly from solid state or other media a small preview file is generated. A unique ID is assigned to your project and the files are automatically burnt to a minimum of two Blu-ray discs, creating one disc for long-term archiving and one for daily use. Individual labelling options, e.g. company CI and logo, are provided by the optional disc robot. Via linked Metadata information the powerful search engine of the ProxSys MA facilitates the search and retrieval of your media content. Preview clips (up to 2500 hours) are constantly accessible for quick verification of the files. The former time and resource consuming process is reduced to a minimum while your desired files are safely stored and ready for use with just a few clicks.

1. When imported media reaches 90% of the Blu-ray discs‘ capacity (now at 50GB) auto archiving procedure starts 2. The content ist archived to 2 Blu-ray discs – 1 for safe long term archive, 1 for current use (NLE for example). Alternatively media can also be archived on HDD 3. Preview clips are added to the disc for faster retrieval 4. Individual company template is printed as label 5. High-Res content is deleted from server after burn proof confi rmation 6. Optimized schedule allocates tasks for offi ce hours and after offi ce hours to enhance performance 7. Blu-ray Archive is said to last 50+ years

ProxSys MA Workflow

Clear and Store 1. Quickly clear and reuse expensive media (e.g. P2 and SxS-Cards) 2. Import Media to the ProxSys MA (using features like Folder watch, manual import, native metadata import, device watch) 3. Share content via Network (e.g. for NLE or fast distribution) 4. Auto proxy preview clip generation 5. Automatical creation of a new project or manual addition of content to existing project 6. Add own metadata 7. Assignment of a unique fi le and project ID

Manage the Tapeless Future 92

Find and Share 1. Easy, intuitive and clear Graphical User Interface 2. Browser based: Access from anywhere at anytime – Mac and PC – without user licence fee 3. Project oriented structure allows you to keep track of your media 4. Quickly fi nd desired media via metadata or unique fi le ID 5. Verify the found media in the integrated fl ash video player 6. Preview Clips are described with metadata and up to 2500 hours constantly stay on the Hard Disc for instant retrieval 7. Create and save own clip lists 8. Use data medium and connect it directly to NLE

Wireless Camera System

Wireless Camera Systems for Broadcast TV Link's Wireless Camera Systems are at the cutting edge of wireless camera technology. These systems, since their introduction in 2002, have been taken up by the major broadcasters throughout the world and are in constant use in the day to day gathering of the top news stories and major sporting and outside broadcast events.

L1500 Wireless HD/SD Transmitter HD/SD Portable Wireless Camera Back Transmitter The L1500 is the most powerful and flexible wireless camera transmitter from Link Research. HD and SD transmission from the same unit.

L1310 H.264 Wireless SD/HD Transmitter Digital HD Wireless Camera System The L1310 is a compact powerful and flexible HD H.264 wireless camera transmitter from Link Research, offering HD and SD transmission from the same unit. The compact design of the transmitter makes it perfect for use with lightweight ENG cameras and prosumer camcorders. Link's LMS-T modulation scheme provides unrivalled robustness COFDM performance and the introduction of SCM-Q combined with H.264 allows broadcast quality video to be transmitted in shared channels.

The modular design of this transmitter allows you to start from a standard SD transmitter and add camera control and HD capability as and when you require. It has unmatched RF flexibility with the ability to change RF modules in the field as needed to cover a huge frequency range from 1GHz to more than 7GHz.

L1370 HD XPu-HD Wireless Transmitter

Wireless Transmitter The XPu-HD is an MPEG-2 wireless video transmitter designed with low latency for On- Board applications and harsh environments. The small size and low weight gives customers a range of options on where and how this is deployed. By combining this unit with the 100mW L3452 car mount active antenna or the L3520-1927 XPu amplifier module the XPu adds another dimension to wireless camera use.

HD VIDEO ENCODER

The Cube™ Family are the world's first camera-top streaming HD video devices. The family includes six encoder models and two matching form-factor decoders. The Cube™ Encoder streams HD video over WiFi or wired Ethernet. The Cube™ Encoder creates its own wireless (ad hoc) network, and streams HD video directly to a Cube™ Decoder, a computer or laptop, a server, or a mobile device such as an iPad with no other networking equipment required. To extended your broadcast range, Cube™ Encoder can join an infrastructure network by using a wireless router and stream over a LAN or WAN. Experienced network users can use Cube™ to stream video over the Internet.

Wireless Camera System

Live Web Streaming

Laptop

Tablet

CUBE Decoder

Monitor

Stream Directly From Camera Features:

Via Wifi / ٤G / Wire

News Station Cube™ integrates natively with Livestream providing an elegant and easy to use turnkey solution for streaming live video to the Internet. Users simply enter their Livestream account information into Cube™'s user interface, find a broadband uplink, and begin broadcasting.

Livestream and Teradek have achieved upload/download speeds of 8Mbps on the Verizon 4G LTE network in both the Los Angeles and New York metro areas. This available bandwidth makes it possible to stream to Livestream using a single Verizon 4G modem attached to the Teradek Cube USB port (optional). This is ideal as a backup internet connection at your event or even to create a mobile wireless live streaming camera.

Simple Setup

Cube's web interface features a Setup Wizard to simplify configuration. After connecting video and powering-up Cube, create a network, logon to Cube's web interface, complete the Setup Wizard, and begin streaming video.

Advanced Compression

Cube uses H.264 High Profile (Level 4.1) video compression, which is the most advanced compression algorithm in the world today, and it features a built-in scaler to convert from 1080 to 720, 480 or 240 resolutions. Users can choose a resolution and target bit rate based on the availability of IP bandwidth. Typical bit rates for HD are between 2-4Mbps, and SD bit rates are typically sub-1Mbps.

Small Size

Cube is tiny (about the size of a deck of cards), uses only 2.5W - 3.8W of DC power, and weighs only 7 ounces, and mounts easily to a rail system, cage, hotshoe, or camera baseplate. Cube's line-of-sight WiFi range is approximately 300 feet when used with a high quality WiFi access point. Cube has been tested extensively with RED ONE**, Arri Alexa, Panavision Genesis, Canon 5Dii, Canon 7D, various handi-cams and more

Encoder & Decoder Tech Specs HD-SDI H.264 SYSTEM INPUTS HD-SDI, SD-SDI: BNC SUPPORTED RESOLUTIONS 1080i 50/59.94/60 1080p 23.98/24/25/30 1080PsF 23.98/24 720p 50/59.94/60 576i 50 480i 59.94/60

HDMI H.264 SYSTEM INPUTS HDMI In SUPPORTED RESOLUTIONS 1080i 50/59.94/60 1080p 23.98/24/25/30 720p 50/59.94/60 576p 50 480p 59.94/60

VIDEO CODEC Compression Algorithm: High Profile H.264 (L4.1) Bit Rate: 250 Kbps to 10 Mbps

PHYSICAL Dimensions: 2.5"W x 3.5"D x .9"H Weight: 7 oz. Nominal Power Consumption: 2.5W - 3.8W Auxiliary Power Input: 6-28V DC

NETWORK Ethernet: 10/100BASE-T Network Protocols: TCP/IP, UDP, HTTP, DHCP, NTP, SSL, IGMP Transport Protocols: RTP, RTSP, RTP over HTTP, MPEG-TS**, HTTP Live Steaming Feature-rich WebUI for configuration and control Point to Point (TCP or UDP), Multiple Unicast (UDP), or Multicast (UDP+IGMP)** AUDIO Embedded Stereo Audio Compression: AAC-LC, MPEG Layer 2 Line or Mic in

Up-Link

NewSwift HD

Advent FlyDrive HIGH PERFORMANCE SOLUTION FOR RAPID RESPONSE

High Performance Integrated Satellite Terminal

Motorised Flyaway Antenna The AFD120 FlyDrive 1.2m antenna is a compact, lightweight, fully motorised, auto acquisition capable satellite terminal designed for rapid deployment. It can be used either as a traditional flyaway or as a semi-permanent vehicle mounted terminal that can be fitted to longitudinal roof bars or most other roof racks using standard fittings. The AFD120 antenna fits into just two IATA weight-compliant cases. The main antenna case, which also acts as the platform in flyaway mode, houses the up-turned antenna base, azimuth drive, elevation drive, reflector centre section and feedarm base. The second antenna case houses the three reflector outer segments, feedarm and cartridge. The FlyDrive Antenna System accompanied by lightweight HPA and 5000 series electronics is ideal for Newsgathering because it can be checked in as hold baggage and on arrival at the destination the system can be installed onto a suitable hire vehicle within minutes. A similar equipment configuration is also ideal as a temporary IP data terminal for remote deployment to cover specific events or for use as a data terminal for remote video links and/or file transfer during maintenance operations in areas with little or no terrestrial communications infrastructure.

The NewSwift HD motorised antenna system is a highly compact, lightweight, integrated vehicle mountable satellite terminal designed for rapid deployment. Featuring a specially shaped offset fed antenna manufactured in carbon fibre, the NewSwift HD equipment housing (or Pod) is able to house redundant 750W TWTAs, Phase combined 400W TWTAs or redundant/phase combined 300W C Band or 125W Ku Band SSPAs. The compact design minimises vehicle roof real-estate requirements. Since the whole antenna (including the equipment housing or Pod) rotates the need for an Azimuth waveguide rotary joint is eliminated. This minimises post HPA waveguide loss which in turn maximises TX EIRP. The Ku feed includes a waveguide transfer switch to enable instant 90° polarisation shift during manual satellite acquisition.

ADM5000

L Band Modem Advent's established lightweight, compact, 1U half rack electronics packages are ideally suited for flyaway or vehicle mounted solutions, where weight and space are at a premium. The 5000 series of electronics can be packaged in different lightweight, ruggedized canvas flight cases, depending on units selected and system configuration. Advent Communications established lightweight, compact, 1U half rack electronics packages are ideally suited for flyaway or vehicle mounted solutions, where weight and space are at a premium. The 5000 series of electronics can be packaged in different lightweight, ruggedised canvas flight cases, depending on units selected and configuration. • Compact 1/2 width 19” x 1U rack mountable units • 1/4 of the size and 1/6th of the weight of competitors equivalent products • Designed for contribution flyaway and DSNG vehicle applications where space and weight are critical • Full range of units available; SD and HD L Band Digital Video Exciter IP Modem Multiplexer Router BUCS Antenna and Drive Control units IRD and System / Redundancy controllers Protection Switches • All units field upgradeable • All units have integral web browser facility (where applicable) for RM&C applications • A comprehensive range of flight case solutions for 1/2 rack and 19” rack units to suit system configuration, i.e. 3U, 4U, 5U. • All units can also be fixed together and mounted in a standard 19” flight case or rack within a vehicle

Photography 96

Digital Camera

H4D-200MS

Digital Camera

developing your creative expression the H4D-60 takes full advantage of the Hasselblad HTS 1.5 tilt/shift adapter. With its unique large and bright viewfinder image, its wide range of quality lenses matching the best of the icon lenses from Carl Zeiss, and its wide choice of accessories, the H4D-60 is the ultimate camera choice for the professional photographer.

H4D-50

Hasselblad has raised the bar yet again concerning the capture of super high-quality images. Building on the achievements and success of the H4D-50MS, a new clever development of the multi-shot capture technology takes still-life studio photography to mind blowing 200Mpix resolution. From fine cars to miniature artworks and from delicate fabrics to diamonds – or quite simply where only the best reproduction is acceptable - the 200Mpix multi-shot image offers true color and moiré free capture, providing an astonishing level of detail. As if that was not enough, this new camera still claims all the advantages of the H4D line – True Focus, Ultra Focus, Digital Lens Correction plus a host of top of the range features that make the H4D such an outstanding camera system – so it can double up as a top flight, hand held single-shot workhorse as well. Versatility was always a Hasselblad cornerstone. Three cameras in one The H4D-200MS includes three capture modes: • normal single-shot capture delivering 50Mpix resolution images of live subjects • multi-shot capture (4 shots) delivering 50Mpix high detail images of still subjects outperforming the single-shot capture of cameras with higher resolution • multi-shot capture (6 shots) delivering 200Mpix ultra high detail of still subjects delivering outstanding representation of the outmost level of fine detail

With the release of the new H4D-50, the first H4D camera and most recent addition to the Hasselblad H System, Hasselblad marks the beginning of a new chapter in the history of medium format DSLR cameras. The H4D-50 features True Focus with APL (Absolute Position Lock), making auto-focus substantially easier and more accurate for photography professionals. H4D-50 sets a new standard for camera handling, image detail and image resolution. With a 50Mpix sensor it provides the basis for outstanding image quality based upon the high performance HC/HCD lens line. For developing your creative expression the H4D-50 takes full advantage of the Hasselblad HTS 1.5 tilt/shift adapter. With its unique bright viewfinders, its wide range of quality lenses matching even the best of the icon lenses from Carl Zeiss, and its wide choice of accessories, the H4D-50 is the ultimate camera choice for the professional photographer.

H4D-40

H4D-60

With the release of the new H4D-60 – the first H4D camera and most recent addition to the Hasselblad H System – Hasselblad marks the beginning of a new chapter in the history of medium format DSLRs. The H4D-60 features True Focus with APL (Absolute Position Lock) – patent pending, making auto-focus substantially easier and more accurate for photography professionals. H4D-60 is the top model of Hasselblad camera family. It sets a new standard for camera handling, image detail and image resolution. With a 60Mpix sensor covering the classic 645-format, it provides the basis for optimal lens performance with the HC lenses at lens factor 1.0, and the HCD lenses at lens factor 1.0 with a marginal crop. For

With the release of the new H4D-40, the most recent addition to the Hasselblad H System, Hasselblad marks the beginning of a new chapter in the history of medium format DSLR cameras. The H4D-40 features True Focus with APL (Absolute Position Lock), refining the auto-focus system for accurate composing at close range with shallow depth-of-field. H4D-40 sets a new standard for camera handling, image detail and image resolution. With a 40Mpix sensor it provides the basis for outstanding image quality based upon the high performance HC/HCD lens line. With its unique bright viewfinders, its wide range of quality lenses matching even the best of the icon lenses from Carl Zeiss, and its wide choice of accessories, the H4D-40 is the ultimate camera choice for the professional photographer. For developing your creative expression the H4D-40 takes full advantage of the Hasselblad HTS 1.5 tilt/shift adapter.

Digital Camera

H4D-31 H4D-40 Limited Edition

The H4D-31 is often the first step into the world of professionallevel digital Hasselblad photography for many. Though economical in cost it is not economical on performance. The H4D-31 lists all of the main features that characterize all the other H system models. In short, that means True Focus with Absolute Position Lock, refining the auto-focus system for accurate composing at close range with shallow depth-of-field and the security of UltraFocus. Features such as new low noise color filters on the sensor and the high performance HC/HCD lens line, provide the basis for increased clarity and increased depth of field. The Hasselblad Natural Color Solution (HNCS) achieves consistent color reproduction using a single color profile, and digital lens correction (DAC), perfects each image captured through the HC/HCD lenses, by removing any trace of distortion, vignetting, or chromatic aberrations.

The Hasselblad H4D-40 features a 40 Megapixel medium format sensor and Hasselblad True Focus (making auto-focus substantially easier and more accurate), and gives you access to the world's most advanced lenses, the Hasselblad HC/HCD line. The H4D Ferrari has been specially designed to provide the ultimate in both quality and performance. Just as the cars that inspired this special camera. The Ferrari H4D-40 provides the perfect photographic accessory to the world's finest driving machines. Produced in the new Ferrari "Rosso Fuoco" and bearing the legendary Cavallino Rampante, the camera comes with an 80mm lens and an exclusively designed and engineered glass display box, and will enable you to document life from the driver's seat in a way you never before dreamed possible.

H4D-50-MS

Featuring a 50 Mpixel MF sensor and the revolutionary True Focus technology and incoporating Multi-shot functionality, the H4D-50MS camera system will change the way you think about high-end photography. The H4D series is built upon the successful H3D platform and comes bundled with Hasselblad's Phocus 2.0 imaging software. The multi-shot technology realizes the capture of still life subjects with all details represented in true detail and color resolution. By capturing a sequence of 4 shots, each offset by a one pixel increment, every point on your set is rendered with its true red, green and blue color components. In this way, true detail and true color are acquired without interpolation of any kind. Kodakâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s 50 Mpixel 36Ă&#x2014;48mm sensor measures, twice the physical size of the largest 35mm DSLR sensors, this camera system has been specially designed to meet the most exacting demands of high-end commercial photographers who require the ultimate in both image quality and performance.

Digital Camera

Digital Back

Connectivity diagram 500 501 503

C/ CM C/CM C X/ C Xi/ C W

S W C /M 903 S W C 905 S W C

202 F A /203 FE / 205 TCC / 205 F CC With F type lenses (Requires minor

The new Hasselblad CFV-39 digital back is custom built to match the design and functionality of the Hasselblad V cameras, thus turning all existing V cameras into a new and easy-to-use digital workhorse. With 39 Mpixels and a sensor twice the size of the best DSL R cameras, the CFV-39 is capable of capturing even the finest detail that the Carl Zeiss lenses can resolve. In addition Hasselblad has developed its digital lens correction technology to work with the Carl Zeiss lenses. Using this feature you will experience the ultimate image quality, which we could only dream of in our former analogue age. The Carl Zeiss lenses are tuned to work even better, not least at close range. All you need to do is to enter which lens is used, the aperture and the distance you are working at. After years of developing digital lens correction for the Hasselblad H3D series of cameras, it is a true pleasure to pass on these advances to our V camera photographers. The Hasselblad CFV-39 also fits traditional technical cameras using the V camera interface plate for mechanical attachment and the flash sync connection to trigger the digital capture. The Hasselblad CFV-39 thereby brings an ultra high level of integration, flexibility and image quality to the professional photographer who needs the best for both mobile and studio shooting.

555 E LD

503 C W + Winder C W

500 E L /E L M 500/553 E LX

Supported lenses are:

CF/CFE 40 FLE, CFE 40 IF, CFi 50 FLE, CFi/CFE 80, CFi/CFE 120, CFi 150, CFE/CFE 180, CFi 250, CFE 250 Sa and CFE 350 Sa. 2000 F C / F C M 2003 F C W 201 F / 203 FE 205 TCC / F CC With C type lenses

Flex B ody

Any view camera with Hasselblad V system adapter

100

Digital Camera

EOS 5D Mark II EOS-1D X

The Ultimate EOS. Canon has brought the best of the EOS-1D Series of digital cameras into one phenomenal model: the new flagship of the EOS line, the EOS-1D X*. Its full-frame 18.1 Megapixel CMOS sensor and all-new Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors deliver high quality image capture at up to 12 fps (14 fps in Super High Speed Mode) and a powerful ISO range of 100 - 51200 (up to 204800 in H2 mode) provides sharp, low-noise images even in the dimmest low-light conditions. An all-new, 61-Point High-Density Reticular AF and 100,000-pixel RGB Metering Sensor that uses a dedicated DIGIC 4 Image Processor, makes the EOS-1D X reach new levels of focus speed and accuracy delivering advanced tracking even for the most challenging shooting situations. Taken all together, the EOS-1D X's improved HD video capture, numerous connectivity options, combination of processing power and durable construction, including shutter durability tested to 400,000 cycles, make it the ultimate EOS.

100

High Performance for High Expectation Canon's update to the wildly popular full frame EOS 5D is here, and it's better than ever. The EOS 5D Mark II has a stunning 21.1-megapixel full-frame CMOS sensor with DIGIC 4 Image Processor, a vast ISO Range of 100-6400 (expandable to ISO L: 50, H1: 12800 and H2: 25600), plus EOS technologies like Auto Lighting Optimizer and Peripheral Illumination Correction. It supports Live View shooting, Live View HD videos, and more. It can shoot up to 3.9 fps, has 9 AF points plus 6 AF assist points, a new 98% coverage viewfinder, a 3.0-inch Clear View LCD (920,000 dots/VGA) and a rugged build. Full-frame shooters rejoice! Canon 5D Mark II Basic Features 21.1-megapixel CMOS sensor 3.9 frames per second 3.0-inch LCD with 920,000 pixels Top Status LCD ISO range from 50 to 25,600 Shutter speeds from 30 seconds to 1/8,000 second Compact Flash Type I and II UDMA slots Lithium-ion battery 6.0 x 4.5 x 3.0 in (152 x 114 x 75mm) 2.02 pounds (920g) with battery and card, but no lens

101

Digital Camera

EOS 7D

EOS C300 Cinema EOS Cameras

A Whole New Class of EOS. With a host of brand new features designed to enhance every facet of the photographic process, from still images to video, the new EOS 7D represents a whole new class of camera. Made to be the tool of choice for serious photographers and semi-professionals, the EOS 7D features an all-new 18.0 Megapixel APS-C size CMOS sensor and Dual DIGIC 4 Image Processors, capturing tremendous images at up to ISO 12800 and speeds of up to 8 fps. The EOS 7D has a new all cross-type 19-point AF system with improved AI Servo II AF subject tracking and user-selectable AF area selection modes for sharp focus no matter the situation. The EOS 7D's Intelligent Viewfinder, an entirely newly-designed technology, provides approximately 100% coverage and displays user-selected AF modes as well as a spot metering circle and on demand grid lines. New iFCL Metering with 63-zone dual-layer metering system uses both focus and color information to provide accurate exposure even in difficult lighting. The EOS 7D also captures Full HD video at 30p (29.97 fps), 24p (23.976 fps) and 25p with an array of manual controls, including manual exposure during movie shooting and ISO speed selection. The EOS 7D features a magnesium alloy body that is dust- and weatherresistant and shutter durability of up to 150,000 cycles. Compatible with over 60 EF and EF-S lenses as well as with EOS System accessories, the creative opportunities - not just with stills but also with video - are beyond amazement.

102

Bringing Canon's expertise and decades of experience designing sensors, lenses, image processing and design to the world of motion picture capture, the EOS C300 camera has been designed to meet the demanding needs of cinema industry professionals, providing a modular, portable and eminently adaptable system of cameras, lenses and accessories built for moviemaking in the 21st century. Featuring a unique Super 35mm Canon CMOS sensor, revolutionary Canon DIGIC DV III Image Processor and 50 Mbps 4:2:2 codec, the EOS C300 provides outstanding cinema quality movie capture. Compact, modular and compatible with Canon's existing line-up of EF and new EF Cinema lenses as well as accessories from third parties, the stunningly simple to operate EOS C300 is designed to please cinematographers for any production large and small, on location or in the studio, from shoestring to Hollywood budgets. The EOS C300 has a Canon EF lens mount and is compatible with all of Canon's new EF Cinema lenses and current EF lenses, including compact primes, super telephotos, specialty tilt-shift, macro and fisheye - over 60 in all. Designed with SMPTE HD production standards, its MPEG-2 codec is an internationally recognized standard compatible with major NLE applications while additional features such as Canon Log ensure seamless integration with existing production workflows, making post-production easy. And with an entire support infrastructure designed to help you get the most from your equipment before, during and after production, the EOS C300 is ready to go to work. Standard Definition or High Definition High Definition Power Supply (rated) 7.4V DC (battery pack), 8.4V DC (DC-IN) Recording/Codec Signal System: NTSC and PAL Compression: 8 Bit MPEG-2 Long GOP Color Space: 4:2:2 at 50Mbps recording Maximum Bit Rate: 50Mbps (CBR) Canon Log Gamma: Available File Format: MXF (OP-1a) Recording Options: 50Mbps (CBR) 4:2:2 422P@HL 1920x1080: 59.94i/29.97p/23.98p; 50i/25p; True 24 (24.00) 1280x720: 59.94i/29.97p/23.98p; 50p/25p; True 24 (24.00) 35Mbps (VBR) 4:2:0 MP@HL 1920x1080: 59.94i/29.97p/23.98p; 50i/25p 1280x720: 59.94p/29.97p/23.98p; 50p/25p 25Mbps (CBR) 4:2:0 MP@H14 1440x1080: 59.94i/29.97p/23.98p; 50i/25p

101

Digital Camera

Effective pixels:

16.2 million

Effective pixels:

24.5 million

Image sensor:

36.0 x 23.9 mm CMOS sensor (Nikon FX format)

Image sensor:

CMOS sensor, 35.9 x 24.0 mm; Nikon FX format; total pixels: 25.72 million

Image size (pixels):

FX format (36x24): 4,928 x 3,280 [L], 3,696 x 2,456 [M], 2,464 x 1,640 [S] 1.2x (30x20): 4,096 x 2,720 [L], 3,072 x 2,040 [M], 2,048 x 1,360 [S] DX format (24x16): 3,200 x 2,128 [L], 2,400 x 1,592 (M), 1,600 x 1,064 (S) 5:4 (30x24): 4,096 x 3,280 [L], 3,072 x 2,456 [M], 2,048 x 1,640 [S] FX-format photographs taken in movie live view (16:9): 4,928 x 2,768 [L], 3,696 x 2,072 [M], 2,464 x 1,384 [S] DX-format photographs taken in movie live view (16:9): 3,200 x 1,792 [L], 2,400 x 1,344 [M], 1,600 x 896 [S] FX-format photographs taken in movie live view (3:2): 4,928 x 3,280 [L], 3,696 x 2,456 [M], 2,464 x 1,640 [S] DX-format photographs taken in movie live view (3:2): 3,200 x 2,128 [L], 2,400 x 1,592 [M], 1,600 x 1,064 [S] A DX-based format is used for photographs taken using the DX (24x16) 1.5x image area; an FX-based format is used for all other photographs

Image size (pixels):

FX format (36 x 24): 6,048 x 4,032 [L], 4,544 x 3,024 [M], 3,024 x 2,016 [S] DX format (24 x 16): 3,968 x 2,640 [L], 2,976 x 1,976 [M], 1,984 x 1,320 [S] 5:4 (30 x 24): 5,056 x 4,032 [L], 3,792 x 3,024 [M], 2,528 x 2,016 [S]

Sensitivity:

ISO 100 to 1600 in steps of 1/3, 1/2, or 1 EV; can be set to approx. 0.3, 0.5, 0.7, or 1 EV (ISO 50 equivalent) below ISO 100, or to approx. 0.3, 0.5, 0.7, 1, or 2 EV (ISO 6400 equivalent) over ISO 1600

Storage media:

CompactFlash (Type I/II, compliant with UDMA); Microdrives

LCD Monitor:

3-in., approx. 920k-dot (VGA), 170-degree wide-viewing-angle, 100% frame coverage, low-temperature polysilicon TFT LCD with brightness adjustment

ISO sensitivity

Media:

102

Exposure metering:

ISO 100 to 12800 in steps of 1/3, 1/2 or 1 EV; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.5, 0.7 or 1 EV (ISO 50 equivalent) below ISO 100 or to approx. 0.3, 0.5, 0.7, 1, 2, 3 or 4 EV (ISO 204800 equivalent) above ISO 12800; auto ISO sensitivity control available XQD and Type I CompactFlash memory cards (UDMA compliant)

Interface:

TTL full-aperture exposure metering using 1,005-pixel RGB sensor 1) 3D Color Matrix Metering II (type G and D lenses); Color Matrix Metering II (other CPU lenses); Color Matrix Metering (non-CPU lenses if user provides lens data) 2) Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8-, 15- or 20-mm circle in center of frame, or weighting based on average of entire frame 3) Spot: Meters 4-mm circle (about 1.5% of frame) centered on selected focus area (on center focus area when non-CPU lens is used) Hi-speed USB

103

Digital Camera

DCC 5.1

Effective pixels:

12.1 million

Image sensor:

CMOS sensor, 36.0 x 23.9 mm; total pixels: 12.87 million; Nikon FX format

Image size (pixels):

FX format (36 x 24): 4,256 x 2,832 [L], 3,184 x 2,120 [M], 2,128 x 1,416 [S] 1.2x (30 x 20): 3,552 x 2,368 [L], 2,656 x 1,776 [M], 1,776 x 1,184 [S] DX format (24 x 16): 2,784 x 1,848 [L], 2,080 x 1,384 [M], 1,392 x 920 [S] 5:4 (30 x 24): 3,552 x 2,832 [L], 2,656 x 2,120 [M], 1,776 x 1,416 [S]

Sensitivity:

ISO 200 to 12800 in steps of 1/3, 1/2 or 1 EV; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.5, 0.7 or 1 EV (ISO 100 equivalent) below ISO 200 or to approx. 0.3, 0.5, 0.7, 1, 2 or 3 EV (ISO 102400 equivalent) above ISO 12800; auto ISO sensitivity control available

Storage media: Exposure metering:

Interface:

104

CompactFlash (Type I, compliant with UDMA) TTL full-aperture exposure metering using 1,005-pixel RGB sensor 1) Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses); color matrix metering (non-CPU lenses if user provides lens data) 2) Center-Weighted: Weight of 75% given to 12-mm circle in center of frame, diameter of circle can be changed to 8, 15 or 20 mm, or weighting can be based on average of entire frame (non-CPU lenses use 12-mm circle or average of entire frame) 3) Spot: Meters 4-mm circle (about 1.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point (on center focus point when non-CPU lens is used) Hi-Speed USB

With this adapter the Telescopes with T2 mount can be connected to the E Designed in fascinating detail and with a sophisticated stylish format the new Digital Classic Camera MINOX DCC 5.1 is a true example of first-class German engineering from the fifties. Devotees of timeless elegance and precision mechanics will find it hard to resist the amazing look and feel of the camera. This small ingenious masterpiece in a scale of 1:3 is no ordinary digital camera and quietly reflects its owner's confidence in style.

WingmanHD 3oz. Waterproof Action Camera 1.5” Color LCD 1080p HD Video 3x Digital Zoom 150° Wide Angle 8 Megapixel Sensor Universal ¼-20” Mount

103

Digital Camera

Lenses for α NEX cameras Sony Alpha NEX-7

Sony's Alpha NEX-7 Digital Camera with 18-55mm Lens is an extremely high 24.3Mp resolution camera with the aforementioned lens included. You can start shooting from day one with this combo, the 18-55mm lens of course being just one of the numerous lens options you have for this Sony E-Mount compatible camera. Non-Sony lenses are compatible with the camera as well using an optional adapter. Resolution: Sensor Type / Size: File Formats: Movies: Audio: Dust Reduction System Noise Reduction Memory Card Type

ISO Sensitivity Shutter Type: Exposure Modes

24.3 Megapixels CMOS, 23.5 x 15.6 mm Still Images: JPEG, RAW MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 AAC Y Yes Memory Stick PRO HG-Duo Memory Stick Pro Duo SD SDHC SDXC 100-16000 Electronic Speed: 30 - 1/4000 sec Modes: Aperture Priority, Auto, Manual, Program, Shutter Priority Compensation: -5 EV to +5 EV (in 0.33 EV steps)

There’s a choice of interchangeable E-mount lenses by Sony to realise the full creative potential of α NEX ultra-compact digital cameras. Travel light with the slim, low-profile 16mm F2.8 pancake lens. Get closer to the action with compact, beautifully styled zoom lenses featuring SteadyShot optical image stabilisation. Enjoy the creative possibilities of your A-mount DSLR lens collection with the LA-EA1 lens mount adaptor.

E16mm F2.8 Super-thin ‘pancake’-style wide angle lens takes up less space in a coat pocket or bag Ideal for everyday shooting Built-in motor for quiet AF Optical performance optimised for NEX-5/NEX-3 Compatible with optional ultra-wide angle and fisheye conversion adaptors

E18-55mm F3.5-5.6 Standard zoom lens, ideal for family portraits and general shooting Built-in motor for quiet AF Optical performance optimised for NEX-5/NEX-3 Optical SteadyShot reduces effects of camera shake for clearer handheld pictures

E18-200mm F3.5-6.3 Telephoto zoom lens, ideal for travel Powerful 11x magnification range Built-in motor for quiet AF Optical performance optimised for NEX-5/NEX-3 Optical SteadyShot reduces effects of camera shake for clearer handheld pictures

104

105

Lenses

HC lenses

Hasselblad has produced the best medium format cameras in the world for over fifty years now. We have been able to reach and maintain this high standard thanks to the meticulous attention to detail we apply to each and every Hasselblad product. Attention that is focused on ensuring the highest possible quality. And when we say attention to detail, we mean to all .details, from start to finish, covering all aspects of design and production Just as with all previous Hasselblad products, when designing the HC lenses, we have utilized the knowledge we have gained over the years by working with the world’s top lens manufacturers, such as Carl Zeiss, Fuji, Kodak, Rodenstock and Schneider. The result is the best lens line available .to photographers today

HC Macro 4/120-II Focal length 118.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36x48 format 135.0 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 73.5 mm Aperture range 4 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 33°/26°/21° Length/diameter 166 mm/96 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 67 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.39 m Maximum image scale 1:1 Corresponding area of coverage 56 x 41.5 mm Corresponding exposure reduction 1.3 f-stop

HC 3.5/50-II Focal length 50.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36×48 format 57.6 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 31.4 mm Aperture range 3.5 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 70°/59°/46° Length/diameter 116 mm/85 mm Weight 975 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.6 m Maximum image scale 1:8.8 Corresponding area of coverage 49 × 37 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 3.5/35 Focal length 35.8 mm Aperture range Angle of view diag/hor/vert 89°/78°/63° Length/diameter mm/100 mm Weight Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film Maximum image scale Corresponding area of coverage Corresponding exposure reduction

3.5 - 32 124 975 g 0.50 m 1:9.6 54 x 40 cm 0 f-stop

HC 4.0-5.6/35-90 Aspherical Focal length 36,3 (87) mm Aperture range 4,0 (5,6) 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 83°/70°/55° (39°/31°/24°) Length/diameter 167 mm/102,5 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to image plane 0.65 m Maximum image scale 1:13 (1:5,4) Corresponding area of coverage 64 x 48 (26 x 20) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

106

HC 2.2/100 Focal length 100.0 mm Aperture range Angle of view diag/hor/vert 38°/31°/24° Length/diameter mm/87.5 mm Weight Filter diameter Minimum distance object to film Maximum image scale Corresponding area of coverage Corresponding exposure reduction

2.2 - 32 80.5 780 g 77 mm 0.90 m 1:7.2 39 x 29 cm 0.4 f-stop

HC Macro 4/120 Focal length 118.7 mm Aperture range Angle of view diag/hor/vert 33°/26°/21° Length/diameter mm/96 mm Weight Filter diameter Minimum distance object to film Maximum image scale Corresponding area of coverage mm Corresponding exposure reduction

4 - 45 166 1410 g 67 mm 0.39 m 1:1 56 x 41.5 1.3 f-stop

HCD 4/28 Focal length 28.9 mm Aperture range 4 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 95°/83°/66° Length/diameter 102 mm/100 mm Weight 850 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.35 m Maximum image scale 1:7.3 Corresponding area of coverage 36 x 27 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 3.2/150N Focal length 150.2 mm Aperture range Angle of view diag/hor/vert 26°/21°/16° Length/diameter mm/86 mm Weight Filter diameter Minimum distance object to film Maximum image scale Corresponding area of coverage cm Corresponding exposure reduction

3.2 - 45 124 970 g 77 mm 1.30 m 1:6.8 38 x 28 0 f-stop

HC 4/210

Focal length 211.1 mm Aperture range Angle of view diag/hor/vert 19°/15°/11° Length/diameter mm/85 mm Weight Filter diameter Minimum distance object to film Maximum image scale Corresponding area of coverage cm Corresponding exposure reduction

4 - 45 165 1320 g 77 mm 1.8 m 1:7.0 39 x 29 0 f-stop

105

Lenses

HC 2.8/80 Focal length 82.3 mm Aperture range Angle of view diag/hor/vert 46°/38°/29° Length/diameter mm/84 mm Weight Filter diameter Minimum distance object to film Maximum image scale Corresponding area of coverage cm Corresponding exposure reduction f-stop

2.8 - 32 70 475 g 67 mm 0.70 m 1:6.5 36 x 27

H 13mm H 26mm H 52mm

0.3

HC 4.5/300 Focal length 292.0 mm Aperture range Angle of view diag/hor/vert 13°/11°/8° Length/diameter mm/100 mm w. tripod mount mm/139 mm Weight Filter diameter Minimum distance object to film Maximum image scale Corresponding area of coverage cm Corresponding exposure reduction

4.5 - 45 198 198

0 f-stop

HC 3.5-4.5/50-110

Focal length conversion factor 1.7x Aperture reduction -1.5 stops Length/diameter 56 mm/85 mm Weight 465 g

106

EXTENSION TUBES & CONVERTER

2120 g 95 mm 2.45 m 1:7.5 41 x 31

Focal length 51.5 (108.3) mm Aperture range 3.5 (4.5) - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 69°/58°/46° (35°/29°/22°) Length/diameter 1 52 mm/103 mm Weight 1650 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.70 m Maximum image scale 1:10.8 (1:5.2) Corresponding area of coverage 60 x 45 (29 x 21) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

H 1.7X Converter

These fully-automatic extension tubes provide a practical and economical solution for close-up requirements. Can be used together in any combination and together with a converter. Complete data for all lens / extension tube combinations regarding magnification, exposure reduction, area of coverage etc. available.

CF Lens Adapter

The Hasselblad H System CF Lens Adapter allows the use of all C-type lenses from the V-system on H cameras. Integral processors for data conversion bridge the two systems to access a number of the H-display and lenscontrol functions. The adapter allows: • light metering at full aperture. • electronic focus confirmation on viewfinder display. exploitation of databus connection with CFE lenses. access to shutter speeds (manually set on lens) from 1s-1/500s including B and T mode.

107

Lens Adaptor

Lenses

HTS 1.5 The revolutionary HTS 1.5 is a tilt and shift adapter provides a powerful new focusing and creative tool that can help you take your photographic expression to entirely new levels.

With the new HTS 1.5, Hasselblad users can use tilt and shift functionality both to correct images and to bring a new creative perspective to their work. The powerful combination of tilt, shift and Hasselblad’s DAC lens corrections will lift both your creative vision and the technical and creative aspects of your work. Designed for the HCD28mm, HC35mm, HC50mm, HC80mm and the HC100mm lenses the HTS 1.5 adds, in effect, five different “tilt and shift lenses” to the Hasselblad HC/HCD lens range.

Technical

This combination of well-known ocular principles and the latest in digital image control provides a powerful package that can take your photographic expression to entirely new levels. This simple device doesn’t just solve technical challenges, it also opens many exciting creative opportunities.

108

Compatible with all H system cameras Compatible lenses: HCD 28, HC 35, HC 50, HC80 and HC 100 Focus range: close range to infinity Focal length conversion factor: 1.5x Aperture reduction: -1.3 Stops Width/Height/Depth: 140/146/77 mm Weight: 750g Shift range: +/- 18mm Tilt range: +/- 10 degrees Rotation: +/- 90 degrees Optical design: 6 elements in 5 groups

107

Lenses

Planar T* 1,4/50

Planar T* 1,4/85

The Brilliant Glimpse

The Concentrated View

The Planar T* 1,4/50 is designed for medium and longer distances and provides high-performance wide open, which only improves as the lens is stopped down. The lens construction controls flare and ghosting artifacts, resulting in a brilliant image with excellent contrast and natural color rendition. Specification: Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 (1/2 steps) Focusing range 0,45 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 7/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 24 x 16 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 66 mm, length 69 mm Weight 350 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) / EF Mount (ZE) / K Mount (ZK) M42 Screw Mount (ZS)

Specification: Focal length 85 mm Aperture range f/1,4 – f/16 (1/2 steps) Focusing range 1 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 6/5 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 29°/24°/16° Coverage at close range 36 x 24 cm Filter thread M 72 x 0.75 Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) / EF Mount (ZE) / K Mount (ZK)

Makro-Planar T* 2/50

Makro-Planar T* 2/100

The Universal High-speed Macro

The Selective Macro Superstar

Specification: Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 (1/2 steps) Focusing range 0.24 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 8/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at close range 1:2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 72 mm, length 88 mm Weight 530 g Camera mounts EF Mount (ZE) / F Mount (ZF.2) / K Mount (ZK)

Specification: Focal length 100 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 (1/2 steps) Focusing range 0.44 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 9/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 25°/21°/14° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at close range: 1:2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 76 mm, length 113 mm Weight 680 g Camera mounts EF Mount (ZE) / F Mount (ZF.2) / K Mount (ZK)

This macro lens provides a normal perspective and allows for close focusing down to 1: 2. The Makro-Planar T* 2/50 uses a new lens design which incorporates floating elements to ensure high performance across a wide focusing range. As a result, the lens can be used for non-macro applications and becomes a versatile ‘standard’ lens when used with a full frame camera. The fast f/2 aperture and distortion-free performance enables wide-open photography with a short depth-of-field without compromising the image quality.

108

The Planar T* 1,4/85 is optimized for medium to longer distances and provides distortion-free performance, which only improves as the lens is stopped down. The fast f/1.4 aperture is very useful for creatively controlling the depth of field and the nearly circular diaphragm creates a pleasing ‘bokeh’ in the out-of-focus areas.

The Makro-Planar T* 2/100 features a completely new optical design which incorporates fl oating lens elements to ensure distortionfree, maximum imaging performance throughout the focusing range. As a result, this lens is well-suited for macro photography and is also a superb portrait lens. An extremely wide and smooth focusing rotation provides superior control and the fast f/2.0 aperture allows for a short depth of fi eld to draw attention to the subject.

109

Lenses

Distagon T* 3,5 / 18 Focusing on the perfect moment The Distagon T* 3,5 / 18 offers excellent image performance over the entire image field. The precision floating elements design offers constant high performance over the entire distance range from 0.3 m (0.98 ft) to infinity. Optimum reflection absorption combined with the Carl Zeiss T* anti-reflex coating allow for brilliant pictures even under difficult lighting conditions.

Specification: Focal length 18 mm Aperture range f/3.5 – f/22 (1/2 steps) Focusing range 0.3 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 13/11 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 99°/90°/67° Coverage at close range 44 x 29 cm Filter thread M 82 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 87 mm, length 84 mm Weight 470 g (ZF, TK); 510 g (ZE) Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) / EF Mount (ZE) / K Mount (ZK)

The new horizon

The Distagon T * 2,8 / 21 provides brilliant results under all lighting conditions. With a close focusing of only 0.22 m (0.72 ft) it is as attractive for landscape photography as for subjects with dramatic perspectives. The Distagon T * 2,8 / 21 with F bayonet (ZF), EF bayonet (ZE) and K bayonet (ZK) is suitable for analog or digital full-frame SLR cameras.

Distagon T* 2/28 The Famous High-speed Artist The modern Distagon T* 2/28 has been optimized with current, higher performing and eco-friendly glass and incorporates a floating lens element design to optimize image quality across the entire focusing range. A compact lens for its speed, the fast f/2 aperture allows for hand-held photography under diffi cult lighting conditions and is well-suited for landscape, nature and commercial photography.

110

Distagon T* 2,8/25 The Legendary Wide-angle Lens with Close-focus Capability The Distagon T* 2,8/25 is a recalculation of this design for use with modern SLRs and DSLRs using either full-frame or smaller sensors. The close-focus capability increases the versatility of this lens, providing a wider perspective than the usual macro focal lengths. Combined with a digital SLR with a 1.5 crop factor, the lens has an effective focal length of 38 mm and becomes a moderate wide-angle lens.

Distagon T * 2,8 / 21

Specification: Focal length Aperture range Focusing range Number of elements/groups Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. Coverage at close range Filter thread Dimensions (with caps) Weight

Specification: Focal length 28 mm Aperture range f/2 – f/22 Focusing range 0.24 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 10/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 74°/65°/45° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0,75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64 mm, length 93 mm Weight 520 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) / EF Mount (ZE) / K Mount (ZK)

21 mm f/2.8 – f/22 (1/2 steps) 0.22 m – infinity 16/13 90°/81°/59° 18 x 12 cm M 82 x 0.75 ø 87 mm, length 109 mm 600 g

Specification: Focal length Aperture range Focusing range Number of elements/groups Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. Coverage at close range Filter thread Dimensions (with caps) Weight

25 mm f/2.8 – f/22 (1/2 steps) 0.17 m – infinity 10/8 80°/70°/50° 83 x 55 mm M 58 x 0,75 ø 64 mm, length 90 mm 480 g

Distagon T* 2/35 The Versatile Reporter The Distagon T* 2/35 is designed to provide very high image quality over a wide range of apertures and focusing ranges. The fast f/2 aperture enables hand-held photography under difficult lighting conditions and the short focus rotation is well-suited for fast action photography. Specification: Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 (1/2 steps) Focusing range 0,3 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 9/7 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 62°/53°/37° Coverage at close range 19 x 13 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64 mm, length 97 mm Weight 530 g Camera mounts EF Mount (ZE) / F Mount (ZF.2) / K Mount (ZK) M42 Screw Mount (ZS)

109

Lenses

AT-X 124 AF PRO DX Mount availability: Canon and Nikon Digital Only* Recommended Sensor size: APS-C Sized (23.7 X15.6mm) CCD or CMOS sensor (w/1.5-1.6x magnification factor) Zoom Range: 12-24mm Maximum Aperture: F/4 Minimum Aperture: F/22 Optical Construction: 13 Elements / 11Groups Coatings: Multi-layer Coatings Zooming System: Rotary-type Minimum Focus Distance: 11.8 in. (30cm) Macro Ratio: 1:8 Number of Diaphragm Blades: 9 Filter Size: 77mm Dimensions: 3.3 in. (84mm) X 3.5 in. (89.5mm) Weight: 20.1 oz. (570g) Included Accessories: BH-777 Dedicated Lens Hood Optional Accessories: Fitted Case Suggested List Price: $899.00 *Will not give full coverage on 35mm SLR cameras.

AT-X 107 DX Mount availability: Canon EOS, Nikon-D, Focal length: 10 to 17mm Maximum aperture: f/3.5-4.5 Minimum aperture: f/22 Optical construction: 10 elements in 8 groups SD glass: One elements Coatings: Multi-layer Angle of view: 180° to 100° Minimum focus distance: 5.5 in. (14 cm) Reproduction ratio: 1:2.56 Zooming system: Rotary type Number of diaphragm blades: 6 Filter size: N/A Maximum outer diameter: 2.75 in. (70mm) Dimensions: 2.75 in. (70mm) X L 2.79 in. (71.1mm) Weight: 12.3 oz. (350g) Lens Hood Built-in

108

AT-X 16.5-135 DX Mount availability: Canon EOS, Nikon-DX Focal length: 16.5 - 135mm Maximum aperture: f/3.5-5.6 Minimum aperture: f/22 Optical construction: 15 elements in 9 groups SD glass: One elements Coatings: Multi-layer coating Angle of view: 82° ~ 12° Minimum focus distance: 19.7 in. (0.5m) Macro Ratio: 1:5.43 Zooming system: Rotary type Number of diaphragm blades: 9 Filter size: 77mm Dimensions: 3.46 in. (84mm) X L 3.1 in. (78mm) Weight: 21.5 oz. (610g) Lens Hood BH-777 Star bayonet hood

AT-X 124 PRO DX II Focal length: 12-24mm Maximum Aperture: F/4 Minimum Aperture: F/22 Optical Construction: 13 Elements / 11Groups Coatings: Multi-layer Coatings Angle of view: 99 _ - 61° Minimum Focus Distance: 11.8 in. (30cm) Macro Ratio: 1:8 Zoom system: Rotary type zoom Aperture blades 9 Filter Size: 77mm Lens diameter: 3.46 in. (84mm) Total length: 3.5 in. (89.5mm) Weight: 19.0 oz. (540g) Included Accessories: BH-777 Star bayonet hood Mount availability: Nikon digital/CANON digital*

111

Lenses

AT-X M35 PRO DX AT-X 100 PRO D Mount availability: Canon and Nikon Zoom Range: Maximum Aperture: Minimum Aperture: Optical Construction:

100mm F/2.8 F/32 9 Elements / 8Groups Minimum Focus Distance: 11.8 in. (30cm) Macro Ratio: 1:1 Focus Limiter 1.28 to infinity Number of Diaphragm Blades: 9 Filter Size: 55mm Dimensions: 2.9 in. (73mm) X L 3.74 in. (95.1mm) Weight: 19.0 oz. (540g) Included Accessories: Dedicated Lens Hood

Mount availability: Canon EOS, Nikon-D, Focal length: 80 to 400mm Maximum aperture: f/4.5-5.6 Minimum aperture: f/32 Optical construction: 16 elements in 10 groups SD glass: One elements Coatings: Multi-layer Angle of view: 29° 50’ to 6°13’ Minimum focus distance: 2.5m (8.2 ft.) Reproduction ratio: 1: 5.4 Zooming system: Rotary type Number of diaphragm blades: 8 Filter size: 72mm Maximum outer diameter: 77.2mm (3.0in.) Dimensions: 3.1 in. (79mm) X 136.5 mm (5.4in.) Weight: 1020 g (35.9 oz..) Lens Hood BH-725

AT-X 165 PRO DX Mount availability: Canon EOS, Nikon-D Focal length: Maximum aperture: Minimum aperture: Optical construction:

16 to 50mm f/2.8 f/22 15 elements in 12 groups One elements “Water Repellent" optical

SD glass: Coatings: coating Angle of view: 82° ~ 31° Minimum focus distance: 11.8 in. (30cm) Macro Ratio: 1:4.88 Zooming system: Rotary type Number of diaphragm blades: 9 Filter size: 77mm Dimensions: 3.3 in. (84mm) X L 3.8 in. (97.4mm) Weight: 21.5 oz. (610g) Lens Hood BH-777 * The lens is designed for Digital cameras with APS-C sized CMOS and CCD sensors, not designed for cameras with Full Frame sensors.

AT-X116 PRO DX Mount availability: Canon and Nikon APS-C Focal length: 11 - 16mm Maximum aperture: f/2.8 Minimum aperture: f/22 Optical construction: 13 elements in 11 groups. Coatings: Multi-layer Angle of view: 104°~82° Minimum focus distance: 0.3m Reproduction Ratio: 1:11.6 Focusing Mode: Internal Focusing Zoom Mode: Rotary Zoom No. Aperture blades: 9 Filter Size: 77mm Lens length : 89.2mm Lens Hood: BH-777 Weight: 560g Accessories: Flower design Bayonet lens hood (BH77A) * The lens is designed for Digital cameras with APS-C sized CMOS and CCD sensors, not designed for cameras with Full Frame sensors. ** Please note, the Tokina AT-X 116 PRO DX lens itself is not waterproof or water resistant.

108 112

ATX-16-28 PRO FX Focal length: 16-28mm Maximum Aperture F2.8 Maximum aperture: f/2.8 Construction E/G 15 Elements in 13 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 107.11"-76.87° Minimum Focus Dist 1:5.26 Reproduction Ratio 107.11"-76.87° Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Zoom Mode Rotary Zoom Filter Size None Lens Width 3.54 in. (90.0mm) Lens Length 5.25 in. (133.3mm) Weight 33.51 oz. (950g) Accessories None Mounts Canon, Nikon with Full Frame FX sized sensors The lens is designed for digital cameras with full frame (FX= 24mmX36mm) sized CMOS and CCD sensors. It can be used on digital cameras with APS-C (DX) sizes sensors as well

AT-X 840 AF D Mount availability: Canon EOS, Nikon-D, Focal length: Maximum aperture: Minimum aperture: Optical construction: in 10 groups SD glass: Coatings: Angle of view:

80 to 400mm f/4.5-5.6 f/32 16 elements

One elements Multi-layer 29° 50’ to 6°13’ Minimum focus distance: 2.5m (8.2 ft.) Reproduction ratio: 1: 5.4 Zooming system: Rotary type Number of diaphragm blades: 8 Filter size: 72mm Maximum outer diameter: 77.2mm (3.0in.) Dimensions: 3.1 in. (79mm) X 136.5 mm (5.4in.) Weight: 1020 g (35.9 oz..) Lens Hood BH-725

Studio Lighting

D1 Air

The new Profoto compact Our 40 years of experience in developing state-of-the-art flash units is built in to the design of the the new D1 Air. The Profoto D1 Air is available in 250, 500 and 1000 Ws versions. The Profoto D1 Air is fully digital, not just on the display panel, but in the flash output control circuitry as well. This to ensure a consistency in flash-to-flash color temperature and flash energy. The dual mode SMPS capacitor charging technology ensures the flash-to-flash precision which is essential for today’s photographer. Short flash duration gives images a crisp feel and the fast recycling time means that you never have to wait for the flash. You will always get the image quality you want. All this in a package that offers 1/10 f-stop control, giving you the confidence that the images will be exactly as you want them. The new Profoto Air system enables you to remote control and trigger your flash from as much as 300 meters (1000ft) and replaces the sync cable. Connect the D1 to the new Profoto Air USB, for PC and Mac and gain full control of your entire studio flash system via wireless communication.

Remote control and sync without cables Now it’s easy to shape and control your light from as far away as 300 m (1000 ft). Our new digital radio system, Profoto Air Remote, is built in to 250 Air, 500 Air and 1000 Air. Complete flash control at your camera, in your hand or from your computer, including flash power and modeling light control. Control an unlimited number of Profoto D1 Air units, generators and heads on eight channels. Profoto Air devices deliver sync signals with a very short delay, just 375µs in fast mode, letting you use the camera’s fastest flash sync speed. Connects to your camera with either a hot shoe or a cable.

Super performance in a small package Specification Energy (Ws/J) Power range f-stop Ws Power range Power increments Flash duration t0,5 Recycling 230 V (s) Recycling 120 V (s) Colour temperature, Kelvin Energy precision (flash-to-flash) f-stop Light spread with built-in reflector (degree) Multivoltage Modeling lamp Modeling lamp function Measurements Weight (kg/lbs) Dimensions mm (length & diameter) Dimensions inch (length & diameter) Synchronization and control Wireless sync Wireless Remote Control Wireless Radio Range Syncronization mode Miscellaneous Digital Display Fan Cooled

110

Profoto D1 1000 Air 1000 7 15.6–1000 1/1–1/64 1/10 1/700–1/1800 0.2–2.0 0.2–2.0 5600 ± 0.05 77 Yes 120/300 Off / Prop / Free dim 2.94/6.48 300x130 (170 incl. Stand adapter) 11.8x5.12 (6.69 incl. Stand adapter) Yes, Profoto Air Yes, Profoto Air Up to 300 m Cable / IR / Air Yes, f-stop Yes, Temperature Controled

90 10 52: D1 studio kit 500/500 2 d1 500 + 1 sync cable 90 10 53: d1 studio kit 500/500 air 2 D1 500 air + 1 profoto Air remote 90 10 54 D1 studio kit 1000/1000 air 2 D1 1000 Air + 1 Profoto Air remote Also include: 2 smaall, white umbrellas 1D kit case 2 D1 Stands

Profoto Air Sync Syncs flash generators or groups of Profoto D1 Air with the same high performance as Profoto Air Remote. The Profoto Air Sync provides a simple solution when you do not need to control the power of your flash and only need to trigger it with your camera.

Profoto Air Remote Our specially designed digital radio system. Complete flash control at your camera or in your hand, including trigger, flash energy control and modeling light control. Specification Energy (Ws/J) Power range f-stop Ws Power range Power increments Flash duration t0,5 Recycling 230 V (s) Recycling 120 V (s) Colour temperature, Kelvin Energy precision (flash-to-flash) f-stop Light spread with built-in reflector (degree) Multivoltage Modeling lamp Modeling lamp function Measurements Weight (kg/lbs) Dimensions mm (length & diameter) Dimensions inch (length & diameter) Synchronization and control Wireless sync Wireless Remote Control Wireless Radio Range Syncronization mode Miscellaneous Digital Display Fan Cooled

Profoto D1 500 Air* 500 7 7.8–500 1/1–1/64 1/10 1/1000–1/2600 0.2–0.95 0.2–0.95 5600 ± 0.05 77 Yes 120/300 Off / Prop / Free dim 2.43/5.36 300x130 (170 incl. Stand adapter) 11.8x5.12 (6.69 incl. Stand adapter) Yes, Profoto Air Yes, Profoto Air Up to 300 m Cable / IR / Air Yes, f-stop Yes, Temperature Controled

113

Studio Lighting

AcuteB2 600 AirS Profoto BatPac - Portable Power Source

A safe, reliable and flexible battery/inverter to power Profoto D1, ComPact monolights or Acute2 generators on location. Recommended for: Portrait & wedding photography - Industry/interior photography Editorial photography Product Advantages & User Benefits: Safe and reliable Especially developed to power advanced flash equipment like Profoto D1 monolights, guarantees proper function and eliminates the risk to damage the flashes. Versatile Works with Profoto D1, ComPact and Acute2 flash equipment. But can be used for other electrical devices like chargers, wind machines, refrigerator boxes and constant light sources as well. High power One BatPac can drive up to 4 Profoto D1 (250Ws, 500Ws and 1000Ws), 2 Profoto ComPact (300Ws, 600Ws and 1200Ws) monolights or one Profoto Acute2 (1200Ws or 2400Ws) generator. High capacity Integrated heavy duty battery delivers up to 300 flashes with D1 1000Ws, 600 flashes with D1 500Ws, 1200 flashes with D1 250Ws etc. Integrated protective circuits The BatPac is protected against overcharge, short circuit, high temperature and low input voltage. A ground fault circuit interrupter protects the user and all connected devices. Handy & transportable

Acute2 1200 - Small - Light weight - Short flash duration - Fast recycling - Adjustable modeling light - Asymmetric - Energy controlled over 6 f-stops

Acute2 1200R - Small - Light weight - short flash duration - Fast recycling - Adjustable modeling light - Asymmetric - Energy controlled over 6 f-stops - Built-in radio with 32 channel / 4 zone for remote operation

114

• Lithium Ion Iron Phosphate battery, state of the art battery technology. • Small and Lightweight, only 3,6 kg including LiFe battery and generator. • No of flashes/ Extended battery capacity, up to 200 flashes at full power • Maximum power on a fully charged battery. / • Extreme long lifetime, up to 4 times longer battery lifetime. •Licensed to travel, tested and certified according to UN manual of Test & Criteria, Part III, Sub-section 38,3 • World Wide use with automatic, multivoltage charger and Profoto AirS. / • Recycling time, 0.08 - 2.0 s / • Short f ash duration, 1/6800 - 1/1000 s. / • Built in Profoto AirS, radio sync system, for triggering from up to 300 m and no external antenna. / • AirS works with the shortest flash sync times. / • Wide power range of 7 f-stop, 9 – 600 Ws. / • Easy to use.

Acute2 2400R - Small - Light weight - Short flash duration - Fast recycling - Adjustable modeling light - Asymmetric - Energy controlled over 6 f-stops - Built-in radio with 32 channel / 4 zone for remote operation

Pro-8a 2400 Air A workhorse with digital precision - Sensational fast recycling time 0.05–0.9 sec for Pro-8a 2400 - Up to 20 flashes per second - Ultra short flash duration 1/12.000 s - 10 f-stop power range- Extremely high color stability, ± 50° K over energy range 5.0 – 10.0 - Energy stability ± 1/50 f-stop flash-to-flash - Wireless sync and control of your flashes with the Profoto Air system - Automatic self seeking multi-voltage world wide / - Designed for usage directly with petrol generator / Compatible with all current ProHeads / - Improved modeling light output / - PiPE (Pre ignition Plasma Establishing)

Pro-8a 1200 Air A workhorse with digital precision - Sensational fast recycling time 0.05–0.9 sec for Pro-8a 2400 - Up to 20 flashes per second - Ultra short flash duration 1/12.000 s - 9 f-stop power range - Extremely high color stability, ± 50° K over energy range 5.0 – 10.0 - Energy stability ± 1/50 f-stop flash-toflash - Wireless sync and control of your flashes with the Profoto Air system - Automatic self seeking multi-voltage world wide / - Designed for usage directly with petrol generator / Compatible with all current ProHeads / - Improved modeling light output / - PiPE (Pre ignition Plasma Establishing)

111

Studio Lighting

Pro-7A 1200 - super-fast recycling time from 0.08–0.7 s - ultra-short flash durations from 1/2200–1/12000 s / - consistent color temperature and exposure level at all power settings / - color temperature control over 400 degrees K in 50 K steps / - 6 f-stop range in 1/3 and 1/6 step increments with two ergonomic dial controls / - auto bracketing in 1/3, 1/2 or 2/3 steps / - heavy duty, ergonomic design / Profoto special non-arching lamphead safety connectors / - auto-diagnostic start-up circuitry / - self seeking auto multi-voltage with all AC voltages between 90–260 V, 50–60 Hz - symmetrical/asymmetrical light distribution to three lamphead outlets - switchable acoustic signal “beeps” when unit is fully recycled - built-in photocell slave sync

D4 4800 Air 4 Air - exceptional precision and versatility Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Features: Four individually controlled full asymmetric adjustable lamp sockets 8 f-stops power range for precise control in 1/10 f-stop increments Unique ergonomic design Highest power stability from flash-to-flash; no f-stop shifts Constant colour temperature flash-to-flash and over the entire power range Extensive range of light-shaping tools and accessories Built-in Air module for full radio remote and sync

Pro-7A 2400 - super-fast recycling time from 0.12–1.4 s - ultra-short flash durations from 1/1600–1/8000 s / - consistent color temperature and exposure level at all power settings / - color temperature control over 400 degrees K in 50 K steps / - 6 stop range in 1/3 and 1/6 step increments with two ergonomic dial controls / - auto bracketing in 1/3, 1/2 or 2/3 steps / - heavy duty, ergonomic design / Profoto special non-arching lamphead safety connectors / auto-diagnostic start-up circuitry / - self seeking auto multi-voltage with all AC voltages between 90–260 V, 50–60 Hz / - symmetrical/asymmetrical light distribution to three lamphead outlets / - switchable acoustic signal “beeps” when unit is fully recycled / - built-in photocell slave sync

Pro-B3 1200 AirS • Fast recycling times: 0.06-1.8 s • Short ?ash duration: 1/2200-1/7400 s with standard Pro-B head and ProHead • High capacity: 300 flashes at full power and more than 30.000 flashes at lowest power / • Low weight: Just 8,8 kg (19 lb) incl. battery / • Compact and handy: (w) 17 x (d) 24 x (h) 28 cm (6.7x9.4x11 in) incl. handle / • Wide power range: 8 f-stops (1200-9 Ws) • Integrated radio sync: Profoto AirS module with up to 300 m operating range, sync times down to 1/1500 s. The antenna is integrated in the module / • Long battery life: Advanced LiFe battery with 1200 charge cycles / • Improved lamp sockets: Safe and secure connection, allowing “hot-plugging” / • Bright model light: 250 W model light with standard Pro-Head’s even in battery operation

112

D4 2400 Air D4 Air - exceptional precision and versatility Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Features: Four individually controlled full asymmetric adjustable lamp sockets 8 f-stops power range for precise control in 1/10 f-stop increments Unique ergonomic design Highest power stability from flash-to-flash; no f-stop shifts Constant colour temperature flash-to-flash and over the entire power range Extensive range of light-shaping tools and accessories Built-in Air module for full radio remote and sync

D4 1200 Air D4 Air - exceptional precision and versatility Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Features: Four individually controlled full asymmetric adjustable lamp sockets 8 f-stops power range for precise control in 1/10 f-stop increments Unique ergonomic design Highest power stability from flash-to-flash; no f-stop shifts Constant colour temperature flash-to-flash and over the entire power range Extensive range of light-shaping tools and accessories Built-in Air module for full radio remote and sync

115

Studio Lighting

Continuous Light with light shaping tools

Light Shaping Tools

ProTungsten Air Glass covers

Acute/D4 Twin 501-202

Acute/D4Head 501-210

Snoot 505-529 Acute/D4 Ring 505-203

ProRing 701-103

ProDaylight Air

Pro-B Head 701-105 Nar Tra

ProHead 701-110

Narrow Beam row Beam Reﬂector vel Reﬂector 505-505

505-515

ProTungsten Magnum Reﬂector 505-504

TeleZoom Reﬂector 505-514

Cine Reflector

ProTwin 701-111

116

Standard Zoom Reﬂector 505-503

StickLight 501-214

Wide Zoom Reﬂector 505-513

Grid Reﬂector Disc Reﬂector 505-501 505-502

ProGlobe 505-508

113

Light Shaping system

Light Shaping system Softlight Reﬂector white 505-507

10˚ WideZoom grid Filter Holder 505-581 505-522

5°, 10°, 20° Grids 526,505-527, 505-528

Barn Doors 505-521

Grid - and ﬁlter holder 505-523

10° Grid 505-531

´Giant Reflector 505-411, 8´ Giant Reflector 505-409 ´Giant Reflector 505-410, 7 Diffusors available (-1/3 and 1 f-stop)

Softlight Reﬂector silver 505-506

Hardbox 505-720

Grid for softlight Reﬂectors 505-541

Still Light XL 60x80 501-218 Still Light XXL 80x120 501-219

Pro Tube 505-532

Barn Doors for FresnelSpot 506-741

Barn Doors 505-533

StripLights L 75”– 505-213 S 28”– 501-211, M 51”– 501-212,

PR Softlight Reflector 505-511 PR Close-Up Reflector 505-512 PR WideSoft Reflector 505-516

MultiSpot – 501-215 Barn Doors – 506-731 Clear Fresnel lens – 506-732 Iris Diaphragm – 506-735 85 mm Lens – 506-733

ProBox 20x30cm 505-510

FresnelSpot 501-217

Softbox 1x3´RF (30x90cm) 505-710

Softbox 1x4´RF (30x120cm) 505-704

Softbox 1x6´RF (30x180cm) 505-709

Softbox 2x2´RF (60x60cm) 505-701

Softbox 2x3´RF (60x90cm) 505-702

Softbox 3x4´RF (90x120cm) 505-703

Softbox 4x6´RF (120x180cm) 505-708

Softbox 5´Octa (150cm) 505-706

ZoomSpot 501-216 White Umbrella 505-601 – S 505-602 – M 505-606 – L Silver Umbrella 505-605 – M 505-607 – L Translucent Umbrella 505-603 – S 505-604– M

114

117

Light Shaping system

SS-200T & SS-300T Light Kit Photographers can use this studio flash both for film and digital purposes. This studio flash can be adjusted between full-power and 1/8th. The small size and user-friendly is its main advantage. Also, it is equipped with audio and LED for indicating the recycle readiness. This is a perfect light source for passport portrait, family portrait. DC6V triggering ensures the harmlessness to your other equipments like camera and light meter. Built- in IR-photocell makes up another characteristic for this studio flash unit.

CA-7A / CA-6B

FLEX-MOUNT ON FLASH GUN The CA adaptor CA-3 is designed to use with falconeyes line of diffuser kit with camera flashlight based on following model: Model Number

Size (mm)

CA-6

55*83

CA-7

73*44

Compatible Flash NIKON SB900 W/ COLOUR FILTER (CANON 580EX/550EX/580EX II, FalconEyes 3600P, Bower SFD35, Cosmos D728AF, DS328AFZ, D35AF, Nikon SB24, 25, 26, Nissin Di622, Olympus G40, FL40, FL50, FL50R, Panasonic DMW-FL500, Phoenix DZBIS-112CII, Sigma EF430, EF500 DG ST, Sony F32X, HVL-F58AM Sunpak 444D, Vivitar DF340Z)

HS3-57P

TRI-SHOE FLASH GUN HOLDER, 1/4" FEMALE

FGA-K7 / K5

FLASH GUN ACCESSORIES KIT W/ BOX

TC-C

TTL OFF-CAMERA CORD FOR CANON

TC-N

TTL OFF-CAMERA CORD FOR NIKON

Kit Include: • • • • • • • • •

118

Mini Reflector Honey Comb Rectangular Softbox Set of Color Mask (6 Colors) Barndoor Conical Snoot Conical Snoot Honey Comb A Conical Snoot Honey Comb B Globe-Diffuser

115

Lightmeters

to 1/8000th-of-a-second (1-sec to 1/1000th for flash). For cinema applications frame-rates can be set from 2 to 360 frames-per-second. ISO range can be set from 3 to 8000 in third-stop increments - Up to 9 readings can be stored in memory for meter averaging and contrast evaluations in Aperture and Shutter priority modes

L-308DC

L-758DR DigitalMaster

The Sekonic L-308DC DigiCineMate is the perfect light meter for today's DSLR and digital practitioners. The intuitive LCD readout can be user-adjusted to display the specific functions needed for the task at hand. It reads incident light via the Lumisphere and Lumidisc. Slide the Lumisphere for reflected light readings. In Cine mode the meter reads out in lux or foot-candles as well as fps (frames per second) and shutter angles. In Photo mode the L-308DC displays shutter speeds, f/stops or EV at ISOs from 3 to 8000. Besides ambient readings the L-308DC can meter flash in incident or reflected mode with or without a sync cord. The versatility of today's cameras is expanding at an amazing rate. Digital SLR cameras are used to record moving images and digital video cameras are used to capture still frames for printing. Whether you are a DSLR videographer, cinematographer, still photographer or involved in any facet of image capture, the Sekonic L-308DC is the perfect meter for you.

Spot & Incident Light Readings Under Flash and/or Ambient Lighting Conditions Calibrated to match the Sensitivity of Your Camera's Imaging Sensor - Profiles the specific sensitivity levels of your camera's imaging sensor for exacting light readings.- Exposures accurate down to a tenth-of-a-stop in full-stop mode for both ambient and electronic flash light readings with a repeat accuracy of +/- 0.1 EV.- Built-in 1-degree spot meter features an adjustable diopter (-2.5 to 1.0d), and is threaded for 30.5mm filters and/or lens hood (a tethered lens cap is included). The L-758DR's head swivels 270-degrees allowing you to â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;walk the set' while maintaining constant visual contact with the meter's LCD display. Flash exposures can be taken with or without a tethered PC cord. - Up to 9 readings can be stored for meter averaging and contrast evaluations in aperture and shutter priority modes. - Mid-tone button allows you to shift the highlights or shadows to within the dynamic range of the profiled exposure reading.- For mixed lighting scenarios, the Sekonic L-758DR DigitalMaster displays the combined exposure values of both flash and ambient light sources, including the percentage of flash in total exposure in 10-percent increments.

L-758Cine DigitalMaster Specialized cine functions including: Shutter-angle settings from 1 to 10o in 1o increments, from 15o to 270o in 5o increments plus 12o,17o,22o,144o and 172o individual settings, cine speeds from 1 to 1000 fps, preset filter factor numbers and compensation values, analog aperture scale in 1/3 steps, 17 custom function settings, and the ability to read cd/m2 from 0.25-190,000, Footcandles from 0.10-180,000, Footlamberts from 0.07190,000, and Lux from 0.63-190,000. Super Sensitive Reflected Metering EV -2 to EV 22.9 (incident) and EV 1 to EV 24.4 (reflected) 1o Spot with Digital Display Rectangular 1o spot viewfinder with vivid display. Selectable Shutter Angles FL, FC, EV, LUX and cd/m2 Filter Compensation Retractable and Rotating Lumisphere

PRODIGI COLOR C-500

L-758Cine

L-358 FLASH MASTER User-friendly, affordable meter with advanced features and Optional Wireless Triggering triggering. - Exposures accurate down to a tenth-of-a-stop for both ambient and electronic flash light readings (in full-stop mode). Meter can also display shutter-speeds and apertures in half or third-stop increments to mirror the exposure settings on your cameraSekonic RT-32 Radio Transmitter Module installs easily, enabling wireless, Selective Quad Triggering of PocketWizardenabled electronic flash units up to 100' away - Swivel-mounted head (270-degrees) allows for uninterrupted visual contact with LCD screen from any reading angle - Incident readings of three-dimensional subjects are taken using the Lumisphere fully extended, and retract the Lumisphere for selective, narrower-field readings for flat-field objects such as artwork.- Dust-proof and splash-proof (JIS Standard Water Resistance Class 4). - At ISO 100, the EV measurement range is -2 to 22.9. Aperture ranges from f/1 to f/90.9 with a shutter-speed span of 60-seconds

116

The new Sekonic PRODIGI COLOR C-500 and C-500R is the world??s only photographic color meter designed to read spectral sensitivity of both color film and CCD and CMOS sensors used in modern digital still and DV cine cameras.Serious photographers and cinematographers know that good lighting and proper exposure are more important now than ever. With the higher demands of today??s digital medium, "garbage in" can mean hours of postproduction. They know that color is a critical factor when multiple light sources are involved. Changing reflectors, adding diffusion or adjusting power levels will result in a color temperature change that needs to be corrected. They know that taking the time to do it right is always a good investment because "perfect in" always looks better than an image that has been adjusted.Color Control Command CenterEasy, one-touch display. The world??s most comprehensive array of color/illumination information. The PRODIGI COLOR C-500 and C-500R put you in command of any color control situation.

RT-32

Radio Triggering Module RT-32 Sekonic RT-32 Radio Triggering Module RT-32 Radio Triggering Module RT-32 - The Radio Transmitter Module plugs directly into a built-in compartment behind the battery door. Compatible with both the L-358 and L-608 (also L-608CINE), the Transmitter module triggers the electronic flash units wirelessly as the meter takes a measurement. Channel ID's are easily selected through the meter's built-in software. (CH 1-16 Single Remote Triggering, CH 17-32 Remote control "Quad Triggering"), compatible with PocketWizard Digital Radio Slaves.

119

Transceiver

FlexTT5 Canon / NIKON The dedicated FlexTT5™ Transceiver, with its built in hot-shoe and ControlTL™ firmware, is the perfect addition to Canon E-TTL II flash systems. The FlexTT5 takes the existing benefits of Canon wireless systems beyond the boundaries of infrared technology. When paired with the Mini TT1™ Transmitter or another FlexTT5 Transceiver, a whole new world of

PLUS II Transceivers The world's first auto-sensing wireless transceiver. The PocketWizard Plus II transceiver system does more than cut the cord. The PocketWizard Plus II can wirelessly trigger lights and/or cameras within a range of 1600 feet of the transceiver. Utilizing advanced wireless technologies, four 16-bit, digitally-coded channels are available for selective firing of lights, or when working in ‘crowded’ environments. If speed is a concern, images can be captured at a rate of up to 12 frames-per-second, which outpaces most currently-available cameras, pro or otherwise. Ultra-fast microprocessors allow for top sync speeds of 1/250th-second for focal-plane shutters and 1/500th for leaf shutters.

MultiMAX Transceiver PocketWizard’s MultiMAX Transceiver contains many of the features found in the PocketWizard Plus II including advanced wireless transceiver technology, multi-channel switching, sustained 12 frames-per-second high-speed triggering, and a range of up to 1600’ between transceivers.For time-lapse imaging, MultiMAX’s trigger time control software includes an Intervalometer for recording timed sequences of up to 10,000 exposures over a time period of 100 hours. Multi-pop shooting - up to 10,000 exposures. Rear-curtain sync mode will capture ambient streaks of light at slow shutter speeds even for cameras that do not have this feature. Each PocketWizard MultiMAX features an easy-to-read, backlit LCD display for fast settings confirmation under any lighting condition. The SpeedCycler mode enables sequential triggering of up to 4 individual or sets of cameras or light sources for high speed sequential image capture from multiple camera positions as a method of further ‘reducing’ recycling times between exposures. The PocketWizard MultiMAX is compact, with a short, unobtrusive, rubberized antenna. The total height of the transceiver and antenna is less than 6.5”, and it weighs in at 6oz including the batteries.

MiniTT1-Canon / NIKON The New Shape of Wireless Freedom The smallest PocketWizard radio ever, the FCC/IC 340 - 354 MHz MiniTT1™ Transmitter locks onto the camera’s hot shoe supporting an on-camera flash with its own hot shoe while working with remote PocketWizard units. Remotes can be one or more PocketWizard FlexTT5™ Transceivers connected to Canon E-TTL II flashes or any PocketWizard Receiver for triggering flash or remote cameras.

120

wireless flash freedom opens up. The FlexTT5 is also the perfect Transceiver for your manual triggering needs and works with all MultiMAX channels and many of the MultiMAX advanced functions. The FlexTT5 has two channel configuration settings; C1 and C2. Each can be programmed as needed with up to 20 ControlTL channels for TTL photography, or 32 standard channels for manual flash photography. The FlexTT5 Transceiver also has a three-zone selector switch for ease of use with Canon zones and ratios.

AC3 ZoneController for Canon The AC3 ZoneController is the gem of the ControlTL™ product line. Add it to your on-camera MiniTT1™ Transmitter or FlexTT5™ Transceiver and you instantly have three zones of flash control. Whether working in E-TTL II or Manual mode, you now have control over all your flashes directly from the camera’s position. Put your flashes wherever you want, without worrying about having to access them during a shoot. With the AC3 ZoneController, you are in total control of your flash.

AC9 AlienBees Adapter Power Control for AlienBees and White Lightning Flashes The AC9 AlienBees Adapter paired with a FlexTT5™ Transceiver enables remote power control of AlienBees or White Lightning flash. With a MiniTT1™ Transmitter or FlexTT5™ Transceiver on your camera, you can now adjust the power settings on your AlienBees or White Lightning flashes from the camera’s position.

Power ST4 for Elinchrom RX Receiver Power Control for Elinchrom RX The PowerST4 Receiver enables remote power control of Elinchrom RX flashes using PocketWizard ControlTL technology. With a MiniTT1 Transmitter or FlexTT5 Transceiver on your camera and a PowerST4 plugged into your Elinchrom RX flash, you can now adjust the flash power settings directly from the camera position. Add the AC3 ZoneController and you can control three different zones of lights in 1/3-stop increments with up to a six-stop range. Utilize PocketWizard’s unique features such as HyperSync and Optimized Rear Curtain Sync for maximum control of your lighting.

117

Professional Photo Supports

MK294A3-A0RC2

MK394-H Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

Professional Photo Supports

7.72 lb (3.5 kg) 56.3" (143 cm) 49.61" (126 cm) 14.17" (36.0 cm) 20" (51 cm) 3.68 lb (1.67 kg)

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

190XPROB PRO ALU TRIPOD

MK394-PQ

Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

57.5" (146.0 cm) 48" (121.9 cm) 22.5" (57.0 cm) 11 lbs (5 kg) 4 lbs (1.8 kg)

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

57.5" (146cm) 48" (122cm) 22.8" (58cm) 11 lbs (5kg) 2.8 lbs (1.3kg)

MK394-H

11 lb (5 kg) 5.87' (1.79 m) 4.9' (1.5 m) 1.63' (49.7 cm) 2.29' (70 cm) 4.96 lb (2.25 kg)

7.72 lb (3.5 kg) 55.91" (144 cm) 49.61" (126 cm) 14.17" (36 cm) 20.08" (51 cm) 3.24 lb (1.47 kg)

190CXPRO3 190 MAG FIBER TRIPOD Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

MK394-H Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

118

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

7.72 lb (3.5 kg) 56.3" (143 cm) 49.61" (126 cm) 14.17" (36.0 cm) 20" (51 cm) 3.68 lb (1.67 kg)

055XPROB 7.72 lb (3.5 kg) 56.3" (143 cm) 49.61" (126 cm) 14.17" (36.0 cm) 20" (51 cm) 3.68 lb (1.67 kg)

Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

70.3" (178.5 cm) 55.9" (142 cm) 3.9" (10 cm) 25.8" (65.5 cm) 15.4 lbs (7 kg) 5.3 lbs (2.4 kg)

121

Professional Photo Supports

055XPROB,410 PRO TRIPOD BLACK WITH 410 HD

190XB,804RC2 ALU TRIPOD BLK W/804RC2 HEAD

3.6200 Photo kit with 410 Head, 055XPROB Tripod.

2.5500 Photo kit with 804RC2 Head, 190XB Tripod.

190XPROB,804RC2 PRO ALU TRIPOD BLK W/804RC2 HD

785B

2.5500

0.9800 The 785B is ideal for travelling, hiking, sports or even web photo/video applications.

Photo kit with 804RC2 Head, 190XPROB Tripod.

190XB Tripod, with 486RC2 Head.

458B NEOTEC PRO PHOTO TRIPOD

Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

055XPROB,808RC4 PRO TRIPOD BLK W/808 HEAD

3.7900 Photo kit with 808RC4 Head, 055XPROB Tripod.

122

61.4" (156 cm) 51.6" (131 cm) 3.9" (10 cm) 25.2" (64 cm) 17.6 lb (8 kg) 5.3 lb (2.4 kg)

2.2600 Video kit with 486RC2 Head, 190XB Tripod.

475B DIGITAL PRO Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

74.0" (188.0 cm) 63.8" (162.1 cm) 17.0" (43.2 cm) 31.5" (80.0 cm) 26.5 lb (12 kg) 9.5 lb (4.3 kg)

119

Professional Photo Supports

190XB ALU TRIPOD BLK, W/O HEAD Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

57.1" (145.0 cm) 46.6" (118.4 cm) 3.1" (7.9 cm) 20.9" (53.1 cm) 11 lbs (5 kg) 4 lbs (1.8 kg)

MK293A3-A3RC1 Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight (tripod and head)

8.82 lb (4 kg) 61.69" (156.7 cm) 54.21" (137.7 cm) 17.48" (44.4 cm) 24.96" (63.4 cm) 4.19 lb (1.9 kg)

055CXPRO4 055 CF TRIPOD-Q90-4 SECTION Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

66.9" (170cm) 53.3" (135.5cm) 21.5" (54.5cm) 17.6 lbs (8kg) 3.7 lbs (1.7kg)

190CXPRO4 190 MAG FIBER TRIPOD 4 SCT Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

57.5" (146cm) 48" (122cm) 19.7" (50cm) 11 lbs (5kg) 2.95 lbs (1.34kg)

MK293A3-A0RC2 Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

120

MK293A4-A0RC2 Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

8.8 lb (4 kg) 58.1" (147.6 cm) 50.6" (128.6 cm) 14.9" (37.9 cm) 20.7" (52.6 cm) 3.97 lb (1.8 kg)

MK293A4-A3RC1 Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

8.82 lb (4 kg) 57.7" (146.6 cm) 50.23" (127.6 cm) 14.52" (36.9 cm) 20.31" (51.6 cm) 4.19 lb (1.9 kg)

MK294A3-A0RC2 8.81 lb (4 kg) 5.17' (1.57 m) 4.54' (1.38 m) 1.48' (45.3 cm) 2.1' (64.3 cm) 3.84 lb (1.75 kg)

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

11 lb (5 kg) 5.87' (1.79 m) 4.9' (1.5 m) 1.63' (49.7 cm) 2.29' (70 cm) 4.96 lb (2.25 kg)

123

Professional Photo Supports

680B MONOPOD Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Sections Weight

60.0" (152.4 cm) 20.0" (50.8 cm) 22.00 lb (9.98 kg) 4 1.69 lb (0.77 kg)

MK294A3-D3RC2 Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Column Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

11 lb (5 kg) 5.93' (1.81 m) 4.98' (1.52 m) 1.69' (51.7 cm) 2.36' (72 cm) 5.62 lb (2.55 kg)

MMC3-02 Compact Monopod Grey Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

57.2" (145.5 cm) 15.35" (39 cm) 15.35" (39 cm) 3.31 lb (1.5 kg) 0.64 lb (0.29 kg)

695 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 5 SECTION Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

63" (160 cm) 18.1" (46 cm) 11 lb (5 kg) 1.3 lb (590 g)

694 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 4 SECTION Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

65" (165cm) 21.3" (54cm) 11 lbs (5kg) 1.3 lb (590g)

776YB MONOPOD Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Leg Sections Weight

60" (152.4cm) 18.9" (48cm) 9.92 lbs (4.5kg) 4 0.73 lbs (331g)

682B SELF STANDING MONOPOD Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

124

67.7" (172 cm) 27.1" (69 cm) 26.4 lb (12 kg) 2.5 lb (1.15 kg)

121

Professional Photo Supports

432-3.7 AUTOPOLE 2

Two position variable thrust. Extends from 210cm to 370cm

685B NEOTEC MONOPOD W/SAFETY LOCK Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

324RC2 / 327RC2

LIGHT DUTY GRIP BALL HEAD

66.9" (169.9 cm) 29.3" (74.4 cm) 17.6 lbs (8 kg) 2.4 lbs (1.1 kg)

They has been designed to suit advanced photographers looking for high-performance products.

345 TABLE TOP KIT Maximum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

17.4" (44.3cm) 7.48" (190mm) 4.4 lbs (2kg) 10.6 oz (300g)

058 TRIAUT CAMERA TRIPOD Maximum Height 85.4" (217cm) Folded Length 37" (94cm) Load Capacity 26.5 lbs (12kg) Leg Sections 2 Leg Lock Type Quick action triggers Center Brace Yes Level Bubble Spiked Feet Yes Head Type None Head Mount Thread Size 3/8" Weight 13.5 lbs (6.1kg)

808RC4 STANDARD 3-WAY HEAD 15.6 1.39 8.00

804RC2 12.0

0.75

4.00

405 GEARED HEAD 16.0

1.60

7.50

143S FLASH SHOE, 1/4" MALE ATTCHMNT

102 CARRYING STRAP FOR CAMERA TRPD

468MGRC4 HYDROSTATIC BALL HEAD REL.RC4 12.0

122

0.73

16.00

125

Professional Photo Supports

496RC2

COMPACT BALL HEAD 0.42

6.00

21.0

460MG MAGNESIUM CAMERA HEAD 10.5

0.43

222 JOYSTICK HEAD

3.00

0.78

2.50

303SPH VIRTUAL REALITY SPH/CUBIC HEAD 32.0

2.00

4.00

492 MICRO BALL HEAD 0.14

2.00

MH054-M0Q2 054 MAG BALL HEAD Q2 11.7 cm

322RC2 Grip Action Ball Head 10.3

0.7

5.00

338 LEVELLING BASE 4.0

0.60

15.00

498RC2 MIDI BALL HEAD 12.5

0.61

610 g

10 kg

055 Magnesium Photo-Movie Head with Q5 Quick Release The innovative photo-movie head is developed to simply be the best and most ideal solution for the new HD DSLRs with embedded video functions. With a single product it is possible to take advantage of an extraordinary Photo Head and a Fully Featured video head. The unique Photo-Movie selector makes switching from shooting photos to videos quick and immediate, experiencing the best of both worlds. In Photo mode the head provides the speed and maximum freedom in all directions, like a ball head combined with an incredibly precise, smooth and controlled movement never experienced before, thanks to the fluid cartridges and an adjustable counter balance control. In Video mode a fully featured video head allows for a precise and fluid movement for pan and tilt with all of the typical video settings, including friction control. The pan bar is reversible for right or left hand users and it can quickly be removed and fixed on a tripod leg, thanks to the included rest clip.

8.00

057 Magnesium Ball Head with Q5 Quick Release 494RC2 MINI BALL HEAD 0.32

126

4.00

The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 057 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology. Innovative and unique features like the exclusive 90ďż˝5 rtrait

123

Professional Photo Supports

angle selector allows for better camera control for advanced, precise settings. Innovative, compact, ergonomic, powerful and made of lightweight magnesium - it is the ideal tool for durability, high performance and accuracy. The new magnesium Q5 Quick Release system is compatible with RC5 standard plates and offers increased ergonomics, speed, reduced weight and accuracy - thanks to 3 leveling bubbles. The Q5 with the sliding plate provides a perfect weight balance for heavy equipment and long lenses.

054 Magnesium Ball Head with Q2 Quick Release The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 190 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology. Innovative and unique features like the unique 90ďż˝5 rtrait angle selector allow better camera control for advanced precise settings. Innovative, compact, ergonomic, powerful and made of lightweight magnesium, it is the ideal tool for durability, high performance and accuracy. The new magnesium Q2 quick release system is compatible with RC2 standard plates and offers increased ergonomics, speed and reduced weight.

054 Magnesium Ball Head with Q5 Quick Release The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 190 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology. Innovative and unique features like the exclusive 90ďż˝5 rtrait angle selector allows for better camera control for advanced, precise settings. Innovative, compact, ergonomic, powerful and made of lightweight magnesium, it is the ideal tool for durability, high performance and accuracy. The new magnesium Q5 Quick Release system is compatible with RC5 standard plates and offers increased ergonomics, speed, reduced weight and accuracy - thanks to 3 leveling bubbles. The Q5 with the sliding plate provides the perfect weight balance for heavy equipment and long lenses.

124

Professional Photo Supports

057 Magnesium Ball Head with RC4 Quick Release The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 057 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology. Innovative and unique features like the exclusive 90-105 portrait angle selector allows for better camera control for advanced precise settings. Innovative, compact, ergonomic, powerful and made of lightweight magnesium - it is the ideal tool for durability, high performance and accuracy. It comes with a new upgraded RC4 quick release system - perfect for heavy equipment and long lenses thanks to the large contact area.

054 Magnesium Ball Head The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 190 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology. Innovative and unique features like the exclusive 90-105 portrait angle selector allows for a better camera control for advanced, precise settings. Innovative, compact, ergonomic, powerful and made of light weight magnesium, it is the ideal tool for durability, high performance and accuracy. Traditional disc attachment version.

057 Magnesium Ball Head with RC4 Quick Release The best Manfrotto pro ball head, dedicated to 057 carbon fibre tripods. An extremely precise ball head, providing extra smooth movements thanks to state of the art materials and technology. Innovative and unique features like the exclusive 90-105 portrait angle selector allows for better camera control for advanced precise settings. Innovative, compact, ergonomic, powerful and made of lightweight magnesium - it is the ideal tool for durability, high performance and accuracy. It comes with a new upgraded RC4 quick release system perfect for heavy equipment and long lenses thanks to the large contact area.

127

Professional Photo Supports

A1045CS COMBO STEEL STAND 45 13.00 kg

A1035CS COMBO STEEL STAND 35

450 cm

12.00 kg

179 cm aluminum + steel 40.00 kg

B7035CS STARO SAFE STAND 35

B7057 LONG JOHN SILVER STAND

350 cm 64 kg 155 cm Chrome steel 90 kg

85 kg

570 cm

177 cm 120 kg

1004BAC MASTER STAND

425B MEGA BOOM BLACK 15 kg 6.0 kg

350 cm

168 cm aluminum + steel 40.00 kg

3 kg

350 cm 320 cm

366.0 cm

124.0cm

Professional Photo Supports

A2030D C-STAND 30 DETACHABLE

A2030DKIT C-STAND KIT 30 DETACHABLE

6.20 kg

8.35 kg

10.00 kg chrome steel

A3059CS OVERHEAD 59 14.00 kg

588 cm

177 cm Stainless steel 40.00 kg

5001B BLACK ALU NANO STAND 1 kg 15 kg

9cm Aluminium

B7047CS STRATO SAFE 47 62.00 kg 70.00 kg

chrome steel

420B COMBI BOOM STAND type25 + spigot art. 013

2.70 9.00

392.0 131.0

220B 087NW WIND-UP type 14 21.40 30.00

370.0 167.0

026 LITE TITE SWIVEL+UMBRELLA ADPT 0.38 kg 2.50 kg aluminum

025BS SUPERBOOM BLACK A17+014 W/008 270.00 21.00 5.0

850 BACKGROUND ROLL SUPPORTING SPIGOTS

FF3054 TOP SYSTEM 54

Complete kit for larg studios composed of 2 fixed rails 5 m long, 3 mobile rails 3m long and supports for 5 light sources (4 top pantographs). m

128

C100 JR PIPE CLAMP Works on diameters from 20 mm to 55 mm 250.00

852 CONTROL BOX - 220V

C500 PELICAN GAFFER GRIP Works on diameters from 15mm to 80mm. 10.00

C337 QUICK ACTION CLAMP 1-1/8"SCKT Works on diameters from 40 mm to 70 mm 100.00

C1575B AVENGER SUPER CLAMP Works on diameters from 13mm to 55mm. 15.00

125

Professional Photo Supports

143F FORK FOR STYRENE GOBOS

Fork attachment for styrene gobos: supplied with 1/4” and 3/8” female attachment

1314B SET STANDS+SUPPORT+BAG+SP RING

4.20

0.14

Professional Photo Supports

D200 2 1/2" GRIP HEAD

Avenger's most popular grip accessory. The D200 Grip Head has hundreds of functions.

0.55

D520 40" EXTENSION ARM

Normally used in combination with a Grip head (art. D200) it provides an extended grip point for scrims and ﬂags or small lights.

1.60

G100 SAND BAG SMALL 6 KG

6.00

F831TH BABY FEMALE SWIVEL PIN W/BALL

F831TH is completely in steel with ball join and double baby female attachments (16mm).

0.80

C338 QUICK ACTION BABY CLAMP 5/8pin Works on diameters from 20 mm to 52 mm 50.00

386B NANO CLAMP Works on diameters from 13mm to 35mm. 5.50

D700B EXTENSION HOLDER F/OVAL REFL. Extension Arm 0.70

F1000 PUMP CUP W/BABY SWIVEL PIN

Ideal for mounting small lights

126

Avenger 50MM 2" POLYHOLDER W/16MM SPIG

attachment: 16mm pin attachment type length: 15 cm weight: 2.5 kg width: 220 mm

081 BACKGROUND BABY HOOKS

The "Baby Hook for Expan” is easily attachable to the 16mm (5/8’’) connection on top riser of the stand. 0.20

179 RAPIDAPT .3/8"W+DISCO DM 80 0.30

244N VARIABLE FRICTION ARM ALONE Friction arm only, no

Manfrotto MN046 Expan Set

Background paper drive set for one roll. Including plastic chain and weight. Expands from: 1.8" to 3".

1.20

10.0

241 PUMP CUP W/SWIVEL 5/8 SOCKET

Suction cup for small ﬁxtures and lightweight equipment. 16 mm bushing with safety pin.

1.20

045 BACKGROUND PAPER TRIPLE HOOKS

Set of two background paper holders for three Expan 046.

2.05

275 MINI SPRING CLAMP 5/8 F ATTACH Clamps onto bars up to Ø 35mm. It can be mounted also on 16mm extension arms.

175 SPRING CLAMP, 5/8 F ATTACHMENT

013 ADAPTER SPIGOT

E200 Stand Adapter, 1-1/8" to 5/8" Stud

0.11

Universal 16 mm spigot with double male thread 1/4” and

0.07

Clamps onto bars up to Ø 40mm 0.32

Thie E200 Cine Stand Adapter ﬁts into the 1-1/8" female receptor on heavy-duty light stands and grip clamps.

254 AUTOBOOM A25 + 013 Boom arm for heavy stand or wall bracket mounting featuring

129

Professional Photo Supports

H2000M 20X20 MODULAR OVERHEAD FRAME Heavy duty 3 mm square section tubes-slot and pin-lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any frame size. 32.60

Professional Photo Supports

H600M 6X6 MODULAR FRAME Heavy duty 3 mm square section tubes-slot and pin-lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any frame size. 11.40

X400KIT CROSS POLE KIT X400KIT is composed by: expander, static plate, double locking collar, n.3 tubes diam. 45mm, n.3 tubes diam. 50mm and multifunctional bag. 13.20

SUN-MOVER™ - The first completely FOCUSABLE flat reflector revolutionizes the world of light formers With the OVAL shape, PERMATENSE™ screen and two sturdy HANDLES, a single folding reflector can be used for SPOT, NEUTRAL and WIDE ANGLE LIGHT.

THE CAGE get unlimited possibilities for your lighting. Walls: Translucent -2/3rd + Black solid + Black solid+ Top: Black solid + Translucent -2/3rd

Micro MINI SUNBOUNCE 2' x 3' / 60cm x 90cm The most perfect mini mobile reﬂector size in use : 30" x 35" size packed : 36" x 2.5"weight : 1.25 lbs.

130

PRO SUN-SWATTER 4' x 6' / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 51" x 75" size packed: 51" x 4" weight: 2.2 lbs.

MINI SUNBOUNCE 3' x 4' / 90cm x 125cm / The most perfect mobile reﬂector / size in use : 35" x 49" / size packed : 49" x 3.25" / weight : 3 lbs.

6 x 6 SUN - SCRIM 6' x 6' / 183cm x 183cm The most perfect overhead

127

Professional Photo Supports

BIG SUN-SWATTER 6' x 8' / 190cm x 240cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 70" x 96"size packed: 70" x 7"weight: 4 lbs.

12 x 12 SUN - SCRIM 12' x 12' / 366cm x 366cm

SUN-SWATTER BIG 6' x 8' / 180 cm x 245 cm SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT SUN-SWATTER PRO 4' x 6' / 130 cm x 190 cm SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT

Sun bounce Frame Pro With shoulder Sling Bag

128

BIG SUN-BOUNCE 6' x 8' / 180cm x 240cm The most perfect mobile reﬂector size in use: 70" x 96"size packed: 53" x 7"weight: 9.5 lbs.

Sun-Bounce Kit Pro Silver/White Sun bounce Kit Pro translucent2/3 rd / BIG SUN-BOUNCE 6 x 8 = 180 x 245 cm / SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT / SUN-BOUNCE MINI Kit

WIND-KILLER MOBILE screen BIG (180x245cm needs FRAME BIG 300-000) (seamless)

Sun bounce Frame BIG With shoulder Sling Bag

Professional Photo Supports

8 x 8 SUN - SCRIM 8' x 8' / 244cm x 244cm

Sun-Bounce Kit Micro Mini Silver/White

LE LOUCHE SCREENS PRO SUN-BOUNCE 4' x 6' / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile reﬂector / size in use: 51" x 74" / size packed: 51" x 4"weight: 4 lbs.

PRO SUN-SWATTER - 4' x 6' / 130cm x 190cm / BIG SUN-SWATTER - 6' x 8' / 190cm x 240cm / SUN-SCRIM - 6' x 6' / 183cm x 183cm / SUN-SCRIM - 8' x 8' / 244cm x 244cm / SUN-SCRIM - 12' x 12' / 366cm x 366cm / SUN-SCRIM - 20' x 20' / 610cm x 610cm

Frame + Silver / White Screen + Shoulder Sling Bag

GRIP HEAD PRO for MINI + PRO + SSW-PRO

Sun Bounce Frame Mini With Shoulder Sling bag

Zebra/ White Screen SUNBOUNCE MICRO-MINI Parts SUN-BOUNCE PRO Parts SUN-BOUNCE BIG Parts

131

Professional Photo Supports Sensor Loupe/arctic Butterfly® Combos

VDust Plus™ Super Bright® 724 Sensor Brush

If you are unsure as to the nature of your stain or you get both water and lubricant stains, VDust Plus ™ will fit the bill perfectly. Designed to clean away water and most oil stains, VDust Plus™ eliminates streaking and provides a moderate static barrier. a

Zeeion® Blower The Arctic Butterfly® 724 Sensor Brush is the only way to go when it comes to 'dry' cleaning your digital sensor. With its ease of use and excellent quality results, it will soon be a wonder how you ever lived without it.a

BriteVue Sensor Loupe™ 7X

Comparison ChartThe most powerful SensorLoupe™ comes in 7XzThe NEW SensorLoupe™ 7X utilizes advanced (patent pending) features such as BriteVue XL™ technology with high quality K9 optical glass, well-known for its high resolution and clarity.z

Digital Back Sensor Swab For the specialty photographer that is using a digital back on a regular SLR camera, VisibleDust has designed the new Digital Back Sensor Cleaning Swab. Using the same technology used to fabricate our regular MXD-100 sensor cleaning swabs, these swabs are custom designed to fit the large sensor of the Digital Back. a

Anti Static Property - *Silicon-RX is a unique compound used in construction of ZEEION® blower to produce an anti static property. Unlike ordinary blowers made from regular rubber that increase static charges, the ZEEION® blower allows an opposite charges of an air molecules to be blown at dust and sensor surface, therefore neutralizing the static charges for an easier and more efficient dust removal system. This advanced feature reduces the dust re-attachment to the surface by neutralizing the surface static charges

Sensor Clean™ EZ Sensor Cleaning Kit™ Removing water stain size 1,0x (24 mm) 1,6x (16 mm)

size 1,3x (24 mm)

size

Sensor Brush® dry/wet sensor cleaning Mini-kit 1.0x Dry/Wet sensor cleaning kit size 1,0x (24 mm) size 1,3x (24 mm) size 1,6x (16 mm)

132

129

Professional Photo Supports

Pro V Backpack Black MB LB050-5BB

The Pro V Backpack is the supreme carrying solution for your camera gear, laptop, tripod and accessories. Comfortably organise and protect your main camera with battery grip and 70-200 mm lens attached while keeping 4-6 additional lenses, flash and backup camera body alongside.

Pro V Messenger Black MB LM050-5BB

The Pro V messenger is an elite bag designed to carry and support your camera gear, laptop, tripod and personal accessories. Gain instant top access to your DSLR without battery grip with 70-200 mm or similar lens attached while storing up to 4 lenses, flash and accessories alongside.

Veloce V Backpack White MB SB390-5SW

The Essential shooting backpack, the Veloce V comfortably fits all your camera gear and tripod either inside or outside the bag as well as up to a 15.4” laptop(17” Apple). Grab your DSLR with or without battery grip and up to a 70-200mm lens attached through the top opening without having to open the entire bag.

Veloce VII Backpack White MB SB390-7SW

The Essential shooting backpack, the Veloce VII comfortably fits all your camera gear and tripod either inside or outside the bag as well as 17” laptop. Grab your DSLR with or without battery grip and up to a 70-200 mm lens attached through the top opening without having to open the entire bag.

130

Professional Photo Supports

Pro VII Backpack Black MB LB050-7BB

Pro VII Messenger Black MB LM050-7BB

Veloce V Backpack Black MB SB390-5BB

Veloce V Backpack Cord MB SB390-5BC

Veloce VII Backpack Black MB SB390-7BB

Veloce VII Backpack Cord MB SB390-7BC

Agile V Sling Black MB SS390-5BB

Agile V Sling Bag Cord MB SS390-5BC

The Pro VII Backpack is the supreme way to carry your camera gear, laptop, tripod and accessories when shooting. Comfortably organise and protect your main camera with battery grip and 70-200 mm lens or similar attached while keeping 5-7 additional lenses, flash and backup camera body in rest of the main compartment.

The essential shooting backpack, the Veloce V comfortably fits all your camera gear and tripod either inside or outside the bag as well as up to a 15.4” laptop(17” Apple). Grab your DSLR with or without battery grip and up to a 70-200mm lens attached through the top opening without having to open the entire bag.

The Agile V Sling is the perfect bag for on-the-go shooters. Designed to always get you to the perfect shot with all your gear, it fits a DSLR with up to 24-120 mm lens attached plus 2-3 extra lenses.

The Pro VII Messenger is an elite bag designed to carry and support your camera gear, laptop, tripod and personal accessories. Gain instant top access to your DSLR without battery grip with 70-200 mm or similar lens attached while storing up to 4 lenses, flash and accessories alongside.

133

Professional Photo Supports

Agile V Sling Bag White MB SS390-5SW

Agile VII Sling Black MB SS390-7BB

Agile VII Sling Bag Cord MB SS390-7BC

Agile VII Sling White

Bella IV Shoulder Bag Black MB SSB-4BB

Bella IV Shoulder Bag Cord

Bella IV Shoulder Bag White MB SSB-4SW

Bella V Shoulder Bag Black MB SSB-5BB

Bella V Shoulder Bag Cord MB SSB-5BC

Bella V Shoulder Bag White MB SSB-5SW

Bella VI Shoulder Bag Black MB SSB-6BB

Bella VI Shoulder Bag Cord MB SSB-6BC

MB SS390-7SW

The Agile VII Sling is the perfect bag for on-the-go shooters. Designed to always get you to the perfect shot with all your gear, it fits a DSLR with battery grip and up to 70-200 mm lens attached plus 3-4 extra lenses.

Keep your shooting gear ready with you while stylishly carrying the BELLA IV. Neatly organise your DSLR and attached 18-105mm lens or similar plus 1-2 extra lenses in fast grip position while having your smaller accessories such as cables, cards and lens covers out of the way when shooting in the front pocket.

Keep your shooting gear ready with you while stylishly carrying with the BELLA V. Neatly organise your DSLR and attached 24-120mm lens or similar plus 2-3 extra lenses in fast grip position while having your smaller accessories such as cables, cards and lens covers out of the way when shooting in the frontal pocket.

134

Professional Photo Supports

Keep your shooting gear ready with you while stylishly carrying with the BELLA IV. Neatly organize your DSLR and attached 18-105mm lens or similar plus 1-2 extra lenses in fast grip position while having your smaller accessories such as cables, cards and lens covers out of the way when shooting in the frontal pocket.

Keep your shooting gear ready with you while stylishly carrying with the BELLA V. Neatly organize your DSLR and attached 24-120mm lens or similar plus 2-3 extra lenses in fast grip position while having your smaller accessories such as cables, cards and lens covers out of the way when shooting in the frontal pocket.

Keep your shooting gear ready with you while stylishly carrying with the BELLA VI. Neatly organise your DSLR and attached 70-200 mm lens or similar plus 3-4 extra lenses in fast grip position while having your smaller accessories such as cables, cards and lens covers out of the way when shooting in the frontal pocket.

MB SSB-4BC

Keep your shooting gear ready with you while stylishly carrying with the BELLA VI. Neatly organize your DSLR and attached 70-200 mm lens or similar plus 3-4 extra lenses in fast grip position while having your smaller accessories such as cables, cards and lens covers out of the way when shooting in the frontal pocket.

131

Professional Photo Supports

Bella VI Shoulder Bag White MB SSB-6SW

Unica V Messenger Black MB SM390-5BB

Unica V Messenger Bag Cord MB SM390-5BC

Unica V Messenger White MB SM390-5SW

Unica VII Messenger Black MB SM390-7BB

Unica VII Messenger Bag Cord MB SM390-7BC

Keep your shooting gear ready and carry it in style with the BELLA VI. Neatly organise your DSLR and attached 70-200 mm lens or similar plus 3-4 extra lenses in fast grip position while having your smaller accessories such as cables, cards and lens covers out of the way when shooting in the front pocket.

The Unica V messenger is the perfect everyday companion for carrying your camera gear, laptop and personal gear. Gain quick access to your DSLR with lens attached, 17” Macbook (15.4” laptop) and personal effects in the upper compartment by using the top opening.

Unica VII Messenger White MB SM390-7SW The Unica VII messenger is the perfect everyday companion for carrying your camera gear, laptop and personal gear. Gain quick access to your DSLR with lens attached, 17” Macbook (15.4” laptop) and personal effects in the upper compartment by using the top opening.

Solo VI Holster White Part Number: MB SH-6SW The Solo VI holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 100-400 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the frontal pocket.

132

Professional Photo Supports

The Unica VII messenger is the perfect everyday companion for carrying your camera gear, laptop and personal gear. Gain quick access to your DSLR with lens attached, 17” Macbook (15.4” laptop) and personal effects in the upper compartment by using the top opening.

Solo VI Holster Black Part Number: MB SH-6BB The Solo VI holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 100-400 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the frontal pocket.

Solo IV Holster Black Part Number: MB SH-4BB The Solo IV holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 17-55 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the front pocket.

Solo VI Holster Bag Cord Part Number: MB SH-6BC The Solo VI holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 100-400 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the frontal pocket.

Solo IV Holster Bag Cord Part Number: MB SH-4BC The Solo IV holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 17-55 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the front pocket.

135

Professional Photo Supports

Solo IV Holster White MB SH-4SW

Solo II Holster Black MB SH-2BB

Solo II Holster Cord MB SH-2BC

Solo II Holster White MB SH-2SW

Nano VI Camera Pouch Black MB SCP-6BB

Nano VI Camera Pouch Cord MB SCP-6BC

Nano VI Camera Pouch White MB SCP-6SW

Nano VII Camera Pouch Black

Nano VII Camera Pouch Cord MB SCP-7BC

Nano VII Camera Pouch White MB SCP-7SW

Nano V Camera Pouch Black MB SCP-5BB

The Solo IV holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 17-55 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the front pocket.

The Solo II holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 18-35mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible.

The Nano VI pouch is stylishly designed to hold a variety of advanced point and shoot cameras as well as Micro 4/3 cameras while simultaneously providing compact carrying and quick convenient access to your camera.

The Nano VII pouch is stylishly designed to hold a variety of advanced point and shoot cameras as well as Micro 4/3 cameras while simultaneously compact carrying and quick convenient access to your camera.

136

Professional Photo Supports

MB SCP-7BB

The Nano V pouch is stylishly designed to hold a variety of advanced point and shoot cameras and simultaneously provide compact carrying and quick convenient access to your camera.

Nano V Camera Pouch Cord MB SCP-5BC

The Nano V pouch is stylishly designed to hold a variety of advanced point and shoot cameras and simultaneously provide compact carrying and quick convenient access to your camera.

133

Professional Photo Supports

TLB-800 PL/600/300

KATA's Telephoto Lens backpacks come in three robust sizes to provide dedicated protective carrying solutions for a Pro DSLR with a Telephoto lens attached (from 300 to 800). A tripod connecting system is integrated in the design and a large capacity detachable cap pouch allows for extra storage when needed.

Kata Pro-Light Beetle-282

PL Backpack Fits 2-3 D-SLR Camera 4-6 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17"

Kata Pro-Light Bumblebee-220 Kata D-Light Bumblebee-210

Backpack (Black) Fits D-SLR Camera 3-4 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 15.4"

Kata Pro-Light FlyBy-74

Rolling Case Holds 1-2 D-SLR Camera, 6-8 Lens KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 15.4"

Kata Ultra-Light Bumblebee-222

Backpack Fits 2 D-SLR Camera 4-5 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17"

Kata Pro-Light FlyBy-76

PL Backpack Fits 2-3 D-SLR Camera 8 Lens KitFits Small HDV Camcorder KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17"

Rolling Case Holds 2-4 D-SLR Camera, 8-10 Lens KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 17"

The Ultra-Light Bug-255 UL

Pro-Light Source-261 PL

backpack features a combination of technology, materials and design which embody the ultimate essences of Lightweight Protection without compromises.

The Pro-Light Source-261 PL is a backpack designed specifically for a Video DSLR kitted up with rig, Video production gear, lenses and accessories.

HB-207 PR-460 / 440 / 420

The PR-460 Photo Reporter bag was created for the reporter ?on the move,'' ready to grab and go at any moment and easily accessible to your gear, ready to capture that split-second shot.

134

KATAs HB-207 Hiker Backpack features a level of protection you havent seen before; KATAs TST protection safeguards the camera compartment and the bottom of the case while keeping it light. The extensive main compartment easily accommodates 2-3 Digital / SLR bodies with up to 8 lenses (up to 400 mm f 2.8), while a rear compartment will hold up to a 17'' laptop.

The D-Light Owl-272 DL

is a stylish, functional lightweight, and protective backpack which is designed to carry camera gear and everyday personal effects while be able to be converted into a useful daypack when not using or carrying a camera.

137

Professional Photo Supports

Kata D-Light Capsule-185

Kata DL-H-531-G D-Light Hybrid-531

Kata DL-H-537-G D-Light Hybrid-537

Kata DL-H-537-B D-Light Hybrid-537

Kata Pro-Light Resource-61 PL

The DB-455,

DL Case (Black) Fits Various Camcorders w/ AccessoriesAnti-rip Nylon ExteriorTST Rib Structure Aluminum Skeleton Stave Aeriform Interior Dividers, Yelloop Interior LiningLens Pillow and Rain CoverInterconnected HandleRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

DL Shoulder Bag (Black) Fits D-SLR Camera 2 Lens KitFor Camcorder, Bridge or D-SLR Camera Two External Elasto-Guard PocketsTwo Internal Accessory PocketsAdjustable Handle Strap with PadRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

DL Shoulder Bag (Gray) Fits Small D-SLR or Bridge Camera KitFits Small Video Camcorder Kit, Two External Elasto-Guard PocketsTwo Internal Accessory PocketsAdjustable Handle StrapRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

Shoulder Bag Fits Video D-SLR Camera KitHolds Computer with Screen up to 15.4", Aeriform EVA and EPE Foam InteriorInternal Spike and Honeycomb PanelsDouble-Decker DesignExterior and Interior PocketsTop and Side HandlesRemovable GSS Shoulder Strap

DL Shoulder Bag (Gray) Fits D-SLR Camera 2 Lens KitFor Camcorder, Bridge or D-SLR Camera Two External Elasto-Guard PocketsTwo Internal Accessory Pockets. Adjustable Handle Strap with PadRemovable Shoulder Strap with Pad

part of the Digital Photo Series (DPS), is a satchel type bag which features unique TST RIB structural protection with designated padded D/SLR camera insert and dedicated laptop sleeve.

Ultra-Light Select-18 UL

Grip 18

Grip 16

Grip 14

Grip 12

Grip 10

The Ultra-Light Select-18 UL Holster features a combination of technology, materials and design which embody the ultimate essences of Lightweight Protection without compromises.

The Grip 14 is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a D/SLR with 16-35 lens attached or similiar sized in top quick grip position, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries.

138

Professional Photo Supports

The Grip 18 is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a Pro DSLR with 70-200 lens attached in top quick grip position with battery grip, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries

The Grip 12, is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a D/SLR with short lens attached in top quick grip position, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries.

The Grip 16, is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold a D/SLR with 70-200 lens attached in top quick grip position,without battery grip while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries

The Grip 10 DL is a compact camera holster designed with style to hold an advanced point & shoot camera in top quick grip position, while a dedicated media pouch will store spare cards and batteries.

135

Professional Photo Supports

Pro-Light Access-18 PL

Pro-Light Access-17 PL

Pro-Light Access-16

Pro-Light Access-14 PL

DW-495 / 493 / 491

AP-323

AP-325

Ultra-Light LighTri-318 UL

Pro-Light LighTri-317 PL

D-Light LighTri-315 DL

Pro-Light LighTri-314 PL

D-Light LighTri-312 DL

The Pro-Light Access-18 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional's working needs.

The Pro-Light Access-14 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional's working needs.

The AP-325 Auxiliary Pouch fits a 100mm or similar sized lens while keeping it protected and easy to access at all times. (Harness sold separately)

The D-Light LighTri-315 DL is a stylish, functional, lightweight, protective Torso-Pack designed to keep your DSLR in quick-draw position at all times.

136

Professional Photo Supports

The Pro-Light Access-17 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional's working needs.

The DW-495 is a comprehensive camera waist pack which features unique TST RIB structural protection and is designed with style to hold and organize your full size D/SLR, extra lenses and accessories up front, readily accessible and easy to carry.

The Ultra-Light LighTri-318 UL Torso-Pack features a combination of technology, materials and design which embody the ultimate essence of Lightweight Protection for your DSLR.

The Pro-Light LighTri-314 PL is a multi-featured professional Torso-Pack designed to keep your DSLR in quick-draw position at all times.

The Pro-Light Access-16 PL is a multi-featured professional holster designed to provide the best carrying, storage and working solutions. Lightweight and Protective it will cater to the smallest detail of a professional's working needs.

The AP-323 Auxiliary Pouch fits a 70-200 F/ 2.8L or similar lens while keeping it protected and easy to access at all times. (Harness sold separately)

The Pro-Light LighTri-317 PL is a multi-featured professional Torso-Pack designed to keep your DSLR in quick-draw position at all times.

The D-Light LighTri-312 DL is a stylish, functional, lightweight, protective Torso-Pack designed to keep your DSLR in quick-draw position at all times.

139

Professional Photo Supports

DR-467i

Kata 3 in 1 KT D-3N1-11

Kata 3 in 1 KT D-3N1-22

Kata 3 in 1 KT D-3N1-33

HB-207

DC-439

DC-443

DC-437

DC-435

DC-433

KT A00I

KT A00D

KT DT-211

OC-97

PALM-1

140

OC-88

PALM-2

OC-84

PALM-3

137

Professional Photo Supports

KATA's Research Design and Development Department provides services for all of the company's lines. The same high standards are therefore applied to all product lines, subject to the specific .marketing and functionality attributes Design and development benefit from the synergy between KATA's different fields of expertise, which complement and .augment one another

DP-415 D-Light LighTri-310 DL

The D-Light LighTri-310 DL is a stylish, functional, lightweight, protective Torso-Pack designed to keep your bridge camera and/or handycam in quick-draw position at all times.

The DP-415 point and shoot pouch features a unique TST RIB structural protection for your large point and shoot camera.

E-705 E-704

The Kata E-704 Lens extension Kit consists of 2 lens sleeves, up to 350 and 650mm long, and 1 hand sleeve to access the lens or to attach a lens support.

The E-705 elements cover protects pro D/SLR with up to a 70-200mm lens and professional flash installed while allowing you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and one handed pull-cords.

E-690

The E-690 is a practical cover for small SLR and digital cameras such as the Nikon D60, the Canon Rebel series, similar and smaller cameras. When suddenly caught by a rain shower the E-690 slips quickly over your camera and allows you to keep on shooting.

E-702

The E-702 elements cover protects pro D/SLR with up to 200mm lenses and allows you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and pull-cords. An adjustable stiff hood fits a variety of lens diameters.

AB-302 AB-301

The AB-301 Auxiliary belt is the perfect modular solution for keeping all your shooting accessories close at hand and easy to access at all times. Always have quick access to each camera body, lens, flash or accessories.

138

The AB-302 Auxiliary belt and harness is the perfect modular solution for keeping all your shooting accessories close at hand and easy to access at all times. Always have quick access to each camera body, lens, flash or accessories you need at all times while having the full comfort and support needed to carry your gear. Belt can additionally be used without harness.

Insertrolley

The Insertrolley is a simple yet ingenious system which can be used with a wide variety of compatible Kata cases. It allows you to either use the trolley separately or with several cases at once. KATAs patented extendable wheel system helps to better stabilize larger cases.

141

Professional Photo Supports

Support the Experience

NG-A9200

NG-A2210RC

NG-A2560RC

NG-A7200

NG-A6010

NG-A2200

NG-A2210

NG-A1212

NG-A1222

NG-A2540

NG-A2560

NG-A5250 142

NG-A5270

NG-A8240

NG-A2550

NG-A8220

NG-A6120 139

Support the Experience

NG9000 NG TRAVEL LOG

140

Professional Photo Supports

NG-1151 NG-1147 NG-1148 NG-1149 NG-1150 Camera pouch Camera pouch Camera pouch Camera pouch Camera pouch

NG-2477 Shoulder Bag

NG-2343 Shoulder Bag

NG4474 Small Waist Pack

NG1152 Medium Camera Pouch

NG2345 Midi Shoulder Bag

NG-2475 Shoulder Bag

NGW2025 MEDIUM HOLSTER

NGW2021 SMALL HOLSTER

NG 5160 Medium Backpack

NG2345 Earth Expl Midi Shoulder Bag

NGW2140 MIDI SATCHEL

NGW2160 MEDIUM SATCHEL

NG-5159 Shoulder Bag

NG5737 Large Backpack

NGW5050 SMALL RUCKSACK

NGW5070 MEDIUM RUCKSACK 143

Professional Photo Supports

NGW-8120 Shoulder Bag

NGW-8000 Shoulder Bag

NG-4567 sling

Support the Experience

NG-3020 / 3030 Camera Strap

National Geographic Tundra NGTT2

HPRC 2100 Ultralight. Watertight. Smart Cases.

HPRC 1100

FEATURES - Removable multiformat memory card holder - Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD - Holds up to 2 memory cards per format - Full/empty indicator

HPRC 1300

FEATURES - Removable multiformat memory card holder - Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD - Holds up to 2 memory cards per format - Full/empty indicator

Dimension: internal dimension 215x150x95(mm) - 8,46x5,91x3,74(in) external dimension 235x190x105(mm) - 9,26x7,48x4,13(in) lid: 19(mm) - 0,75(in) bottom: 76(mm) 2,99(in) Weight: empty: 0,70kg - 1,54lbs with cubed foam: 0,84kg - 1,85lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red Electric blue

HPRC 5400W HPRC 3500 Dimension: internal dimension 430x320x160(mm) - 16.92x12.59x6.29(in) external dimension 500x370x185(mm) - 16.98x14.56x7.28(in) lid: 72 (mm) – 2,83 (in) bottom: 88(mm) 3,46(in) Weight: empty: 3,00kg - 6,61lbs with cubed foam: 3,55kg - 7,82lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

144

Dimension: internal dimension 1140x350x160(mm) - 44,90x13,78x6,30(in) external dimension 1187x410x181(mm) - 46,73x16,07x7,12(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 115(mm) 4,52(in) Weight: empty: 7,70kg - 16,94lbs with cubed foam: 8,80kg - 19,40lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

141

Support the Experience

Professional Photo Supports

Ultralight.Watertight. Smart Cases.

HPRC 2100

HPRC 2250

HPRC 2500

Dimension: internal dimension 236x182x155(mm) - 9,30x7,16x6,10(in) external dimension 258x230x170 (mm) - 10,15x9,05x6,70(in) lid: 29(mm) - 1,14(in) bottom: 126(mm) 4,96(in) Weight: empty: 1,0kg - 2,2lbs with cubed foam: 1,35kg - 2,97lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

HPRC 2300 Dimension: internal dimension 215x150x95(mm) - 8,46x5,91x3,74(in) external dimension 235x190x105(mm) - 9,26x7,48x4,13(in) lid: 19(mm) - 0,75(in) bottom: 76(mm) 2,99(in) Weight: empty: 0,70kg - 1,54lbs with cubed foam: 0,84kg - 1,85lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red Electric blue

Dimension: internal dimension 450x320x175(mm) - 17,72x12,60x6,89(in) external dimension 480x385x190(mm) - 18,90x15,16x7,48(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 129(mm) 5,08(in) Weight: empty: 3,15kg - 6,95lbs with cubed foam: 3,71kg - 8,18lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

HPRC 2200 Dimension: internal dimension 305x230x137(mm) - 12,00x9,06x5,39(in) external dimension 335x290x155(mm) - 13,19x11,42x6,10(in) lid: 31(mm) - 1,22(in) bottom: 106(mm) 4,17(in) Weight: empty: 1,67kg - 3,68lbs with cubed foam: 1,90kg - 4,19lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue Dimension: internal dimension 236x182x105(mm) - 9,30x7,16x4,13(in) external dimension 258x230x120(mm) - 10,15x9,05x4,72(in) lid: 29(mm) - 1,14(in) bottom: 76(mm) 2,99(in) Weight: empty: 0,87kg - 1,92lbs with cubed foam: 1,08kg - 2,38lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

HPRC 2250

142

HPRC 2400

Dimension: internal dimension 375x265x152(mm) - 14,76x10,43x5,98(in) external dimension 405x330x165(mm) - 15,94x12,99x6,50(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 107(mm) 4,21(in) Weight: empty: 2,05kg - 4,51lbs with cubed foam: 2,38kg - 5,25lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive gre

HPRC 2550W

Dimension: internal dimension 510x285x199(mm) - 20,08x11,22x7,83(in) external dimension 545x350x230(mm) - 21,46x13,78x9,05(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 153(mm) 6,02(in) Weight: empty: 4,85kg - 10,67lbs with cubed foam: 5,35kg - 11,79lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun 40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

HPRC 2580

145

Professional Photo Supports

Support the Experience

Ultralight.Watertight. Smart Cases.

HPRC 2580

HPRC 2700 HPRC 2780W

Dimension: internal dimension 390x310x89(mm) - 15,35x12,20x3,50(in) external dimension 411x359x110(mm) - 16,18x14,13x4,33(in) lid: 44(mm) - 1,73(in) bottom: 45(mm) 1,77(in) Weight: empty: 2,40kg - 5,28lbs with cubed foam: 2,57kg - 5,67lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

Dimension: internal dimension 745x525x366(mm) - 29,33x20,66x14,40(in) external dimension 810x585x388(mm) - 31,86x23,00x15,27(in) lid: 73(mm) - 2,87(in) bottom: 293(mm) 11,53(in) Weight: empty: 12,2kg - 26,10lbs with cubed foam: 16,18kg - 35,67lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 2600W Dimension: internal dimension 550x460x205(mm) - 21,65x18,11x8,07(in) external dimension 590x525x225(mm) - 23,23x20,67x8,86(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 160(mm) 6,03(in) Weight: empty: 5,55kg - 12,24lbs with cubed foam: 6,71kg - 14,79lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue Dimension: internal dimension 484x360x218(mm) - 19,05x14,17x8,58(in) external dimension 550x420x260(mm) - 21,65x16,53x10,24(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 172(mm) 6,77(in) Weight: empty: 6,05kg - 13,34lbs with cubed foam: 6,97kg - 15,37lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

HPRC 2700W

HPRC 2800W

Dimension: internal dimension 745x525x458(mm) - 29,30x20,65x18,01(in) external dimension 810x585x480(mm) - 31,86x23,00x18,88(in) lid: 73(mm) - 2,87(in) bottom: 385(mm) 15,14(in) Weight: empty: 13,20kg - 29.1lbs with cubed foam: 17,43kg - 38.43lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 4400

HPRC 2600 Dimension: internal dimension 555x460x256(mm) - 21,85x18,1x10,08(in) external dimension 620x520x275(mm) - 24,41x20,47x10,83(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 210(mm) 8,27(in) Weight: empty: 7,55kg - 16,65lbs with cubed foam: 9,07kg - 19,99lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

Dimension: internal dimension 480x360x198(mm) - 18,90x14,17x7,79(in) external dimension 550x420x215(mm) - 21,65x16,53x8,46(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 152(mm) 5,98(in) Weight: empty: 4,25kg - 9,37lbs with cubed foam: 5,05kg - 11,13lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green Ferrari red - Electric blue

146

HPRC 2780W

Dimension: internal dimension 420x420x420(mm) - 16,53x16,53x16,53(in) external dimension 479x481x437(mm) - 18,86x18,94x17,20(in) lid: 65(mm) - 2,56(in) bottom: 355(mm) 13,97(in) Weight: empty: 6,70 - 14,77 lbs with cubed foam: 8,90 – 19,62 lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

143

Professional Photo Supports

the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

Speed-Demon-V20-1

Retrospective 10 - Pinestone Pixel Pocket Rocket Carries one standard size DSLR plus 2–3 small zoom or prime lenses. The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment. Store 10 memory cards in a small, compact package that fits easily in your pocket or attaches to your belt or bags. Business card holder for easy identification!

Speed-Freak-V20-1

Retrospective 20 - Black

Pee Wee Pixel Pocket Rocket Carries a standard size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses. Fits a 70–200 f2.8 detached from camera, lens hood reversed.

Speed-Racer-V20-1

Stores four Compact Flash cards and three Secure Digital cards in an even smaller, more compact package.

Retrospective 5 - Black

The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

Retrospective 20 - Pinestone Carries a pro size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses or accessories. Fits a 70-200 f2.8 attached to camera (except Nikon VR1), lens hood reversed.

Urban Disguise 40 V2.0 The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective 5 - Pinestone

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective 10 - Black

The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with

144

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective 30 - Black

The briefcase size Urban Disguise 40 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into this slim shoulder bag. Now it’s the photographer’s choice to attach a pro size or regular size DSLR to the short lenses.

Urban Disguise 50 V2.0

Retrospective 30 - Pinestone

The briefcase size Urban Disguise 50 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 15.4" laptop! A wide angle lens

147

Professional Photo Supports with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment.

Urban Disguise 60 V2.0

The briefcase sized camera bag Urban Disguise 60 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 17" laptop! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment. A separate, padded compartment fits most 17" laptops** (compare laptop dimensions with specifications below) The new Expansion Zipper, at the top of the main compartment, increases the depth of the Urban Disguise 60 V2.0 to fit a pro size DSLR with a lens attached.

Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0

Professional Photo Supports

A perfect size working bag for photographers on the go who use a compact laptop. The Urban Disguise 35 V2.0 holds up to a 13.3” laptop with a standard size DSLR or a 10” netbook with a pro size DSLR. A 70-200 f2.8 lens can remain attached to any size DSLR, inside the bag.

StreetWalker-5

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It holds a DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached and multiple DSLR cameras and lenses.

StreetWalker-HardDrive-4

The Digital Holster 30 V2.0 is designed for regular size DSLRs such as the Canon 5D Mark II, 7D, and 60D or Nikon D700, D300s, and D7000 This is the only top loading bag for a DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Digital Holster 50 V2.0

The Digital Holster 50 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/D4 series or the Canon 1D and 1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. This is the only top loading bag for a pro size DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Digital Holster 40 V2.0

The Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0 is designed to carry two regular or pro size DSLRs with lenses attached to each camera body. It even fits up to a 70-200 f2.8 lens attached to any camera body! This is a briefcase style gear bag for travel and camera equipment protection without attracting attention as an obvious camera bag.

Shape-Shifter-7

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack also holds a 15” laptop, as well as a pro-size DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached.

StreetWalker-Pro-5

The Digital Holster 40 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/D4 series or the Canon 1D/1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. The shape of the bag conforms to the camera itself, with one straight side and one curved side. It can actually stand up by itself!

Airport-TakeOff-10

This revolutionary breakthrough in backpack design expands and contracts to fit your equipment.

Urban Disguise 35 V2.0

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It will hold most 400 f2.8 lenses with a pro size DSLR camera body attached.

Digital Holster 30 V2.0

The Airport Takeoff™ bag is the new standard in a rolling camera backpack. Think Tank Photo has designed a transportation solution that combines the portability of a backpack with the ease of a rolling suitcase.

148

145

Professional Photo Supports

Airport International V2.0

Airport-Airstream Low-Divider-Set

Airport-AirStreamRolling-Camera-Bag-

Designed for INTERNATIONAL carry-on, this roller provides advanced security features and peace of mind.

Airport Security V2.0 The perfect small roller for traveling with a selected amount of gear; meets international carry-on size limits.

Optional set of dividers for Airport Airstream that allows for up to 15" computers to lie inside of the roller. The Airport Airstream rolling camera case is sold separately.

Top Features: INTERNATIONAL carry on size. TSA combination locks. Front cable & lock secures laptops. Back cable & lock secures to fixed object. Gear Profile:

Airport Security V2.0

Holds up to a 400mm lens

Optional set of dividers allows the Artificial Intelligence 15 & 17 laptop cases or the Cable Management 50 to lie inside of the roller. The Airport Security V2.0 rolling camera case is sold separately.

Photographer Profile: All photographers, from pros to serious enthusiasts. Technical Specifications:

Airport International™ Low Divider

Designed to meet USA domestic carry-on size standards, this roller provides advanced security features for traveling with the maximum amount of equipment.

146

ID: 13” W x 6.5-7.5” D x 15.5” H (33 x 16.5 x 39.5 cm) ED: 14” W x 8” D x 17.5” H (36 x 20.5 x 44.5 cm) 9 - 10.5 lbs (4.1 - 4.8 kg) Lifetime Warranty

Optional set of dividers for Airport Airstream that allows for up to 15" computers to lie inside of the roller. The Airport Airstream rolling camera case is sold separately.

149

The Light Shaping system & Accessories The Light Shaping system & Accessories

20" 6-in-1 Reflector Kit 30" 6-in-1 Reflector Kit 42" 6-in-1 Reflector Kit

32" Optical White Satin Umbrella with Removable Black Cover

Mini Apollo Flash Kit

10' X 12' Costa Brava Blue

150

30" Gold/Silver 4-in-1 Reflector Kit 42" Gold/Silver 4-in-1 Reflector Kit 52" Gold/Silver 4-in-1 Reflector Kit

21"X20" LIGHT TENT 48"X60" LIGHT TENT 54"X40" LIGHT TENT

Magic Slipper Soft Box Kit

10' X 24' Storm Clouds

Apollo Orb Speedlite Kit

Apollo Strip Speedlite Kit

5' Octabank 7' Octabank

32" Optical White Satin Umbrella

24" x 32" Silver Soft Box 36" x 48" White Soft Box 54" x 72" Silver Soft Box

Apollo Speedlite Kit

Tri Flector

10' x 12' Chroma Key Blue Sheet

147

Professional Photography Support Professional Camera support

Backgrounds and Expendables for Photography & Display Background Paper

Foto Blue 136

Deep Blue 109

Regatta Blue 126

The BD Company Offers high quality, non[ferlectiong background paper in an arry of vibrant colors, and sizes, All 50 BD Colors Avalable In the Following sizes: A1 = 2.72 m * 11 m A2 = 1.35 m * 11 m A4 = 2.72 m * 45.72 m EX-TRA Wide available in Four Colors: (Black, Storm Gray, Super White, and Veri Green B3 = 3.56 m * 30 m

White 134

Daf-Fo-Dil 107

Almond 135

Super White 129

Marigold 169

Ivory 155

Patriot Blue 161

Cortez Blue 173

Misti Blue 115

Aqua 165

Teal 157

Foto Green 162

Veri Green 132

Pongee 121

Red 124

Pastel Pink 117

148

Flame-Tone 111

Natural 116

Ruby 156

Violet 133

Blue Heven 103

Alaska Blue 100

Creme 106 Jade 137

Sunflower 139 Ermin Gray 110

Straw 128 Silver Gray 127

Stone Gray 170

Blue-Gray 102

Soft Gray 116

Pursuit Gray 123

Steel Gray 150

Plaza Gray 119

Photographers Gray 153

Tangerine 152

Regal Blue 126

Terracotta 139

Hickory 113

Hot Pink 163

Purple 154

Dark Gray 172

Thunder Gray 131

Dove Gray 109

Graystone 112

١٥٩ Storm Gray

Black 101

151

Professional Camera support Professional Photography support

Fast Draw DSLR Z-Cage

The Zacuto DSLR Z-Cage allows you to have a small, stable, and portable mounting solution for your DSLR and all of the accessories used with it. The Z-Cage allows you to gain a better form factor for holding the camera in your hands, thus giving you more stability when shooting and lots of options and space for all of your additional accessories such as an HD monitor, audio recorder and so forth. The Z-Cage uses our DSLR baseplate and our DSLR handles which are very durable and form fitting to your hands.

Striker The Striker is light and easy to handle. It has three points of contact by having one hand on the handgrip, the gunstock in your chest and your focusing hand on the lens. The entire kit is infinitely adjustable. You can add a fourth point of contact by adding one of our Z-Finders to the kit.

The Fast Draw is a shoulder mounted handheld system that uses our DSLR baseplate. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is infinitely adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws, (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera. The camera quick release plate stays mounted to your camera so you can quickly switch between using the camera as part of a rig or on its own.

Single Action

The Single Action kit is a tripod only kit with a follow focus unit but can easily be upgraded to a shoulder mounted rig. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is highly adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws, (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera. The camera quick release plate stays mounted to your camera so you can quickly switch between using the camera as part of a rig or on its own.

Target Shooter Cross Fire

The Target Shooter is our lightest kit. It has three points of contact by having both hands on the camera and the gunstock in your chest. The entire kit is infinitely adjustable. You can add a fourth point of contact by adding one of our Z-Finders to the kit.

152

The Cross Fire is a unique kit as it is the Single Action kit and Striker kit combined. The Cross Fire uses the expandable DSLR baseplate so this kit can easily be upgraded from a simple point of contact kit like the Striker Kit to a full shoulder mounted system like the Fast Draw. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is infinitely adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws, (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera.

149

Professional Camera support Professional Photography support

Double Barrel

Zacuto is transforming the form factor of DSLR cameras for video with our electronic viewfinder. The Zacuto EVF is a 3.2” high resolution monitor that is used in conjunction with all the Z-Finder models. This electronic viewfinder is compatible with all cameras with an HDMI output

The Double Barrel is a shoulder mounted dual handheld system that uses our DSLR baseplate. This kit works on any DSLR camera with or without battery grips as it is infinitely adjustable in height. The baseplate attaches to your tripod plate using the standard tripod plate screws; (2) ¼ 20” and (1) 3/8 16”. Your camera can also be quickly released from the rig by turning the red knob then pulling up on your camera. The camera quick release plate stays mounted to your camera so you can quickly switch between using the camera as part of a rig or on its own.

Scorpion

The Scorpion rig is the ultimate solution to DSLR shoulder mounted shooting with an EVF. At the center of the Scorpion is our highly adjustable DSLR Baseplate, which allows you to mount any DSLR to the rig and mount your rig onto a tripod. The baseplate attaches to your tripod using the standard tripod plate screws; (2) 1/4” 20 and (1) 3/8” 16. You can also easily quick release your camera from the rig by turning the red knob on the side of the baseplate and pulling up on your camera. This unique feature allows you to quickly switch between using the camera on its own or as part of your rig.

Z-Finder

With the convergence of DSLR filmmaking, there are many essential tools that are needed to give the correct form factor for video. When shooting video on a DSLR camera, you must use the LCD screen and you must use manual focus. The combination of a very small screen, manual focus, and razor thin shallow depth-of-field makes it very challenging to focus. When shooting in both outdoor and indoor settings the sunlight and glares make it nearly impossible to see the LCD. Lastly, holding the camera out in front of you so that you can focus on the screen makes the camera unstable and shaky. With any camera, you want to bring it close to the body for stability.

150

153

Professional Camera support

Professional Camera support Glidetrack HD range

Glidetrack Shooter

The Glidetrack Shooter is the world's first camera slider, that doubles up as a shoulder support. Glidetrack Shooter is perfect for the new breed of DSLR's that can shoot video i.e. Canon 5d, 7d, Nikon D90, D3s etc. Event shooters are going to love the versatility that this setup can offer them. Shown with head for illustration purposes only. Available in SD and HD Ranges at 0.5m, 0.75m and 1m length

Glidetrack SD range

The Glidetrack HD came about in response to requests from owners of heavier camera setups looking to get that Glidetrack look in their shots. The HD model offers an identical length of travel as the SD, however, it is made from a heavier gauge of extrusion and features a much heavier duty look and feel to it. It has wider feet to make it even more stable when used with depth of field adapters and camera setups featuring longer lenses i.e. Canon 5DMk2 or similar. Available on 0.5m, 1.5m and 2m length

Glidetrack HD Hybrid Slider

The new Glidetrack Hybrid slider system, developed exclusively in conjunction with Igus (r), has been designed to offer an evolution of the traditional plain Drylin carriage systems. At the heart of the new Glidetrack Hybrid Slider system, are the new Igus Hybrid bearings. Incorporating the best of both worlds, these feature both sliding AND roller bearings. These offer you all the advantages of both types of bearings without any of the disadvantages as seen in Richard Wakefieldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s video review. The Hybrid slider system runs on high precision extruded industrial grade rail, that is made of hard anodized aluminium.

The Glidetrack SD range is perfect for those with smaller through to mid weight Prosumer camcorders. It is available in 0.5m Compact format and 1m Standard length. Additionaly, for those with an eye on weight,for an extra charge, we can make a lightweight version. Available on 0.5m, 1.5m length

154

151

Professional Camera support

Professional Camera support 4. Packing

Matte box(professional version) Wondlan Follow Focus

Follow Focus+Baseplate

Wondlan "Sniper Plus" DSLR Kit

Standard accessories (1)Follow Focus The unique design of damp, soft touch and accurate focus make our Follow Focus outstanding in the professional market. (2)Gear Ring It can adapt to 110mm lens at most (3)Focus hand handle (crank) You can focus drastically to make an effect of nervous.

Sniper1.3 DSLR Rigs

"Sniper Plusâ&#x20AC;? series-----Wondlan DSLR Kit is modular support system designed according to the ergonomics. It is suitable for HDSLR, HDV and integrate related professional equipments effectively. Filmtakers can choose variours parts to meet their shooting needs. Wondlan DSLR Kit includes three main parts: Mattebox, Follow focus, system support. The details are as follows.

1. Mattebox

Wondlan Sniper series DSLR (digital single-lens reflex) rigs are designed according to the theory of ergonomics and aesthetics. It greatly improves the stabilization of DSLR, allows video maker to operate DSLR in habitual way and shoot high-quality image and video.

Sniper1.4 DSLR Rigs

2. Follow Focus

3. Support system Wondlan Sniper series DSLR (digital single-lens reflex) rigs are designed according to the theory of ergonomics and aesthetics. It greatly improves the stabilization of DSLR, allows video maker to operate DSLR in habitual way and shoot high-quality image and video.

152

155

Professional Camera support

Mini Slider

Professional Camera support

GigaPan EPIC Pro 7.25lbs W/ Battery (3.3kg) 6.3Olbs W/o Battery (2.8kg) 1O-5/8" x11-7/8" x 5-7/8" (27.12cm x 3O.25cm x15cm) Rechargeable battery pack included. Camera not included.

This new-released Wondlan Mini Slider with high-precision rail and new designed support system, is light-weight and flexible, making the sliding smooth and stable.

The Epic Pro is compatible with a broad range of DSLR cameras, and can support camera and lens combinations up to 10 lbs.

GigaPan EPIC 100 3 lbs 7.5 oz (1.6 kg) 8.4" x 8.8" x 4.9" (21.4 x 22.4 x 12.5 cm) Requires 6 AA Batteries (rechargeables are highly preferred) Note: If using alkaline, a spare set of batteries is recommended. Camera and batteries not included.

Unique structural design, there is 1/4 & 3/8 screw holes in 3 different places on the slide, and 3/8 on bottom of it, which can match any tripod.

Some small DSLR cameras are compatible with the EPIC 100. Keep in mind that the maximum diameter of lens (filter size) that will fit on the EPIC 100 is 62mm. If using a lens with a larger filter size or total weight of camera body, lens and accessories exceeds 3 lbs, you should use the EPIC Pro if compatible.

GigaPan EPIC 3 lbs 1 oz (1.4 kg) 7.75" x 7.5" x 4.9" (19.8 x 19 x 12.4 cm) Requires 6 AA Batteries (rechargeables are highly preferred) Note: If using alkaline, a spare set of batteries is recommended. Camera and batteries not included The EPIC is ideally suited for compact digital cameras. Diversification of compound mode: it can move vertically when cross install the support legs, also move in all positions when combine with single tripod. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s used as the air slider when matches with two tripods.

MINOX Binoculars

GLIDECAM HD-2000 PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM The amazingly advanced and totally re-engineered HD-Series from Glidecam Industries represents the top of the line in hand-held Camera Stabilization. The Glidecam HD-Series offers advanced features and a degree of sophistication never before seen in a line of Hand-held Camera Stabilizers.

156

With this model of the MINOX BL series, the renowned optical specialist from Wetzlar has added powerful binoculars with a high magnification factor to its product range. The MINOX BL 15x56 is the perfect tool for hunting and observing game, especially at long distances. With their large light-gathering power, they are in a class of their own in twilight conditions. With a very low weight and robust design, the BL 15x56 binoculars offer the discerning user the very best of uncompromising quality.

153

Professional Camera support

RS DR-1 Double Strap Can't stay still? The RS-Sport will keep your gear safe and steady in even the most strenuous situations. Slide the camera up the strap to grab that perfect shot. With its sturdy design and under-arm safety tether, the RS-Sport isn't going anywhere, even if you are.

RS-4 CLASSIC

The DR-1 is the ultimate solution for two-camera shooters. Ergonomic and sleek, it works with Black Rapid’s MODS system of attachments so you can customise your strap to your exact needs. One side can even be detached for use as a single R-Strap. Simple, fast, and intuitive, you’ll wonder how you lived without it.

JOEY J-1 The RS-4's smart design is lightweight and low profile. It features a quick access, secure pocket for storing two extra memory cards in their protective cases. Like all R-Straps, the RS-4 is incredibly comfortable and quick on the draw.

RS-5 CARGO

Run out of hands to hold all your gear? The BlackRapid Joey-1 Pocket is an accessory that hooks onto all MODS compatible R-Straps. The J-1 features a velcro cover, and is recommended for use with smaller phones and batteries. Keep everything ready, right at your fingertips.

JOEY J-2

The RS-5 is a brilliant companion for those who require extra storage. It combines zippered pockets with a phone compartment roomy enough to accommodate even larger smart phones. A magnetic clasp opens silently for noise-sensitive situations. Even fully loaded, the RS-5 will dominate any shootout.

Run out of hands to hold all your gear? The BlackRapid Joey-2 Pocket is an accessory that hooks onto all MODS compatible R-Straps. The J-2 features a velcro cover, and is recommended for use with most smart phones, MP3 players, and batteries. Keep everything ready, right at your fingertips.

RS-7 Curve

RS-Sport

The RS-7 is specially designed to work with BlackRapid’s MODS system. It features attachment points so you can customize your strap with your choice of storage and other features. It’s constructed of ballistic nylon for extreme durability. With the RS-7, ergonomics are key. It’s designed and shaped to fit perfectly around your shoulder. The weight of your camera is evenly distributed for the ultimate in comfort. Built for speed, for when timing is everything.

154

157

Professional Camera support

RS-W1 WOMEN

Fat Gecko Camera Mount

The RS-W1 is BlackRapid's introduction to designing a camera strap specifically for women. Part of the award winning R-Strap line, the RS-W1 is the world's first camera strap that focuses on the perfect fit for the female. While maintaining the traditional "Built for Speed" design, our designers added a sleek curve highlighted with an elegant but slight pattern accent. This RS-W1 provides comfort, speed, and durability along with graceful styling.

Delkin's Camera Mount is a revolutionary new camera mounting kit designed for use in motorsports of all categories. Strong enough to remain securely in place, rugged enough to hold an expensive camera, and light enough to go un-noticed while in use, the Delkin's Camera Mount is the perfect system for all motorsport enthusiasts. With its universal tripod mound and suction cup, the Delkin Camera Mount can be used with any camera and on any surface.

Fat Gecko Mini Camera Mount

DR-1 Double Strap

The DR-1 is the ultimate solution for two-camera shooters. Ergonomic and sleek, it works with BlackRapid’s MODS system of attachments so you can customise your strap to your exact needs. One side can even be detached for use as a single R-Strap. Simple, fast, and intuitive, you’ll wonder how you lived without it. The DR-1 comes with two FastenR-3 connectors.

DR-2 Slim Double Strap

The DR-1 is the ultimate solution for two-camera shooters. Ergonomic and sleek, it works with BlackRapid’s MODS system of attachments so you can customise your strap to your exact needs. One side can even be detached for use as a single R-Strap. Simple, fast, and intuitive, you’ll wonder how you lived without it. The DR-1 comes with two FastenR-3 connectors.

158

The Fat Gecko Mini uses the unbelievable strength of locking suction and a universal mounting screw to securely attach any standard camera or camcorder to the vehicle or object of your choice. The Fat Gecko Mini is ideal in situations where size and weight are critical, especially in extreme sports where a compact camera is preferred and dual suction isn't necessary. With an adjustable joint and a 3" extension bar, it's easy to set up shots over a windshield, around an instrument panel, over a binding, or anywhere else that a standard tripod or camera mount wouldn't normally holdup - this is one extreme mount for extreme conditions.

Fat Gecko Bike Camera Mount

The Fat Gecko camera mount for bikes makes it possible to securely attach any camera or camcorder to the center handlebars of a bicycle to capture unbelievable action footage. The removable mount utilizes the existing handlebar bolts and an adjustable height extender that straps directly to the bike stem to achieve an array of angles using a DSLR, compact camera, or video camera. Once the mount is installed, the camera can be removed and re-attached independently using a built in quick-release feature. Rugged materials and construction ensure that the mount holds up through an array of on and off-road adventures without adding any extra bulk or weight. Tested and recommended for an assortment of bikes including: road, mountain, hybrid, touring, racing, cruisers, trick and more.

155

Professional Camera support Fat Gecko Extension Kit (for Dual Suction & Gator Camera Mounts)

Impossible Shooting Angles, Made Possible. The Delkin Devices' Fat Gecko Extension Kit is a three-piece set that allows you to achieve the most precise shooting and filming angles. Customized to fit the Original Fat Gecko and the Fat Gecko Gator Camera Mounts, this supplement provides the added length and depth needed for exact quality imaging. This value package includes two extension shafts and a 360 degree rotating knuckle to provide versatility and adjustment when desired.

Fat Gecko Original Dual Suction Camera Mount

Impossible Shooting Angles, Made Possible. Adventure-seekers, commercial photographers and amateur filmmakers alike will appreciate the versatility of Delkin Devices' DIMA 2010 award-winning Fat Gecko Original Suction Cup Camera Mount. A solid steel shaft, powerful vise grip, and rugged construction keep your digital device secure and stationary for hands-free use in the most extreme situations. This sturdy camera mount uses two suction cups and a universal 1/4''-20 tripod mounting screw to attach to any solid surface, ensuring zero damage or slippage at its base.

Snug-It Pro DSLR Camera Skin for Canon 7D DSLR Defensive Skin Custom-manufactured for the Canon 7D, Delkin's Snug-It Pro skin provides complete digital camera security in any photo atmosphere. A tackless and powder-infused silicone mold is ideal for heavy-duty use; Whether hiking, fishing or just enjoying a calm afternoon outdoors, your DSLR will remain completely protected even in a handbag. Creating a thick rugged shell with ridges incorporated for the skin, this glove-like fit offers both smooth texture and a secure grip on your device.

156

Professional Camera support

USB 3.0 Universal Memory Card Reader- UDMA, SDHC & SDXC Enabled

Expedited Data Transfer. Move video and image files from memory card to computer over ten times faster, with sustained transfer speeds up to 5Gbps. Transfer two hours of high definition 1080p video in 26 seconds, almost 10,000 images in less than a minute or 2000 MP3 files in less than 13 seconds. Delkin's USB3.0 Universal Reader offers complete backward compatibility with USB2.0 and USB1.1, allowing for seamless integration with portable or desktop computer systems and making this the ideal companion for your present and future data management needs.

USB 2.0 Universal Multi-Card Reader/ Writer (SDHC, SDXC & UDMA Enabled)

Expedited Data Transfer. Our USB2.0 Universal Memory Card Reader allows users to transfer MP3, high-res image and video files across virtually every memory format on the market. Optimized for high speed large capacity data transfer, this UDMA, SDHC and SDXC capable device offers convenient plug & play installation, simple dragging & dropping between desired locations, and hot swapping. Backed by Delkin's trusted five year warranty, this RTU unit comes equipped with a USB2.0 cable for desktop or on-the-go use.

ExpressCard 24 in 1 Adapter for SD, SDHC, MMC, MS, xD and More

Delkin's Multi-Card to ExpressCard 34 Adapter utilizes the new ExpressCard slot manufactured into many industry-leading notebooks and PCs to offer larger capacity than any other removable storage method. This transfer device operates using a PCI-Express interface and is guaranteed compatible with 24 different memory cards formats including Secure Digital, SDHC, MMC, Memory Stick, MS PRO and xD. Rates up to 20MB/s offer immediate transfer for hi-res images, MP3s, video and virtually any other large file type.

159

Professional Camera support ExpressCard 34 CompactFlash (UDMA Enabled) Adapter

Delkin's CompactFlash (Type I and II) to ExpressCard 34 Adapter utilizes the new ExpressCard slot manufactured into many industry-leading notebooks and PCs to offer larger capacity than any other removable storage method. This transfer device operates using a PCI-Express interface and is designed for UDMA-enabled CF memory cards. Rates up to 40MB/s offer immediate transfer for hi-res images, MP3s, video and virtually any other large file type.

ExpressCard 54 CompactFlash (UDMA Enabled) Adapter

Delkin's CompactFlash (Type I and II) to ExpressCard 54 Adapter utilizes the new ExpressCard slot manufactured into many industry-leading notebooks and PCs to offer larger capacity than any other removable storage method. This transfer device operates using a PCI-Express interface and is designed for UDMA-enabled CF memory cards. Rates up to 40MB/s offer immediate transfer for hi-res images, MP3s, video and virtually any other large file type.

64GB CombatFlash685 CF UDMA 6 Rugged & Waterproof

Professional Camera support 8GB CombatFlash685 CF UDMA 6 Rugged & Waterproof

Delkin's rugged CombatFlash685 CF memory is manufactured to excel in situations and environments that demand optimal speed, durability and performance. An elevated 685X rating guarantees 103MB/s read & 95MB/s write, ideal for advanced DSLR video applications and modes such as HD, 3D and slow motion recording.

8GB Delkin Elite633 SDHC UHS-I Memory

Shoot with a card that can finally keep up with your HD and 3D enabled video camera or DSLR. The Delkin Elite 633 SDHC memory card boasts an incredible 80MBps write speed and 95MBps read speed, making it the fastest SDHC card on the market. The new UHS (Ultra High Speed) bus-interface is fully compatible with SDHC and SDXC host devices and guarantees greater performance in applications where recording real-time broadcasts and capturing large-size HD videos is imperative.

Digital Duster kit

Within our SensorScope System is our DigitalDuster kit. You can purchase this kit separate from SensorScope and it includes a three part cleaning system: SensorVac, SensorSafe Wands , and SensorSolution to effectively and safely clean your digital SLR image sensor. Delkin's rugged CombatFlash685 CF memory is manufactured to excel in situations and environments that demand optimal speed, durability and performance. An elevated 685X rating guarantees 103MB/s read & 95MB/s write, ideal for advanced DSLR video applications and modes such as HD, 3D and slow motion recording.

160

157

Professional Camera support SensorScope system The SensorScope has 5X magnification with ultra bright LED illumination for precise sensor inspection. Fully charge your camera battery & set it to cleaning mode.

Digital Duster Refill Kit

Professional Camera support

Extended Power Rechargeable 2900mAh AA Batteries (4-Pack)

Longer Lasting Premium Power Extended-power rechargeable AA batteries provide a high quality charge for your power-hungry devices such as MP3 players, digital cameras, camcorders, gaming devices and more. An increased rating of 2900mAh per cell allows for low maintenance and improved longevity compared to the standard rechargeable. This 4pc package is backed by Delkin's trusted two-year warranty and support staff.

Jellyfish Floating Waterproof Kit

The DigitalDuster Refill Kit provides you with everything you need to continue cleaning your digital SLR sensor safely and effectively.

Canon LPE6 Model Premium Li-Ion Rechargeable Battery Delkin's non-OEM LPE-6 rechargeable battery guarantees optimal performance with your compatible Canon digital camera, camcorder or charging unit. This smart replacement/spare power source is built to nearly the exact specifications of the original model. Manufactured with the highest quality Lithium-ion cells, Delkin Power DSLR batteries ensure longer performance during and between charges while limiting risk of failure. Backed by our trusted two-year warranty.

Waterproof your Valuables. The Delkin Jellyfish provides complete waterproof protection for your point and shoot camera, mobile phone, MP3 player or other compact electronic device in the most extreme environments. A bright orange flotation ball (equipped with bottle opener) and adjustable wrist straps ensure that your valuables remain nearby and easily visible in the cloudiest ocean water. The Jellyfish is rated to hold up to .73 pounds and remain watertight down to 5 feet, so that adventure seekers can be comfortable attaching this accessory to swimwear. A transparent, type-through plastic casing also provides convenient access to any touch screen LCD.

Dual Universal DSLR Battery Charger Kit with 2 LPE-6 Custom Plates and 1 Battery Charge Any Two Batteries at the Same Time The award-winning Dual Universal Battery Charger is compatible with nearly every digital camera battery model on the market and will ensure that users are prepared in even the most demanding shooting atmospheres. Simultaneously charge any combination of 2 camera specific batteries or full set of four AA rechargeables without hindering speed and efficiency.

158

161

Professional Photo Supports

Professional Camera support Datacolor SpyderCheckr Pro™

You asked and we’re delivering some hot new features just for you, with the richest feature set we have ever offered! New 4.0 features include monitor quality analyzer, display graphing compared to sRGB & Adobe RGB, enhanced iterative gray balancing and automated brightness adjustment.

Spyder4Elite - Show the world your true colors Spyder4Elite is a display color calibration solution designed not only for photographers, but also videographers and video editors who need the highest level of color control in the studio and flexibility in post-production. The Spyder4Elite can also provide color calibration for projectors. Spyder4Elite features a patented, full-spectrum 7-color sensor that can accurately characterize a variety of wide gamut and normal displays. Spyder4Elite software lets you use the same sensor to calibrate your monitor, laptop computer, iPad, iPhone and projector. No other calibrator has this capability. The fourth-generation sensor uses double-shielded filters for longer life and better performance. On average, accuracy and precision are improved by 26% and 19% respectively.

Benefit: SpyderCheckr helps capture consistent color from day to day and camera to camera and apply these results easily in your workflow with RAW import software such as, Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom. The sturdy, eco-friendly design has 48 spectrally engineered color patches and easy to use calibration software, making post production faster by getting consistent, predictable color right from the start. The SpyderCheckr Pro™ includes: • SpyderCheckr™ • SpyderCheckr Software CD • SpyderCube™ • Protective Pouch for SpyderCube • Lanyard for SpyderCube • Quick Start Guides

The smarter focus tool SpyderLensCal™ provides a fast, reliable method of measuring the focus performance on your camera and lens combinations. It allows photographers to obtain razor-sharp focusing or check to see that their lenses are working at their peak performance. This device is compact, lightweight and durable, with integrated level and tri-pod mount.

The RAW-Processing Accelerator Shooting in RAW mode gives you creative freedom but processing a RAW file is often a long, trial-and-error operation. SpyderCube accelerates RAW processing in providing references to set the white balance, exposure, black level and brightness right from the start. Simply take one reference shot with SpyderCube under the same light condition, adjust, save as preset and apply to the entire series.

162

159

Professional Camera support

Professional Photo Supports

Orbis ring flash

S-1070C 7" LCD Monitor 7-Inch HDMI TFT Monitor

S-1070C+ is the advanced edition of S-1070C HDMI monitor, offering HDMI input with Waveform, Vector scope, RGB Histogram, Audio meter, Peaking focus assist, Zebra checking, False color, Blue only, 2 steps zoom-in, specially designed for professional HDMI camera uses. It has a strong and lightweight magnesium alloy shell, and easy to mount on top of camera as an additional viewing source. S-1070C+ monitor accepts 1 HDMI, 1 Composite video and 1 Stereo audio input, and has 1 Composite video loop through output. It has title edit and display, safety mark display, 3-color TALLY light and 3 user defined picture settings.

Stereo microphone designed to attach to a camcorder For camcorders with an accessory shoe and stereo microphone input Lightweight, portable design with rugged all-metal construction Pair of cardioid condenser elements provides spatial impact and high-fidelity stereo sound image Battery-free operation when used with recording devices that provide plug-in power at the mic input On/off switch for convenient operation Includes camera-mount, windscreen, battery and protective pouch Permanently attached 6�-12� coiled cable with right-angle molded 3.5 mm stereo mini plug at output.

160

The orbis™ transforms the harsh light from your SLR flash gun to create beautiful, shadowless photos quickly and easily. You don’t need any specialised knowledge or technique.

Orbis Arm for Orbis Ring Flash

The Orbis Arm provides a solid mount for photographers who want to use their Orbis in its primary ‘ring flash’ position for extended shoots. With the arm you can also easily mount the system on a tripod without using an extra light stand.

Orbis frio™

The frio™ is the essential adaptor to connect all your favourite hotshoe gear to anything with a 1/4”-20 tripod stud, giving you the freedom to Connect, Combine, Create™.

163

Professional Photo Supports

Professional Camera support

TURBO Blade Light weight flash power with exceptional recycling speed

The DXA-SLR gives you everything you need to connect professional audio gear to your camera to capture superb sound. The DXA-SLR is very easy to set up and use. The Good/Peak signal indicators show the ideal input levels at a glance while the headphone output lets you monitor what you are recording. The enhanced AGC Disable feature works even better at controlling the wild swings of the Auto Gain Control that plague most cameras. This dramatically reduce the noise during quiet moments of recording allowing you to record two channels of clean audio. You can also monitor the playback audio from the camera. Fits neatly under any camera and can also be mounted to a tripod. Operates on one 9 volt battery.

Quantum Turbo 3 Rechargeable Battery

High-voltage recycling for up to 400 full power flashes. In many situations, when using your flash in automatic / TTLmode, and where full power is unnecessary, you can expect thousands of flashes. TURBO Blade works with most shoe-and handle-mounted professionalcaliber flashes, and all Quantum Qflash T-Series portable flashes.

Qflash TRIO Non Stop Flash All Day, Every Day Camera Shoe Mounted and all Built-in! The new Radio Wireless TTL - - Send or Receive TRIO's radio sends TTL commands to other remote Qflash TRIO's. Configure distinct modes and settings of remote Qflash TRIO's from the on-camera TRIO. Qflash TRIO QF8 combines a Qflash head with built-in FreeXwire TTL radio and QTTL adapter for your digital camera. Slip it onto the camera hot-shoe, connect a Turbo with the included long power cable CQ8, and go.

High-voltage ultra-fast recycling for up to 1050 full power flashes. In many situations, when using your flash in automatic / TTLmode, and where full power is unnecessary, you can expect several thousand flashes. Turbo 3 works with most shoe- and handle-mounted professional-caliber flashes, and all Quantum Q-flash T-series, including TRIO/ PILOT portable flashes.

Quantum Turbo SC Rechargeable Battery

Qflash PILOT

High-voltage ultra-fast recycling for up to 400 full power flashes. In many situations, when using your flash in automatic / TTL mode, and where full power is unnecessary you can expect thousands of flashes. Unbelievably small and compact: about the size of a 3-1/2x5" (9x12 cm) index card, only 1.3" (3.3cm) thick,

164

Qflash PILOT QF9C, provides all the features of the TRIO without the flash head. With built-in FreeXwireTTL radio and QTTL adapter for your digital camera you control an unlimited number of remote Qflashes. Slip it onto the camera hot-shoe and go, it's self powered. Or connect a Turbo with the optional long power cable CQ8 or short power cable CCQ8. Radio QTTL signals from PILOT do not require line-of-site like camera optical links... they're more reliable and work at 5 times the distance.

161

Professional Photo Supports

Quik Bounce (LQ-122)

The LumiQuest Quik Bounce is designed for use with or without a ceiling to soften the light and transitioning from horizontal to vertical format without having to adjust the Quik Bounce on the flash.

Professional Photo Supports

FXtra (LQ-121)

The FXtra is a compact gel holder that facilitates a quick installation and removal of colored gels. Eight Rosco gels are included: CTO, ½ CTO, ¼ CTO, Plus Green, ½ Plus Green, Sky Blue, Canary Yellow and Fire Red in the integrated storage pouch. FXtra is sized to use with most popular flashes and the gel pocket accommodates both Rosco and Lee gel samples.

Snoot (LQ-114)

Promax System (LQ-105) The Snoot isolates the light to a very specific area. Automatic operation may be affected as illuminated area is limited. Bracketing and/or testing is recommended. Application: To illuminate a specific area of a scene with little or no effect on the surrounding area. Dimensions: Folds flat to 5 3/4" x 7 1/4"

The ProMax System is a refinement of our most popular photo flash accessories. The basic unit allows 80% of the light to bounce off the ceiling while 20% is redirected forward as fill light. The system includes interchangeable white, gold and silver inserts as well as a removable frosted diffusion screen. The ProMax System will give you the ability to adapt to a variety of shooting situations. The Promax System comes in a convenient kit, attaches in seconds with hook and loop tabs and folds flat for storage in a sturdy pouch.

Softbox III (LQ-119)

The SoftBox III is roughly twice the size of our original SoftBox, thereby producing considerably softer shadows. It fits conventional flashes (Nikon, Canon, Sunpak, Vivitar, etc.). Like the original SoftBox (LQ-107) the SoftBox III is center weighted but it will block autofocus assist and interfere with auto exposure UNLESS you are using TTL.

162

Ultrasoft (LQ-103)

The Ultrasoft enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash and then further softens the light by passing it through a frosted diffuser. Application: To achieve an extremely soft look with minimal shadows. For use on an individual flash or to softly illuminate the background in a multiple flash setup. Ideal for close-ups and portraits. Light Loss: Approximately 2-1/3 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 4 1/2" x 7 1/4".

165

Professional Photo Supports

Professional Photo Supports The LumiQuest速 UltraBounce distributes the light over approximately 180 degrees so that it can bounce off walls and ceilings to evenly illuminate a scene. The opaque sensor screen keeps the light from affecting the automatic sensor on most flash units.

Direct Flash

Ultrasoft

Promax Accessory Kit (LQ-106)

The ProMax Accessory Kit allows you to turn your LumiQuest速 80-20 and/or Pocket Bouncer into an interchangeable system. The accessory kit includes a white insert, gold and silver metallic inserts, a frosted diffusion screen and a sturdy pouch for storage.

Pocket Bouncer (LQ-101)

The Pocket Bouncer enlarges and redirects light at a 90属 angle from the flash to soften the quality of light and distribute it over a wider area. While no exposure compensation is necessary with automatic flashes, operating distances are somewhat reduced.

FX (LQ-111)

Direct Flash

The LumiQuest速 FX is a colored gel system that includes an assortment of five colored gels - blue, green, red, yellow and amber. The FX filter holder, designed to fit most flash models, enables the photographer to quickly and conveniently colorize the light for a variety of special effect applications. The system folds flat and comes with a convenient storage pouch. Application: Colorize the light for a variety of special effects. Light Loss: 1 stop. Dimensions: 3 3/8" x 4 3/4".

Pocket Bouncer

Softbox II (LQ-109) SoftBox II enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. It is designed exclusively for use on bare bulb flashes such as Lumedyne, Quantum Q Flashes and Sunpak 120J. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Loss: Approximately 1 1/4 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 6 1/4" x 7 3/4".

Softbox II (LQ-109)

UltraBounce (LQ-116)

Direct Flash

166

SoftBox II

163

Professional Photo Supports

Softbox (LQ-107)

Professional Photo Supports

The MidiBouncer, designed for use with large professional flashes such as Metz, Sunpak, etc., enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash to soften the quality of light and distribute it over a wider area. Horizontal coverage is approximately 80°. While no exposure compensation is necessary when using the automatic features of the flash, operating distances are somewhat reduced.

Bounce Kit (LQ-125) The Softbox enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. The light is softened and more evenly distributed as it passes through a center-weighted frosted diffuser. The unique design does not block either exposure sensors or auto focus assist beams on most flashes. Application: To achieve a very soft look with reduced shadow definition. For use on an individual flash or to softly illuminate the background in a multiple flash set up.

Direct Flash

SoftBox

Mini Softbox (LQ-108)

The Mini SoftBox enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. Unobtrusive and low profile, the Mini SoftBox is ideal for press and other fast-moving situations. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Loss: Approximately 1 stop. Dimensions: Folds flat to 3 1/4" x 4 1/2".

Direct Flash

MidiBouncer (LQ-110)

SoftBox

This Three-Piece Bounce Kit Includes: Pocket Bouncer Gold Metallic Insert Silver Metallic Insert Storage Pouch The Pocket Bouncer redirects light at a 90º angle from the flash to soften the shadows and more evenly spread the light over a larger area. The Gold Insert is ideal for late afternoon fill light while the Silver Insert will add a specular look to highlights, all in a convenient pouch.

Big Bounce (LQ-104)

LumiQuest® Big Bounce enlarges and redirects and softens the light in the same manner as the Ultrasoft, with even softer results. Application: For use where a softer lighting effect is more important than "pocket size" portability (i.e. close-ups, portraits, etc.). Fits the same wide range of flashes as other LumiQuest® models. Light Loss: Approximately 3 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 8 1/2" x 10 3/4"

Direct Flash

164

Big Bounce

167

Professional Photo Supports

Battereez (LQ-120)

80-20 (LQ-102)

The 80-20 enlarges and redirects 20% of the light at a 90° angle from the flash and allows 80% of the light to pass on, to be redirected by another surface -- most likely a ceiling. Application: This device illuminates the scene with light bouncing off the ceiling while providing "fill" light off the bounce device itself. For use in situations where an 8-9 ft. ceiling is available. Light Loss: Variable depending on ceiling height. Dimensions: Folds flat to 4 1/2" x 7 1/4".

Big Bounce (LQ-104)

The LumiQuest® Battereez provides a comfortable, convenient way to carry a rechargeable flash battery. The Battereez appears much like a shoulder holster yet attaches like suspenders to the user's trousers. This unique design evenly distributes the weight across the shoulders and back. Battereez can be adjusted to fit most photographers and will prove to be an important accessory for fast moving photojournalists and wedding photographers.

Flash…The MOST Available Light (LQ-041)

FLASH…THE MOST AVAILABLE LIGHT by Quest Couch is an easy reference for creating natural light with flash for DIGITAL and FILM photography. The book is designed to be a “quick read,” initially providing an easy to understand working overview to the reader. More in-depth explanations are offered in an “Etc.” section. By reading this book you will learn how to work with a variety of situations on location to obtain natural results and understand the factors that affect your flash photography and how to use them to your advantage. This book will also dispel myths and teach you how to avoid common flash mistakes.

Ultra Image Direct Flash

Big Bounce

Cinch Strap (LQ-117)

The LumiQuest® Cinch Strap enables the photographer to attach LumiQuest® accessories without installing self-adhesive loop to their flash. In addition, wrap-around velcro attaches LumiQuest® Accessories for a more secure attachment. This is particularly useful with the Big Bounce and our larger SoftBoxes.

168

Unleash the power of Photoshop NOW. Whether you are a Photoshop® novice or seasoned veteran, you can create professionally processed images minutes after installing the software. In addition, Ultra Image is the perfect starting point should you elect to customize one or more actions to your specifications or taste. Ultra Image Software is used in conjunction with Photoshop® 6.0 or higher. Subject specific programs include those for landscapes, portraits, product shots, weddings and more. Camera specific to maximize image quality with regards to noise, color, sharpness and tone range in seconds. Resize and prep images for web or print applications. Works seamlessly with Photoshop’s batch processing procedures. Ultra Image maximizes quality in a fraction of the time utilizing techniques and expertise that would take years to develop.

165

Professional Photo Supports

1/4 Speed Grid for Portable Flash

SKU: HONL-GRID4 Speed Grid™ attaches quickly and easily to most portable flash units using our non-slip Speed Strap™ (not included; sold separately) See the instructions here (produces a wider beam than our 1/8 Speed Grid) Our 1/4 Speed Grid has a 1/4" honeycomb cell size to narrow the beam of light from your portable flash unit, producing a small circle of light on your subject. Fits most any shoe mount and most handle mount portable strobes, including Canon 420 though 580 and Nikon SB24 though SB900.

Professional Photo Supports

Filter Kit: Autumn

SKU: HONL-FILTER4 Our HonlPhoto Autumn Filter Kit adds dramatic color to your images, whether lighting a subject or background. These superior quality filters attach quickly to our Speed Strap (sold separately), and can be used in tandem with our Speed Grids, Speed Snoots, and Speed Gobos. Usable filter area is 2.5” x 4” and can be trimmed with scissors to fit your individual strobes. Includes 2 filter of each color: Rust / Medium Blue-Green / Chocolate / Dark Salmon / Egg Yolk Yellow

1/8 Speed Grid for Portable Flash

Filter Kit: Hollywood SKU: HONL-GRID8 Speed Grid™ attaches quickly and easily to most portable flash units using our non-slip Speed Strap™ (not included; sold separately) See the instructions here (produces a narrower beam than our 1/4 Speed Grid) Our 1/8 Speed Grid has a 1/8" honeycomb cell size to narrow the beam of light from your portable flash unit, producing a small circle of light on your subject. Fits most any shoe mount and most handle mount portable strobes, including Canon 420 though 580 and Nikon SB24 though SB900. Attaches quickly and easily to our Speed Strap mounting system (not included, sold separately). Usable honeycomb area is 3.5" x 2.25" (appr. 89mm x 58mm)- simply measure the front outside dimensions of your flash lens to assure fit. Rugged ABS/polycarbonate construction. Patent pending.

Filter Kit: Color Effects

SKU: HONL-FILTER5 Our HonlPhoto Hollywood Filter Kit adds dramatic color to your images, whether lighting a subject or background. These superior quality filters attach quickly to our Speed Strap (sold separately), and can be used in tandem with our Speed Grids, Speed Snoots, and Speed Gobos. Usable filter area is 2.5” x 4” and can be trimmed with scissors to fit your individual strobes. Includes 2 of each color: Steel Green / Rose Purple / Pale Lavender / Smokey Pink / Follies Pink

SKU: HONL-FILTER3 Use Honl Color Effects Filters to add artistic and theatrical color to your images, whether lighting your subject or a background. These superior quality filters are pre-cut with velcro strips attached so they can be quickly fastened to a Speed Strap (sold separately). Honl Filters can be used in conjunction with Honl Snoots, Gobos and Grids. The usable filter area is 2.5” x 4” and can be trimmed to fit individual strobes. Includes 2 each of these filters: Yellow / Bright Red / Just Blue / Moss Green / Heavy Frost

166

169

Professional Photo Supports Filter Kit: Color Correction

SKU: HONL-FILTER2 Use Honl Color Correction filters to color correct your strobes for tungsten, fluorescent or cool daylight lighting environments. Use CTO filters to match your flash output to tungsten lights, or simply to give a pleasing warm tone to your portraits. Use Full + Green to match your flash output to fluorescent lights. These superior filters are pre-cut with velcro strips attached so they can be quickly fastened to a Speed Strap (sold separately). Honl Filters can be used in conjunction with Honl Snoots, Gobos and Grids. The usable filter area is 2.5” x 4” and can be trimmed to fit individual strobes. Includes 2 each of these filters: Full CTO / 1/2 CTO / 1/4 CTO / Full+Green / 1/2 CTB

Speed Gobo /Bounce Card

Professional Photo Supports System Carrying Bag

SKU: HONL-BAG Carries our entire line of flash tools including Speed Snoots, Speed Grids, Speed Gobos, and filters. Water resistant nylon with heavy duty zipper with snap-hook on one end and nylon loop at other end to attach to camera bags, lightstands, etc.

Filter Roll-Up

SKU: HONL-ROLLUP our Filter Roll-Up makes it easy to identify filter colors and takes up minimal space in your camera bag. Filters not included. Size: 5"x20" (5"x2" rolled, with filters) Materials: ballistic nylon with nylon ripstop Weight: 3 ounces

Traveller8 Softbox SKU: HONL-GOBO Keep light from flaring into your lens when using your speedlight as a background or hair light. Our Speed Gobo™ attaches quickly with a Speed Strap (required, not included, see below). Reversable, tough ballistic-type black nylon on one side, white polymer on the other so you can also use as a bounce card. Buy 2 for a great barndoor setup. 4" x 7.5"Honl Photo

Speed Snoot, 5" / 8” Shorty SKU: HONL-SOFT8 Create beautiful soft light from David's innovative new softbox design, with the quality and sturdiness you've come to expect from all Honl Photo Professional lighting products. Extremely easy to setup and attach to your shoe-mount flash unit using our popular Speed Strap (included). Folds flat to tuck into your camera bag, and weighs in at less than 4 ounces. Provides a pleasing circular catchlight in your subject's eyes. Fits most any shoe-mount flash by Nikon or Canon as well as larger units like the Vivitar 285.

SKU: HONL-SNOOT5 Concentrate the light from your shoe-mount flash for dramatic cinematic lighting with our easy to use snoot. Perfect for everything from dramatic portraits to concentrating light on background elements. Attaches and removes in seconds using our popular Speed Strap™ (not included, see below). Made of tough ballistic nylon with grey interior that produces a soft falloff. Fits most any on-camera shoe-mount strobe including Canon 420 through 580 and Nikon SB24 through SB900. 5" long. Patent Pending

Speed Strap

SKU: HONL-STRAP Put an end to rubber bands, tape or sticky residue from gluing velcro to your expensive strobes. The Speed Strap™ fits any shoe-mount strobe unit, attaches and removes in seconds, and provides a large wraparound surface area to quickly attach a combination of our Speed Gobos, Snoots, Gels, and upcoming Speed Grids. Non-slip so it won't budge when attached.Honl Photo

170

167

Underwater Housing

iWP For Apple iPhone and Apple iPod Touch

The U-B-Series Under water housings for SLR Cameras

The U-B-Series was designed for the larger, modern, digital SLRs like the Canon 1D, 1Ds series, as well as Nikon D1, D2H, D2X, D200 and similar cameras. These Cameras are too bulky around the shutter relase to fit in the U-A-Series Depending on the model, The U-B-Series is designed for a dive depth from 20m / 60 ft to 50m / 150 ft

The U-A-Series Under water housings for SLR Cameras

The U-A-Series is made for regular SLR cameras uttelising the cameras autofocus to operate the cameras lens. These housings will accept most modern analog and digital SLRs. The great advantage is, that you can use them with a range of cameras. So the housing will not only be usable with you old and your current SLR, but most probably with the camera you will buy in a few years time as well. Depending on the model, The U-A-Series is designed for a dive depth from 20m / 60 ft to 50m / 150 ft

C-AFX rain cape

"Designed especially for the Apple iPhone EWA-MARINE has developed the waterproof iWP housing. It protects your mobile phone from sand, dust, water and so on. The housing swims, is waterproof and you can protect your cellphone where ever you go. Not only will the iWP fit the Apple iPhone or Apple iPod, it will also fit any other mobile phone that will fit the dimensions.

Protection For Documents And Other Odds And Ends

The ewa-marine DU is the ideal protection for documents, passports, airline tickets, money, calculators, GPS, organisers and a lot more. The handy sliding seal allows for easy opening and closing of the pouch. The standard lanyard of the DU allows for easy carrying and storage. Ideal for all those who want to protect their valuables while sailing, canoeing, boating or traveling in the tropics. DU 1 DU 2 DU 3

16 x 12 cm 16 x 22 cm 22 x 29 cm

Beeper Bag Water Wallet Electronics

DIN A6 DIN A5 DIN A4

DUS Protection For Documents And Other Odds And Ends

The C-AFX rain cape is the perfect protection against rain, spray, splashed water and even dust, made to fit all SLR cameras (digital and analog) with zoom lenses and a top mounted flash. The cape is made of special double laminated PVC and has an integrated optical glass front port. Various zoom and wide angle lenses can be used with the C-AFX raincape . All filter threads from 49mm to 62mm are supported with a C-A adapter as a standard. You can also order special C-A adapters for lenses with 67mm and 72mm as optional accessories. We also offer a specially modified cape for lenses with a 77mm or 82mm filter thread which is called C-AFX100. The C-AFX raincape can also be closed by means a zipper to allow maximum protection or for transport.

168

The ewa-marine DUS is the ideal protection for documents, passports, airline tickets, money, calculators, GPS, organisers and a lot more. The proven ewa-marine closing rail (as used to close the under water housings for expensive television cameras) allows for safe and easy opening and closing of the pouch. The standard lanyard of the DUS allows for easy carrying and storage. Ideal for scuba divers who don't want to leave valuables unattended on board or on the beach. Naturally it also offers the ideal enclosure for maps, note pads and a lot more. DUS 1 DUS 2 DUS 3 DUS 4 DUS 5

16 x 12 cm 16 x 22 cm 22 x 29 cm 30 x 42 cm 37 x 5O cm

Beeper Bag Water Wallet Electronics Magnum Nautic Map

DIN A6 DIN A5 DIN A4 DIN A3

171

Underwater Housing

DRP-200

Handy & Safe

The ideal protection for your cell phone Neither water nor sand or hand covered in suntan lotion at the beach will now endanger the life of your personal cell phone. Should your boat capsise, your phone will swim on the surface, ready for that life saving call. So take your mobile phone wherever you go... name WPC 3 WPC 4 WPC 5

dimensions of phone up to 19 cm high up to 16 cm high up to 12 cm high

DRV-100

extras lanyard and belt clip lanyard and belt clip lanyard and belt clip

DRP-100

Photo Printer Mitsubishi's Click IT5000 has been designed as a staff/customer operated digital micro lab solution that consists of a processing unit, 17" touch screen and a CP9550DW-S printer that can produce up to 6" x 9" size photographs. The IT5000 enables the reduction of red eye, restoration of old photos and images, reframing, cropping, enlarging and image lightening. The system also allows for the decoration and customisation of customerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s images with text, clipart, collaging and calendars. / In addition extra CP9550DW-S printers can be connected as well as Mitsubishiâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s CP3020DAE printer for 8" x 10" and 8" x 12" prints.

172

169

ADVANCED MEDIA Trading LLC. 2012

171 175

Advanced Media Trading LLC. M No. 410, Al Khaleej Centre, Bur Dubai. P.O.Box: 44156, Dubai - UAE Tel.: +971 4 352 99 77 Fax: +971 4 352 99 76 Email: Email:info@amediallc.com info@amt.tv

HIGH PERFORMANCE RESIGN CASES